20-F 1 a2219694z20-f.htm 20-F

Use these links to rapidly review the document
UTSTARCOM HOLDINGS CORP.
UTSTARCOM HOLDINGS CORP. TABLE OF CONTENTS

Table of Contents

UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549

FORM 20-F

o REGISTRATION STATEMENT PURSUANT TO SECTION 12(b) OR 12(g) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

OR

ý ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013.

OR

o TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the transition period from to

OR

o SHELL COMPANY REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

Date of event requiring this shell company report

Commission file number: 001-35216

UTStarcom Holdings Corp.
(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)

N/A
(Translation of Registrant's name into English)
Cayman Islands
(Jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)
Unit 7, Level 23, One Island East, 18 Westlands Road, Hong Kong
(Address of principal executive offices)

Jane Zhen Zuo
Investor Relations
Union 7, Level 23, One Island East,
18 Westlands Road, Hong Kong
Phone: (852) 3750-7632
jane.zuo@utstar.com
(Name, Telephone, E-mail and/or Facsimile number and Address of Company Contact Person)
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:
None
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:

Title of each class |  | Name of each exchange on which registered
--- | --- | ---
Ordinary Shares, $0.00375 par value |  | The NASDAQ Stock Market LLC

Securities for which there is a reporting obligation pursuant to Section 15(d) of the Act:
NONE
(Title of Class)

Indicate the number of outstanding shares of each of the issuer's classes of capital or common stock as of the close of the period covered by the annual report: 39,777,854 ordinary shares, par value US$0.00375 per share.

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. o Yes ý No

If this report is an annual or transition report, indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or (15)(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. o Yes ý No

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. ý Yes o No

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files). ý Yes o No

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, or a non-accelerated filer. See definition of "accelerated filer and large accelerated filer" in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):

Large Accelerated Filer o |  | Accelerated Filer ý |  | Non-accelerated Filer o

Indicate by check mark which basis of accounting the registrant has used to prepare the financial statements included in this filing.

U.S. GAAP ý |  | International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board o |  | Other o

If "Other" has been checked in response to the previous question, indicate by check mark which financial statement item the registrant has elected to follow. Item 17 o Item 18 o

If this is an annual report, indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act). Yes o No ý

(APPLICABLE ONLY TO ISSUERS INVOLVED IN BANKRUPTCY PROCEEDINGS DURING THE PAST FIVE YEARS)

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has filed all documents and reports required to be filed by Sections 12, 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 subsequent to the distribution of securities under a plan confirmed by a court. Yes o No o

Table of Contents

UTSTARCOM HOLDINGS CORP.
TABLE OF CONTENTS

|  | Page |
--- | --- | --- | ---
INTRODUCTION |  |  | 1 |
PART I |  |  |  |
ITEM 1—Identity of Directors, Senior Management and Advisers |  |  | 2 |
ITEM 2—Offer Statistics and Expected Timetable |  |  | 2 |
ITEM 3—Key Information |  |  | 2 |
ITEM 4—Information on the Company |  |  | 33 |
ITEM 4A—Unresolved Staff Comments |  |  | 40 |
ITEM 5—Operating and Financial Review and Prospects |  |  | 40 |
ITEM 6—Directors, Senior Management and Employees |  |  | 74 |
ITEM 7—Major Shareholders and Related Party Transactions |  |  | 83 |
ITEM 8—Financial Information |  |  | 83 |
ITEM 9—The Offer and Listing |  |  | 85 |
ITEM 10—Additional Information |  |  | 86 |
ITEM 11—Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk |  |  | 93 |
ITEM 12—Description of Securities other than Equity Securities |  |  | 95 |
PART II |  |  |  |
ITEM 13—Defaults, Dividend Arrearages And Delinquencies |  |  | 96 |
ITEM 14—Material Modifications to the Rights of Security Holders and Use Of Proceeds |  |  | 96 |
ITEM 15—Controls and Procedures |  |  | 96 |
ITEM 16A—Audit Committee Financial Expert |  |  | 97 |
ITEM 16B—Code of Ethics |  |  | 98 |
ITEM 16C—Principal Accountant Fees and Services |  |  | 98 |
ITEM 16D—Exemptions from the Listing Standards for Audit Committees |  |  | 99 |
ITEM 16E—Purchases of Equity Securities by the Issuer and Affiliated Purchasers |  |  | 99 |
ITEM 16F—Change in Registrant's Certifying Accountant |  |  | 100 |
ITEM 16G—Corporate Governance |  |  | 100 |
ITEM 16H—Mine Safety Disclosure |  |  | 100 |
PART III |  |  |  |
ITEM 17—Financial Statements |  |  | 101 |
ITEM 18—Financial Statements |  |  | 101 |
ITEM 19—Exhibits |  |  | 101 |
SIGNATURES |  |  | 104 |

i

Table of Contents

INTRODUCTION

Unless the context otherwise requires, in this annual report on Form 20-F:

•
  "We," "us," "our," and "our company" refer to UTStarcom Holdings Corp., an exempted company incorporated under the laws of the Cayman Islands in April 2011, and its direct and indirect subsidiaries;
•
  "UTStarcom" refers to UTStarcom Holdings Corp.;
•
  "Shares" or "ordinary shares" refers to our ordinary shares, par value $0.00375 per share;
•
  "China" or "PRC" refers to the People's Republic of China, excluding, for the purpose of this annual report, Taiwan, Hong Kong and Macau; and
•
  "RMB" or "Renminbi" refers to the legal currency of China, "JPY" or "Japanese Yen" refers to the legal currency of Japan, and "$" or "U.S. dollars" refers to the legal currency of the United States.

Names of certain PRC companies provided in this annual report are translated or transliterated from their original PRC legal names.

Discrepancies in any table between the amounts identified as total amounts and the sum of the amounts listed therein are due to rounding.

This annual report on Form 20-F includes our audited consolidated financial statements for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2012 and 2013.

This annual report contains translations of certain Renminbi amounts into U.S. dollars at the rate of RMB6.0537 to $1.00, the noon buying rate on December 31, 2013 as set forth in the H.10 statistical release of the U.S. Federal Reserve Board. We make no representation that the Renminbi or U.S. dollar amounts referred to in this annual report could have been or could be converted into U.S. dollars or Renminbi, as the case may be, at any particular rate or at all. See "Item 3. Key Information—D. Risk Factors—Risks Related to Doing Business in China—Fluctuation in the value of the Renminbi may have a material adverse effect on your investment."

This annual report also contains translations of certain Japanese Yen amounts into U.S. dollars at the rate of JPY105.25 to $1.00, the noon buying rate on December 31, 2013 as set forth in the H.10 statistical release of the U.S. Federal Reserve Board. We make no representation that the Japanese Yen or U.S. dollar amounts referred to in this annual report could have been or could be converted into U.S. dollars or Japanese Yen, as the case may be, at any particular rate or at all. Fluctuation in the value of the Japanese Yen may have a material adverse effect on your investment. See "Item 3. Key Information—D. Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Business—Currency rate fluctuations may adversely affect our cash flow and operating results."

Our ordinary shares are listed on the NASDAQ Stock Market, or NASDAQ, under the symbol "UTSI." On March 21, 2013, we effected a one-for-three reverse share split of our ordinary shares. Unless otherwise specified, all share and per share information in this annual report has been retroactively adjusted to reflect this reverse share split.

On June 24, 2011, we effected a merger, or the Merger, to reorganize the corporate structure of UTStarcom, Inc., a Delaware corporation incorporated in 1991, and its subsidiaries. The Merger resulted in shares of the common stock of UTStarcom, Inc. being converted into the right to receive an equal number of ordinary shares in our capital, which were issued by us in connection with the Merger. Following the Merger, UTStarcom, Inc. became our wholly owned subsidiary and we became the parent company of UTStarcom, Inc. and its subsidiaries. See Part I, Item 4.C for a list of our subsidiaries. We, together with our subsidiaries, continue to conduct our business in substantially the same manner as

1

Table of Contents

was conducted by UTStarcom, Inc. and its subsidiaries. The transaction was accounted for as a legal re-organization of entities under common control. Accordingly, we have prepared our consolidated financial statements as if the current corporate structure had been in existence throughout all relevant periods. Our consolidated financial statements prior to the Merger reflect the financial position, results of operations and cash flows of UTStarcom, Inc. and its subsidiaries. Our consolidated financial statements as of and for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2012 and 2013 reflect our financial position, results of operation and cash flows.

PART I

ITEM 1—IDENTITY OF DIRECTORS, SENIOR MANAGEMENT AND ADVISERS

Not Applicable.

ITEM 2—OFFER STATISTICS AND EXPECTED TIMETABLE

Not Applicable.

ITEM 3—KEY INFORMATION

A. Selected Financial Data

The following selected consolidated statement of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2012 and 2013 and the selected consolidated balance sheet data as of December 31, 2012 and 2013 have been derived from our audited financial statements included elsewhere in this annual report. The selected consolidated financial data should be read in conjunction with those financial statements and the accompanying notes and "Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects" below. Our consolidated financial statements are prepared and presented in accordance with United States generally accepted accounting principles, or U.S. GAAP. Our historical results do not necessarily indicate our results expected for any future periods.

Our selected consolidated statements of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2010 and our consolidated balance sheets as of December 31, 2009, 2010 and 2011 have been derived from our audited consolidated financial statements, which are not included in this annual report.

|  | Years Ended December 31, |
--- | --- | --- | ---
|  | 2013 |  | 2012 |  | 2011 |  | 2010 |  | 2009 |
|  | (in thousands, except per share amounts) |
Consolidated Statement of Operations Data: |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |
Net sales(1) |  | $ | 164,439 |  | $ | 186,728 |  | $ | 320,576 |  | $ | 291,535 |  | $ | 386,344 |
Gross profit |  | $ | 40,220 |  | $ | 68,158 |  | $ | 114,334 |  | $ | 70,238 |  | $ | 64,979 |
Operating income (loss)(2) |  | $ | (13,233 | ) | $ | (29,543 | ) | $ | 21,275 |  | $ | (73,722 | ) | $ | (218,688 | )
Net income (loss) attributable to UTStarcom Holdings Corp. |  | $ | (22,721 | ) | $ | (34,385 | ) | $ | 13,387 |  | $ | (65,129 | ) | $ | (225,688 | )
Net income (loss) per share attributable to UTStarcom Holdings Corp.—Basic and Diluted(3) |  | $ | (0.58 | ) | $ | (0.71 | ) | $ | 0.26 |  | $ | (1.43 | ) | $ | (5.31 | )

2

Table of Contents

|  | Years Ended December 31, |
--- | --- | --- | ---
|  | 2013 |  | 2012 |  | 2011 |  | 2010 |  | 2009 |
|  | (in thousands) |
Consolidated Balance Sheet Data: |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |
Cash and cash equivalents |  | $ | 107,773 |  | $ | 179,880 |  | $ | 301,626 |  | $ | 351,507 |  | $ | 265,843 |
Working capital |  | $ | 107,935 |  | $ | 196,372 |  | $ | 280,010 |  | $ | 213,736 |  | $ | 94,591 |
Total assets |  | $ | 366,967 |  | $ | 488,091 |  | $ | 600,940 |  | $ | 784,283 |  | $ | 929,111 |
Total short-term debt |  | $ | — |  | $ | — |  | $ | — |  | $ | — |  | $ | — |
Long-term debt |  | $ | — |  | $ | — |  | $ | — |  | $ | — |  | $ | — |
Total UTStarcom Holdings Corp. shareholders' equity |  | $ | 150,380 |  | $ | 215,842 |  | $ | 264,638 |  | $ | 240,929 |  | $ | 255,359 |

(1)
  In July 2009, we sold our Korean operations and as of December 31, 2009, we had substantially completed the wind-down of our worldwide handset operations. As a result of this wind-down, net sales for the year ended December 31, 2010 decreased as compared to the year ended December 31, 2009. During 2011, driven by the increased sales of our Packet Transport Network, or PTN, products in Japan and RollingStream™ infrastructure products in India and Thailand, net sales in 2011 increased compared to 2010. On August 31, 2012, the Company completed the divestiture of its IPTV business. Revenue for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011 related to divested IPTV business was $29.5 million and $141.4 million, respectively, which partially contributed the net sales decrease in 2012. The net sales decrease in 2012 was primary due to the completion of amortization of deferred revenue associated with PAS infrastructure sales in 2011. The net sales from the amortization of deferred revenue associated with PAS infrastructure sales was $95.3 million in 2011.

  In July 2012, we announced a number of strategic initiatives, including the divestiture of our IPTV business, which accounted for 44.1% and 15.8% of our total revenues in 2011 and 2012, respectively. The divestiture was closed in August 2012, which partially contributed the net sales decrease in 2012. The divested IPTV business became a privately-held standalone company led by Mr. Jack Lu, our former chief executive officer. As part of the transaction, we invested in the IPTV business through a $20 million convertible bond that will be convertible into 33% of the new IPTV business's common stock in five years. The new IPTV business entered into a brand licensing arrangement with us to ensure business continuity for its customers and business partners. The divestiture served as a means of redeploying capital to support higher return opportunities, particularly in the value-added services area, and accelerated our ongoing transition into a higher growth business.

(2)
  The Company has reclassified the prior year presentation of investment impairment loss to present on a separate line consistent with the 2013 presentation in the Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income (Loss). We consider this adjustment immaterial to the Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income (Loss) of 2012 and 2011.
(3)
  On March 21, 2013, we effected a one-for-three reverse share split of our ordinary shares. As a result, our authorized share capital was amended by the consolidation of 750,000,000 ordinary shares of US$0.00125 par value each into 250,000,000 ordinary shares of US$0.00375 par value. Net income (loss) per share attributable to UTStarcom Holding Corp. (basic and diluted) for 2009 through 2013 have been recomputed to reflect retroactively the one-for-three reverse share split.

B. Capitalization and Indebtedness

Not Applicable.

3

Table of Contents

C. Reasons for the Offer and Use of Proceeds

Not Applicable.

D. Risk Factors

Risks Related To Our Business

We have a history of operating losses and may not have sufficient liquidity to execute our business plan or to continue our operations without obtaining additional funding or selling additional securities. We may not be able to obtain additional funding under commercially reasonable terms or issue additional securities.

We reported net loss attributable to UTStarcom Holdings Corp. of $34.4 million and $22.7 million for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2013, compared to net income of $13.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2011. As of December 31, 2013, we had an accumulated deficit of $1,176.0 million.

In the third quarter of 2012, we divested our loss-making IPTV equipment business for $30 million, which helped us redeploy capital to support higher return opportunities. As of December 31, 2013, we had $107.8 million in cash or cash equivalents. Our management believes that we will have sufficient liquidity in 2014 to finance our anticipated operations, capital expenditure requirements and new business acquisitions and investments, as well as achieve projected cash collections from customers and contain expenses and cash used in operations. However, we may not achieve such operating performance and our management expects to continue to implement our liquidity plans, including reducing operating expenses and improving cash collections and receivable turnover. However, if we cannot successfully implement our liquidity plans, it may be necessary for us to make significant changes to our business plans and strategy to maintain adequate liquidity. In addition, various other factors may negatively impact our liquidity, such as:

•
  our inability to achieve planned operating results, which may increase liquidity requirements beyond those considered in our business plans;
•
  our growth initiatives, which may increase liquidity requirements beyond those considered in our business plans;
•
  changes in our business conditions or the financial markets that could limit our access to existing credit facilities or make new sources of financing more costly or commercially unviable; and
•
  changes in China's currency exchange control regulations, which could limit our ability to access cash outside of China to meet liquidity requirements for our operations in China, or vice-versa.

Although our management has developed liquidity plans, we may have difficulty maintaining existing relationships or developing new relationships with suppliers or vendors as a result of our current financial condition. Our suppliers or vendors may choose to provide products or services to us on more stringent payment terms than those currently in place, such as requiring advance payment or payment upon delivery, which may have a negative impact on our short-term cash flows, and in turn materially and adversely affect our ability to retain current customers, attract new customers and maintain contracts that are critical to our operations.

If we cannot meet our liquidity needs through improved operating results, we may need to obtain additional financing from financial institutions or other third parties. However, we may not be able to obtain financing under commercially reasonable terms, or at all. Additionally, we may not be able to sell additional securities to meet our liquidity needs, and any such sale of securities would dilute the ownership of our shareholders.

4

Table of Contents

Our new strategic plan may not be successful, which may materially and adversely affect our financial results.

On November 15, 2012, we announced a new strategic plan to build on our past transition initiatives and focus our core business on broadband equipment products and services, with the aim to develop our media operational support services, and participate in new and higher-margin business areas. We expect that the adoption of this new strategic plan will in time result in a more predictable, recurring revenue stream based on a large number of sources. However, we may not be successful in the markets where we expect to focus our growth efforts. If our current or future strategic plans for the business of our company are not as successful as originally anticipated, or at all, our business, financial prospects and results of operations may be materially and adversely affected.

Our cost-reduction initiatives and restructuring plans may not result in anticipated savings or more efficient operations. Our restructuring may disrupt our operations and adversely affect our operations and financial results.

On June 24, 2011, we completed the Merger, which changed our place of incorporation from the United States to the Cayman Islands. By redomiciling to a jurisdiction outside the United States, we qualified as a "foreign private issuer" under the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission, or the SEC, and thereby reduced our operational, administrative, legal and accounting costs. On August 31, 2012, we completed the divestiture of our IPTV business to redeploy capital to support higher return opportunities and reduce the operating expenses. In the fourth quarter of 2013, as part of our cost reduction initiative, we consolidated our research and development, manufacturing and back office functions to our facilities in Hangzhou. However, our restructuring may not improve our results of operations and cash flows as we anticipated. Our inability to realize the benefits of our cost-reduction initiatives and restructuring plans may result in an ineffective business structure that could negatively impact our results of operations. In addition to severance and other employee-related costs, our restructuring plans may also subject us to litigation risks and expenses.

Our restructuring may also have other adverse consequences, such as employee attrition beyond our planned reduction in workforce, the loss of employees with valuable knowledge or expertise, a negative impact on employee morale and gains in competitive advantages by our competitors. Our restructuring may also place increased demands on our personnel and could adversely affect our ability to attract and retain talent, develop and enhance our products and services, service our existing customers, achieve our sales and marketing objectives and perform our accounting, finance and administrative functions.

We may undertake future cost-reduction initiatives and restructuring plans that may materially and adversely impact our operations. If we do not realize the anticipated benefits of any future restructurings, our operations and financial results could be adversely affected.

Changes in our management may cause uncertainty in, or be disruptive to, our business. Certain of our directors and management team members have been with us in those capacities for only a short time.

We have experienced significant changes in our management and our Board of Directors in recent years. For example, in November 2013, we appointed a new director, bringing our total number of directors to eight. In 2012, we appointed a new chairman for our board of directors, chief executive officer and chief financial officer. Although we have endeavored to implement any director and management transition in as non-disruptive a manner as possible, any such transition might impact our business, and give rise to uncertainty among our customers, investors, vendors, employees and others concerning our future direction and performance, which may materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows, and our ability to execute our business model.

5

Table of Contents

In addition, because certain members of our management and board of directors have served in their respective capacities for only limited durations, we face the additional risks that these persons:

•
  have limited familiarity with our past practices;
•
  lack experience in communicating effectively within our team and with other employees and directors;
•
  lack settled areas of responsibility; and
•
  lack established track records in managing our business strategy.

We rely on a Japanese customer for a significant portion of our net sales. Any deterioration of our relationship or any interruption to our ongoing collaboration with this customer may significantly harm our business, financial condition and results of operations.

A significant portion of our net sales is derived from a Japanese customer, SOFTBANK CORP. and its related entities, or collectively, Softbank, which previously was one of our principal shareholders. On January 14, 2014, Softbank sold all of our shares held by it to us and one of our other shareholders. In 2013, our net sales to Softbank totaled approximately $90.3 million, representing approximately 54.9% of our total net sales. We anticipate that our dependence on Softbank will continue for the foreseeable future. Consequently, any one of the following events may cause material fluctuations or declines in our net sales or liquidity position and have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations:

•
  changes in the regulating environment in Japan that adversely affect the Softbank businesses that we supply;
•
  changes in the commercial environment in Japan that adversely affect the Softbank businesses we supply;
•
  Softbank's collaborations with our competitors;
•
  reduction, delay or cancellation of contracts from Softbank;
•
  the success of Softbank's business utilizing our products; and
•
  failure of Softbank to make timely payment for our products and services.

Although we have continued our collaboration with Softbank since 2008, Softbank may not continue working with us in the future, whether due to changes in management preferences, business strategy, corporate structure or other factors. Our failure to continue our collaboration with this customer may adversely affect our business, financial conditions and results of operations.

In addition, the relationship between China and Japan, which is often strained due to historical reasons, in 2012 reached reportedly the lowest point since the end of World War II due to territorial disputes surrounding what are called by China as the Diaoyu Islands but known in Japan as the Senkaku Islands. If the tension between the two countries further escalates or even results in regional military conflicts, the demand for our products from Softbank may decrease and the shipment of our products manufactured in China to Softbank may be disrupted. As a result, our business and results of operations may be materially and adversely affected.

We have a rapidly evolving business model, and if our new product and service offerings fail to attract or retain customers or generate revenue, our growth and operating results could be harmed.

We have a rapidly evolving business model and are regularly exploring entry into new market segments and introduction of new products, features and services with respect to which we may have limited experience. In the past, we have added additional types of services and product offerings, and in some cases, we have modified or discontinued those offerings. For example, as part of our transition to

6

Table of Contents

being a provider of media operation support services, we launched our next generation video service cloud platform and several commercial applications associated with this platform in 2012. However, due to limited resources, we decided to discontinue the offering of these products and services in the same year. We may continue to offer additional types of products or services in the future, but these products and services may not be successful. The additions and modifications to our business have increased its complexity and may present new and significant technological challenges, as well as strains on our management, personnel, operations, systems, technical performance, financial resources, and internal financial control and reporting functions. The future viability of our business will depend on the success of our new business model and product and service offerings, and if they fail to attract or retain customers or generate revenue, our growth and operating results could be materially and adversely affected.

We may be unable or unwilling to accept additional purchase orders from existing customers, which could damage our relationships with such customers and lead to legal and financial consequences which could harm our business.

Due to commercial considerations or other strategic factors, we may from time to time be unable or unwilling to accept additional purchase orders from existing customers. If an existing customer places a purchase order with us that we subsequently refuse to accept, our relationship with such customer may be harmed. Moreover, any refusal or inability by us to accept additional purchase orders placed by an existing customer based on any standing contract may result in legal claims by our customers, reduced collections from previous purchase orders and financial penalties, which could distract our management and harm our business. Certain of our contracts have significant performance bank guarantees that, subject to the terms in the contracts, may be paid to the customer in the event of a default by us in addition to any other remedies it may have.

Adverse resolution of pending civil litigation may harm our operating results or financial condition.

We are a party to lawsuits in the normal course of our business. These lawsuits and any future litigation could be time consuming and expensive and divert our management's attention away from our regular business. Additionally, the adverse resolution of litigation against us could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, liquidity and reputation. Moreover, the results of complex legal proceedings are difficult to predict. For additional information regarding certain matters in which we are involved, see "Item 8. Financial Information—Consolidated Statements and Other Financial Information—Legal Proceedings".

Our future product sales are unpredictable and our operating results are likely to fluctuate from quarter to quarter as a result.

Our quarterly and annual operating results have fluctuated in the past and are likely to fluctuate in the future due to a variety of factors, some of which are outside of our control. Factors that may affect our future operating results include:

•
  the timing and size of the orders for our products;
•
  consumer acceptance of new products we may introduce to market;
•
  changes in the growth rate of customer purchases of communications services;
•
  lengthy and unpredictable sales cycles associated with sales of our products;
•
  unpredictable revenue recognition timing, which is based primarily on customer acceptance of delivered products;
•
  cancellation, deferment or delay in implementation of large contracts;

7

Table of Contents

•
  quality issues resulting from the design or manufacture of the products, or from the software used in the products;
•
  cash collection cycles in China, Japan and other emerging markets;
•
  reliance on product, software and component suppliers which may constitute a sole source of supply or may have going concern issues;
•
  the decline in business activity we typically experience during the Lunar New Year holiday in China, which leads to decreased sales and collections during our first fiscal quarter;
•
  issues that might arise from divestiture of non-core assets or operations or the integration of acquired entities and the inability to achieve expected results from such divestitures or acquisitions;
•
  shifts in our product mix or market focus; and
•
  availability of adequate liquidity to implement our business plan.

As a result of these and other factors, period-to-period comparisons of our operating results are not necessarily meaningful or indicative of future performance. In addition, the factors noted above may make it difficult for us to forecast our future financial performance. Furthermore, it is possible that in some future quarters our operating results will fall below our internal forecasts, public guidance or the expectations of securities analysts or investors, which may adversely affect the trading price of our ordinary shares.

Competition in our markets may lead to reduced prices, revenues and market share.

We currently face and will continue to face intense competition from both domestic and international companies in our target markets, many of which may operate under lower cost structures and have much larger sales forces than we do. Additionally, other companies not presently offering competing products may also enter our target markets. Many of our competitors have significantly greater financial, technical, product development, sales, marketing and other resources than we do. As a result, our competitors may be able to respond more quickly to new or emerging technologies and changes in service provider requirements. Our competitors may also be able to devote greater resources than we can to the development, promotion and sale of new products. These competitors may be able to offer significant financing arrangements to service providers, which may give them a competitive advantage in selling systems to service providers with limited financial resources. In many of the developing markets in which we operate or intend to operate, relationships with local governmental telecommunications agencies are important to establish and maintain through permissible means. In many such markets, our competitors may have or be able to establish better relationships with local governmental telecommunications agencies than we have, which could result in their ability to influence governmental policy formation and interpretation to their advantage. Additionally, our competitors might have better relationships with their third party suppliers and obtain component parts at reduced rates, allowing them to offer their end products at reduced prices. Moreover, the telecommunications and data transmission industries have experienced significant consolidation, and we expect this trend to continue. Increased customer concentration may increase our reliance on larger customers and our bargaining position and profit margins may suffer.

Increased competition is likely to result in price reductions, reduced profit margin and loss of market share, any one of which could materially harm our business, cash flows and financial condition. In order to remain competitive, we must continually reduce the cost of manufacturing our products through design and engineering changes and other cost control measures. We may not be successful in these efforts or in delivering our products to market in a timely manner. In addition, any redesign may not result in sufficient cost reductions to allow us to reduce the prices of our products to remain

8

Table of Contents

competitive or to improve or maintain our profit margin, which would cause our financial results to suffer.

To remain competitive, we may enter into contracts with low profitability or even anticipated losses if we believe it is necessary to establish a relationship with a customer or a presence in a market that we consider important to our strategy. Entering into a contract with an anticipated loss requires us to recognize a provision for the entire loss in the period in which it becomes evident rather than in later periods in which contract performance occurs. Entering into contracts with low gross margins adversely affects our reported results when the revenues from such contracts are recognized; in some cases revenue recognition must be deferred until all revenue recognition criteria have been met, which would result in the adverse effects of low gross margin contracts being reflected in periods subsequent to when contract performance occurred.

The average selling prices of our products may decrease, which may reduce our revenues and our gross profit.

The average selling prices of our products may decrease in the future in response to product introductions by us or our competitors or other factors, including price pressures from customers. Sales of products with low gross profit margins may adversely affect our profitability and result in losses with respect to such products. Therefore, we must continue to develop, source and introduce new products and enhancements to existing products that incorporate features that can be sold at higher average selling prices. Failure to do so, or the failure of consumers or our direct customers to accept such new products, could cause our revenues and profitability to decline.

Our market is subject to rapid technological change and we must continually introduce new products and product enhancements that achieve market acceptance to compete effectively.

The market for broadband equipment is characterized by rapid technological developments, frequent new product introductions, changes in consumer preferences and evolving industry and regulatory standards. Our success will depend in large part on our ability to enhance our technologies and develop and introduce new products and product enhancements that anticipate changing service provider requirements, technological developments and evolving consumer preferences. We may need to make substantial capital expenditures and incur significant R&D expenses to develop and introduce new products and enhancements. If we fail to develop and introduce new products or enhancements to existing products that effectively respond to technological change on a timely basis, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be materially and adversely affected.

Certain of our products are subject to rapid changes in standards, applications and technologies. Moreover, from time to time, we or our competitors may announce new products or product enhancements, technologies or services that have the potential to replace or shorten the life cycles of our products and that may cause customers to defer purchasing our existing products, resulting in charges for inventory obsolescence reserves. Future technological advances in the communications industry may diminish or inhibit market acceptance of our existing or future products or render our products obsolete. Even if we are able to develop and introduce new products, they may not gain market acceptance. Market acceptance of our products will depend on various factors, including:

•
  our ability to obtain necessary approvals from regulatory organizations within the countries in which we operate and for any new technologies that we introduce;
•
  the length of time it takes service providers to evaluate our products, causing the timing of purchases to be unpredictable;
•
  the compatibility of our products with legacy technologies and standards existing in previously deployed network equipment;
•
  our ability to attract customers who may have pre-existing relationships with our competitors;

9

Table of Contents

•
  product pricing relative to performance;
•
  the level of customer service available to support new products; and
•
  the timing of new product introductions meeting demand patterns.

If our products fail to obtain market acceptance in a timely manner, our business and results of operations could be materially and adversely affected.

We purchase certain key components and materials used in our products from authorized distributors of sole source suppliers. If we cannot secure adequate supplies of high quality products at competitive prices or in a timely manner, our competitive position, reputation and business could be harmed.

We purchase certain key components and materials, such as chipsets, used in our products from authorized distributors of sole source suppliers. We do not have direct contractual arrangements with the sole source suppliers of chipsets used in our products. If we are unable to obtain high-quality components and materials in the quantities required and at the costs specified by us, we may not be able to find alternative sources on favorable terms, in a timely manner, or at all. Our inability to obtain or to develop alternative sources if and as required could result in delays or reductions in manufacturing or product shipments. From time to time, there may be shortages of certain products or components. Moreover, the components and materials we purchase may be inferior quality products. If an inferior quality product supplied by a third party is used in our end product and causes a problem, our end product may be deemed responsible and our competitive position, reputation and business could suffer.

Our ability to source a sufficient quantity of high-quality, cost-effective components used in our products may also be limited by import restrictions and duties in the foreign countries where we manufacture our products. We require a significant number of imported components to manufacture our products, and these imported components may be limited by a variety of permit requirements, approval procedures, patent infringement claims, import duties and licensing requirements. Moreover, import duties on such components increase the cost of our products and may make them less competitive.

Our multinational operations may strain our resources and subject us to various economic, political, regulatory and legal risks.

We market and sell our products globally. Our existing multinational operations require significant management attention and financial resources. To continue to manage our global business, we will need to continue to take various actions, including:

•
  enhancing management information systems, including forecasting procedures;
•
  further developing our operating, administrative, financial and accounting systems and controls;
•
  managing our working capital and sources of financing;
•
  maintaining close coordination among our engineering, accounting, finance, marketing, sales and operations organizations;
•
  successfully consolidating a number of functions in China to eliminate functional duplication;
•
  retaining, training and managing our employee base;
•
  reorganizing our business structure to allocate and utilize our internal resources more effectively;
•
  improving and sustaining our supply chain capability; and
•
  managing both our direct and indirect sales channels in a cost-efficient and competitive manner.

10

Table of Contents

If we fail to implement or improve systems or controls or to manage any future growth and transformation effectively, our business could suffer.

Furthermore, our multinational operations are subject to a variety of risks, such as:

•
  the complexity of complying with a variety of foreign laws and regulations in each of the jurisdictions in which we operate;
•
  the complexity of complying with anti-corruption laws in each of the jurisdictions in which we operate, including United States regulations for foreign operations such as the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act as well as the anti-bribery and anti-corruption laws of China and India where we conduct substantial operations. There is rigorous enforcement of anti-corruption laws in the United States and in China, and the violation of these laws may result in substantial monetary and even criminal sanctions;
•
  difficulty complying with continually evolving and changing global product and communications standards and regulations for both our end products and their component technology;
•
  market acceptance of our new products, including longer product acceptance periods in new markets into which we enter;
•
  reliance on local original equipment manufacturers, third party distributors, resellers and agents to effectively market and sell our products;
•
  unusual contract terms required by customers in developing markets;
•
  changes to import and export regulations, including quotas, tariffs, licensing restrictions and other trade barriers;
•
  the complexity of compliance with the varying taxation requirements of multiple jurisdictions;
•
  evolving and unpredictable nature of the economic, regulatory, competitive and political environments;
•
  reduced protection for intellectual property rights in some countries;
•
  longer accounts receivable collection periods; and
•
  difficulties and costs of staffing, monitoring and managing multinational operations, including but not limited to internal controls and compliance.

In addition, many of the global markets are less developed, presenting additional economic, political, regulatory and legal risks unique to developing economies, such as the following:

•
  customers that may be unable to pay for our products in a timely manner or at all;
•
  new and unproven markets for our products and the telecommunications services that our products enable;
•
  lack of a large, highly trained workforce;
•
  difficulty in controlling local operations from our headquarters;
•
  variable ethical standards and an increased potential for fraud;
•
  unstable political and economic environments; and
•
  lack of a secure environment for our personnel, facilities and equipment.

11

Table of Contents

In particular, these factors create the potential for physical loss of inventory and misappropriation of operating assets. We have in the past experienced cases of vandalism and armed theft of our equipment that had been or was being installed in the field. If disruptions for any of these reasons become too severe in any particular market, it may become necessary for us to terminate contracts and withdraw from that market and suffer the associated costs and lost revenue.

Our success depends on our ability to hire and retain qualified personnel, including senior managers. If we are not successful in attracting and retaining these personnel and in managing key employee turnover, our business will suffer.

The success of our business depends in significant part upon the continued contributions of key technical and senior management personnel, many of whom would be difficult to replace. The loss of a key employee, the failure of a key employee to perform satisfactorily in his or her current position or our failure to attract and retain other key technical and senior management employees could have a significant negative impact on our operations.

Notwithstanding our recent workforce restructurings, to effectively manage our operations, we will need to recruit, train, assimilate, motivate and retain qualified employees, especially in China. Competition for qualified employees is intense, and the process of recruiting personnel in all fields, including technology, R&D, sales and marketing, finance and accounting, administration and management with the combination of skills and attributes required to execute our business strategy can be difficult, time-consuming and expensive. We must continue to implement hiring and training processes that are capable of quickly deploying qualified local residents to support our products and services knowledgeably. Alternatively, if there is an insufficient number of qualified local residents available, we might incur substantial costs importing expatriates to service new global markets. For example, we have historically experienced and continue to experience difficulty finding qualified accounting personnel knowledgeable in both U.S. and PRC accounting standards who are PRC residents. In addition, we made changes within our senior management team in China. If our current senior management in China cannot maintain and/or establish key relationships with customers, governmental entities and other relevant parties in China, our business may decline significantly. If we fail to attract, hire, assimilate or retain qualified personnel, our business would be harmed. Our recent layoffs also have an adverse effect on our ability to attract and retain critical staff. Competitors and others have in the past, and may in the future, attempt to recruit our employees. In addition, companies in the telecommunications industry whose employees accept positions with competitors frequently claim that the competitors have engaged in unfair hiring practices. We may be the subject of these types of claims in the future as we seek to hire qualified personnel. Some of these claims may result in material litigation and disruption to our operations. We could incur substantial costs in defending ourselves against these claims, regardless of their merit.

Currency rate fluctuations may adversely affect our cash flow and operating results.

Our business is subject to risk from changing foreign exchange rates because we conduct a substantial part of our business in a variety of currencies other than the U.S. dollar. In 2013, a majority of our sales were made in Japan and denominated in Japanese Yen. We also have made significant sales denominated in Renminbi and Indian Rupees. Additionally, we have exposures to emerging market currencies, which can have extreme currency volatility. Adverse movements in currency exchange rates may negatively affect our cash flow and operating results. We recorded net foreign currency losses of $8.9 million and $4.7 million in 2011 and 2012, respectively, and a net foreign currency gain of $3.9 million in 2013. We currently do not use forward and option contracts to hedge against the risk of foreign currency rate fluctuation in the eventual net cash inflows and outflows resulting from foreign currency denominated transactions with customers, suppliers, and non-U.S. subsidiaries. Furthermore, we would be limited in our ability to hedge our exposure to rate fluctuations in certain currencies, including the Japanese Yen, Reminbi and Indian Rupee, due to

12

Table of Contents

PRC-governmental currency exchange control regulations that restrict currency conversion and remittance. Even if we engage in hedging activities in the future, we may not be successful in minimizing the impact of foreign currency fluctuations. As a result, fluctuations in foreign currencies may have a material impact on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

We may not be able to take advantage of acquisition opportunities or achieve the anticipated benefits of completed acquisitions.

We have in the past acquired certain businesses, products and technologies. We will continue to evaluate acquisition prospects that would complement our existing product offerings, augment our market coverage, enhance our technological capabilities, or that may otherwise offer growth opportunities. To the extent we desire raising additional funds for purposes not currently included in our business plan(such as taking advantage of acquisition opportunities, developing new or enhanced products, responding to competitive pressures, or raising capital for strategic purposes), additional financing for these or other purposes may not be available on acceptable terms or at all. If we raise additional funds through the issuance of equity securities, our shareholders will experience dilution of their ownership interest, and the newly issued securities may have rights superior to those of ordinary shares. If we raise additional funds by issuing debt, our ability to meet our debt service obligations will be dependent upon our future performance, which will be subject to financial, business and other factors affecting our operations, many of which are beyond our control. Additionally, debt obligations may subject us to limitations on our operations and increased leverage. In addition, acquisitions involve numerous risks, including difficulties in the assimilation of operations, technologies, products and personnel of the acquired company; failures in realizing anticipated synergies; diversion of management's attention from other business concerns; adverse effects on existing business relationships with customers; difficulties in retaining business relationships with suppliers and customers of the acquired company; risks of entering markets in which we have no direct or limited prior experience; the potential loss of key employees of the acquired company; unanticipated costs; difficulty in maintaining controls, procedures and policies during the transition and integration process; failure of our due diligence process to identify significant issues, including issues with respect to product quality, product architecture and legal and financial contingencies; product development; significant exit charges as impairment charges if products or businesses acquired are unsuccessful or do not perform as expected; potential future impairment of our acquisitions or investments; potential full or partial write-offs of acquired assets or investments and associated goodwill; potential expenses related to the amortization of intangible assets; and, in the case of the acquisition of financially troubled businesses, challenges as to the validity of such acquisitions from third party creditors of such businesses.

We may be unable to adequately protect against the loss or misappropriation of our intellectual property, which could substantially harm our business.

We rely on a combination of patents, copyrights, trademarks, trade secret laws and contractual obligations to protect our technology. We have patents issued in the United States and internationally and have pending patent applications internationally. Additional patents may not be issued from our pending patent applications, and our issued patents may not be upheld. In addition, we have, from time to time, chosen to abandon previously filed patent and trademark applications. Moreover, we may face difficulties in registering our existing trademarks in new jurisdictions in which we operate, and we may be forced to abandon or change product or service trademarks because of the unavailability of our existing trademarks or because of oppositions filed or legal challenges to our trademark filings. The intellectual property protection measures that we have taken may not be sufficient to prevent misappropriation of our technology or trademarks and our competitors may independently develop technologies that are substantially equivalent or superior to ours. In addition, the legal systems of many foreign countries do not protect or honor intellectual property rights to the same extent as the legal system of the United States. For example, in China, the legal system in general, and the intellectual

13

Table of Contents

property regime in particular, are still in the development stage. It may be very difficult, time-consuming and costly for us to attempt to enforce our intellectual property rights in these jurisdictions.

We may be subject to claims that we infringe the intellectual property rights of others, which could substantially harm our business.

The industry in which we compete is moving towards aggressive assertion, licensing and litigation of patents and other intellectual property rights. From time to time, we have become aware of the possibility or have been notified that we may be infringing certain patents or other intellectual property rights of others. Regardless of their merit, responding to such claims could be time consuming, divert management's attention and resources and cause us to incur significant expenses. In addition, although some of our supplier contracts provide for indemnification from the supplier with respect to losses or expenses incurred in connection with any infringement claim, certain contracts with our key suppliers do not provide for such protection. Moreover, certain of our sales contracts provide that we must indemnify our customers against claims by third parties for intellectual property rights infringement related to our products. There are no limitations on the maximum potential future payments under these guarantees. Therefore, we may incur substantial costs related to any infringement claim, which may substantially harm our results of operations and financial condition.

We have been and may in the future become subject to litigation to defend against claimed infringements of the rights of others or to determine the scope and validity of the proprietary rights of others. Future litigation may also be necessary to enforce and protect our patents, trade secrets and other intellectual property rights. Any intellectual property litigation or threatened intellectual property litigation could be costly, and adverse determinations or settlements could result in the loss of our proprietary rights, subject us to significant liabilities, require us to seek licenses from or pay royalties to third parties which may not be available on commercially reasonable terms, if at all, and/or prevent us from manufacturing or selling our products, which could cause disruptions to our operations.

In the event that there is a successful claim of infringement against us and we fail to develop non-infringing technology or license the proprietary rights on commercially reasonable terms and conditions, our business, results of operations and financial condition could be materially and adversely impacted.

We are subject to risks related to our financial and strategic investments in third party businesses.

From time to time we make financial and/or strategic investments in third party businesses. We cannot be certain that such investments will be successful. In certain instances we have lost part or all of the value of such investments, resulting in a financial loss and/or the loss of potential strategic opportunities. We recognize an impairment charge on our investment when a decline in the fair value of such investment below the cost basis is judged to be other-than-temporary. In making this determination, we review several factors to determine whether the losses are other-than-temporary, including but not limited to: (i) the length of time the investment was in an unrealized loss position, (ii) the extent to which fair value was less than cost, (iii) the financial condition and near term prospects of the issuer, and (iv) our intent and ability to hold the investment for a period of time sufficient to allow for any anticipated recovery in fair value. For the year ended December 31, 2013, we recorded impairment charges of $9.4 million related to investments. If we have to write down or write off our investments, or if potential strategic opportunities do not develop as planned, our financial performance may suffer. Moreover, these investments are often illiquid, such that it may be difficult or impossible for us to monetize such investments.

14

Table of Contents

We could incur asset impairment charges for goodwill, intangible assets or other long-lived assets or long-term investments, which could negatively affect our future operating results and financial condition.

Historically, we had goodwill, intangible assets, other long-lived assets and long-term investments, the value of which may decrease, or be impaired, over time. As of December 31, 2013, we had no goodwill and intangible assets, but had other long-lived assets and long-term investments, and we may have goodwill and intangible assets in the future. We are required to perform periodic assessments for any possible impairment of our goodwill, intangible assets, other long-lived assets and long-term investments for accounting purposes. We test goodwill for impairment during the fourth quarter of each fiscal year, or more frequently if an event occurs or circumstances change that would more likely than not reduce the fair value below its carrying amount. These events or circumstances include unfavorable variances from established business plans, significant changes in forecasted results or volatility inherent in external markets and industries. We review the recoverability of the carrying value of long-lived assets held and used and long-lived assets to be disposed of whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value of the assets or asset groups may not be recoverable. For example, in the fiscal year ended December 31, 2009, we recorded impairment charges of $33.3 million related to long-lived assets. Any such charge may adversely affect our operating results and financial condition.

When determining whether an asset impairment has occurred or calculating such impairment for goodwill, an intangible asset or other long-lived asset, fair value is determined using the present value of estimated cash flows or comparable market values. Our valuation methodology requires management to make judgments and assumptions based on projected future cash flows, the timing of such cash flows, discount rates reflecting the risk inherent in future cash flows, perpetual growth rates, the determination of appropriate comparable entities and the determination of whether a premium or discount should be applied to these comparable entities. Projections of future operating results and cash flows may vary significantly from actual results. Changes in estimates and/or revised assumptions impacting the present value of estimated future cash flows or comparable market values may result in a decrease in fair value of a reporting unit, where goodwill is tested for impairment, or a decrease in fair value of intangible assets, long-lived assets or asset groups, our acquisitions or investments. The decrease in fair value could result in a non-cash impairment charge.

Wireless handset products previously sold by us are subject to a wide range of environmental, health and safety laws, and may expose us to potential health and environmental liability claims.

Wireless handset products previously sold by us are subject to a wide range of environmental, health and safety laws, including laws relating to the use, disposal and cleanup of, and human exposure to, hazardous substances. There have been claims made alleging a link between the use of wireless handsets and the development or aggravation of certain cancers, including brain cancer. The scientific community is divided on whether there is a risk from wireless handset use, and if so, the magnitude of the risk. Even if there is no link established between wireless handset use and cancer, the negative publicity and possible litigation could have a material adverse effect on our business. In the past, several plaintiffs' groups have brought class actions against wireless handset manufacturers and distributors, alleging that wireless handsets have caused cancer. To date, we have not been named in any of these actions and none of these actions have been successful. In the future we could incur substantial costs in defending ourselves against similar claims, regardless of their merit. Also, claims may be successful in the future and may have a material adverse effect on our financial condition.

Furthermore, there have been claims made alleging a link between the use of Bluetooth enabled mobile phone handsets and noise induced hearing loss. To date, we have not been named in any of these actions. In the future we could incur substantial costs in defending ourselves against similar claims, regardless of their merit. Also, claims may be successful in the future and may have a material adverse effect on our financial condition.

15

Table of Contents

We are subject to a wide range of environmental, health and safety laws and efforts to comply with such laws may be costly and may adversely impact our financial performance.

Our operations and the products we manufacture and/or sell are subject to a wide range of global environmental, health and safety laws. Compliance with existing or future environmental, health and safety laws could subject us to future costs, liabilities, impact our production capabilities, constrict our ability to sell, expand or acquire facilities and generally impact our financial performance. Some of these laws relate to the use, disposal, cleanup of, and exposure to, hazardous substances. Over the last several years, the European Union, or the EU, countries have enacted environmental laws regulating electronic products. For example, beginning July 1, 2006, our products have been subject to laws that mandate the recycling of waste in electronic products sold in the EU and that limit or prohibit the use of certain substances in electronic products. Other countries outside of Europe are expected to adopt similar laws. We may incur additional expenses to comply with these laws.

Product defect or quality issues may divert management's attention from our business and/or result in costs and expenses that could adversely affect our operating results.

Product defects or performance quality issues could cause us to lose customers and revenue or to incur unexpected expenses. Many of our products are highly complex and may have quality deficiencies resulting from the design or manufacture of such product, or from the software or components used in the product. Often these issues are identified prior to the shipment of the products and may cause delays in market acceptance of our products, delays in shipping products to customers, or the cancellation of orders. In other cases, we may identify the quality issues after the shipment of products. In such cases, we may incur unexpected expenses and diversion of resources to replace defective products or correct problems. Such pre-shipment and post-shipment quality issues could result in delays in the recognition of revenue, loss of revenue or future orders, and damage to our reputation and customer relationships. In addition, we may be required to pay damages for failed performance under certain customer contracts, and may receive claims from customers related to the performance of our products.

Business interruptions could adversely affect our business.

Our operations are vulnerable to interruption by fire, earthquake, power loss, telecommunications failure, external interference with our information technology systems, incidents of terrorism and other events beyond our control that affect us, either directly or indirectly through one or more of our key suppliers. Also, our operations and markets in China and Japan are located in areas prone to earthquakes. We do not have a detailed disaster recovery plan, and the occurrence of any events like these that disrupt our business could harm our business and operating results.

We may suffer losses with respect to equipment held at customer sites, which could harm our business.

We face the risk of loss relating to our equipment held at customer sites. In some cases, our equipment held at customer sites is under contract, pending final acceptance by the customer. We generally do not hold title or risk of loss on such equipment, as title and risk of loss are typically transferred to the customer upon delivery of our equipment. However, we do not recognize revenue and accounts receivable with respect to the sale of such equipment until we obtain acceptance from the customer. If we do not obtain final acceptance, we may not be able to collect the contract price or recover this equipment or its associated costs. In other cases, particularly in China, where governmental approval is required to finalize certain contracts, inventory not under contract may be held at customer sites. We hold title and risk of loss on this inventory until the contracts are finalized and, as such, are subject to any losses incurred resulting from any damage to or loss of this inventory.

16

Table of Contents

If our contract negotiations fail or if the government of China otherwise delays approving contracts, we may not recover or receive payment for this inventory. Moreover, our insurance may not cover all losses incurred if our inventory at customer sites not under contract is damaged or misappropriated prior to contract finalization. If we incur a loss relating to inventory for any of the above reasons, our financial condition, cash flows, and operating results could be harmed.

Failure to achieve and maintain effective internal controls in accordance with Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 could have a material adverse effect on our business and share price.

We are subject to reporting obligations under the United States securities laws. The SEC, as required by Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, or the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, requires that we establish and maintain an effective internal control structure and procedures for financial reporting and include a report of management on our internal control over financial reporting in our annual report. Our Annual Report on Form 20-F must contain an assessment by management of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting and must include disclosure of any material weaknesses in internal control over financial reporting that we have identified. In addition, our independent registered public accounting firm must attest to the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting.

As of December 31, 2013, we have identified a material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting and have concluded that our internal controls over financial reporting were not effective as of December 31, 2013. The requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act are ongoing and also apply to future years. We expect that our internal control over financial reporting will continue to evolve as we continue in our efforts to transform our business. Although we are committed to continue to improve our internal control processes and we will continue to diligently and vigorously review our internal control over financial reporting in order to ensure compliance with the Section 404 requirements, any control system, regardless of how well designed, operated and evaluated, can provide only reasonable, not absolute, assurance that its objectives will be met. In addition, successful remediation of the control deficiencies identified as of December 31, 2013 is dependent on our ability to hire and retain qualified employees and consultants. Therefore, we cannot be certain that in the future additional material weaknesses or significant deficiencies will not exist or otherwise be discovered.

Risks Relating to Conducting Business in China

Uncertainties with respect to China's economic, political and social condition, as well as government policies, could adversely affect our business and results of operations.

A significant portion of our business operations are conducted in China. Accordingly, our results of operations, financial condition and prospects are subject to a significant degree to economic, political and legal developments in China. China's economy differs from the economies of most developed countries in many respects, including with respect to the amount of government involvement, level of development, growth rate, control of foreign exchange, and allocation of resources. While the PRC economy has experienced significant growth in the past twenty years, growth has been uneven across different regions and among various economic sectors of China. The PRC government has implemented various economic and political policies and laws and regulations to encourage economic development and guide the allocation of resources. Any adverse changes to these policies of the PRC government or the laws and regulations of the PRC, or other factors detrimental to China's economic development, could have a material adverse effect on the overall economic growth of China, which could adversely affect our business. For example, from time to time, the PRC government implements monetary, credit and other policies or otherwise makes efforts to slow the pace of growth of the PRC economy, which could result in decreased capital expenditures by our end customers in China, reduce their demand for our products, and adversely affect our business and results of operations.

17

Table of Contents

China's governmental and regulatory reforms may impact our ability to do business in China.

Since 1978, the PRC government has been in a state of evolution and reform. The reforms have resulted in and are expected to continue to result in significant economic and social development in China. Many of the reforms are unprecedented or experimental and may be subject to change or readjustment due to a variety of political, economic and social factors. Multiple government bodies are involved in regulating and administering affairs in the telecommunications and information technology industries, among which the Ministry of Industry and Information Technology and Telecommunications Administration, or the MIIT, the National Development and Reform Commission, or NDRC, the State-owned Assets Supervision and Administration Commission, or SASAC, and the State Administration of Press, Publication, Radio, Film and Television, or SAPPRFT (a governmental organization formed in 2013 as a result of the merger of the original State Administration of Radio, Film and Television and the original General Administration of Press and Publication), play the leading roles. These government agencies have broad discretion and authority over all aspects of the telecommunications and information technology industry in China, including but not limited to, setting the telecommunications tariff structure, granting carrier licenses and frequencies, approving equipment and products, granting product licenses, approving the form and content of transmitted data, specifying technological standards as well as appointing carrier executives, all of which may impact our ability to do business in China.

Any of the following changes in China's political and economic conditions and governmental policies could have a substantial impact on our business:

•
  the promulgation of new laws and regulations and the interpretation of those laws and regulations;
•
  inconsistent enforcement and application of the telecommunications industry's rules and regulations by the PRC government between foreign and domestic companies;
•
  the restructuring of telecommunications carriers in China, including policy making governing next generation network infrastructure and licensing;
•
  restrictions on IPTV license grants, which could limit the potential market for our products;
•
  the introduction of measures to control inflation or stimulate growth;
•
  the introduction of new guidelines for tariffs and service rates, which affect our ability to competitively price our products and services;
•
  changes in the rate or method of taxation;
•
  the imposition of laws, rules or regulations affecting the direct or indirect nationalization of assets controlled by non-governmental persons or entities;
•
  the imposition of additional restrictions on currency conversion and remittances abroad; or
•
  any actions that limit our ability to develop, manufacture, import or sell our products in China, or to finance and operate our business in China.

In addition to modifying the existing telecommunications regulatory framework, the PRC government is currently preparing a draft of a standard, national telecommunications law, or the Telecommunications Law, to provide a uniform regulatory framework for the telecommunications industry. The Telecommunications Law has been included in the law legislation plan of the Standing Committee of the 11th National People's Congress. We do not yet know the final nature or scope of the regulations that would be created if the Telecommunications Law is passed. Accordingly, we cannot predict whether it will have a positive or negative effect on us or on some or all aspects of our business.

18

Table of Contents

Under China's current regulatory structure, the communications products that we offer in China must meet government and industry standards. In addition, a network access license for the equipment must be obtained. Without a license, telecommunications equipment is not allowed to be connected to public telecommunications networks or sold in China. Moreover, we must ensure that the quality of the telecommunications equipment for which we have obtained a network access license is stable and reliable, and will not negatively affect the quality or performance of other installed licensed products.

China's currency exchange control and government restrictions on dividends may impact our ability to transfer funds outside of China.

A significant portion of our business is conducted in China where the currency is the RMB. Regulations in China permit foreign owned entities to freely convert the RMB into foreign currency for transactions that fall under the "current account," which includes trade related receipts and payments, interest and dividends. Accordingly, our PRC subsidiaries may use RMB to purchase foreign exchange for settlement of such "current account" transactions without pre-approval. However, pursuant to applicable regulations, foreign-invested enterprises in China may pay dividends only out of their accumulated profits, if any, determined in accordance with PRC accounting standards and regulations. In calculating accumulated profits, foreign investment enterprises in China are required to allocate at least 10% of their accumulated profits each year, if any, to fund certain reserve funds, including mandated employee benefits funds, unless these reserves have reached 50% of the registered capital of the enterprises.

Transactions other than those that fall under the "current account" and that involve conversion of RMB into foreign currency are classified as "capital account" transactions; examples of "capital account" transactions include repatriations of investment by or loans to foreign owners, or direct equity investments in a foreign entity by a China domiciled entity. "Capital account" transactions require prior approval from China's State Administration of Foreign Exchange, or SAFE, or its provincial branch to convert a remittance into a foreign currency, such as U.S. dollars, and transmit the foreign currency outside of China.

This system could be changed at any time and any such change may affect the ability of us or our subsidiaries in China to repatriate capital or profits, if any, outside China. Furthermore, SAFE has a significant degree of administrative discretion in implementing the laws and has used this discretion to limit convertibility of current account payments out of China. Whether as a result of a deterioration in the PRC balance of payments, a shift in the PRC macroeconomic prospects or any number of other reasons, China could impose additional restrictions on capital remittances abroad. As a result of these and other restrictions under the laws and regulations of the PRC, our China subsidiaries are restricted in their ability to transfer a portion of their net assets to the parent. We have no assurance that the relevant PRC governmental authorities in the future will not limit further or eliminate the ability of our PRC subsidiaries to purchase foreign currencies and transfer such funds to us to meet our liquidity or other business needs. Any inability to access funds in China, if and when needed for use by us outside of China, could have a material and adverse effect on our liquidity and our business.

19

Table of Contents

Fluctuations in the value of the RMB relative to the U.S. dollar could affect our operating results and may have a material adverse effect on your investment.

We prepare our financial statements in U.S. dollars, while we conduct a significant portion of our operations in China primarily in RMB. The conversion of financial information using a functional currency of RMB will be subject to risks related to foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations. The value of RMB against the U.S. dollar and other currencies may fluctuate and is affected by, among other things, changes in China's political and economic conditions and supply and demand in local markets. On July 21, 2005, the PRC government changed its decade-old policy of pegging the value of the RMB to the U.S. dollar. Under the new policy, the RMB is permitted to fluctuate within a managed band based on market supply and demand and by reference to a basket of certain foreign currencies. This change in policy has resulted in a significant appreciation of the RMB against the U.S. dollar. While the international reaction to the RMB revaluation has generally been positive, there remains significant international pressure on the PRC government to adopt an even more flexible currency policy, which may result in a further and more significant appreciation of the RMB against the U.S. dollar. As we have significant operations in China, any significant revaluation of the RMB may materially and adversely affect our cash flows, revenue, earnings and financial position, and the value of, and any dividends payable on, our ordinary shares in U.S. dollars. For example, to the extent that we need to convert U.S. dollars into RMB for our operations, appreciation of the RMB against the U.S. dollar would have an adverse effect on the RMB amount we receive from the conversion. Conversely, if we decide to convert our RMB into U.S. dollars for the purpose of making payments for dividends on our ordinary shares or for other business purposes, appreciation of the U.S. dollar against the RMB would have a negative effect on the U.S. dollar amount available to us.

China's changing economic environment may impact our ability to do business in China.

Since 1978, the PRC government has been reforming the economic system in China to increase the emphasis placed on decentralization and the utilization of market forces in the development of China's economy. These reforms have resulted in significant economic growth. However, any economic reform policies or measures in China may from time to time be modified or revised by the PRC government. While we may be able to benefit from the effects of some of these policies, these policies and other measures taken by the PRC government to regulate the economy could also have a significant negative impact on economic conditions in China, which would result in a negative impact on our business.

Uncertainties with respect to the PRC legal system may adversely affect us.

We conduct our business in China primarily through our wholly owned subsidiaries incorporated in China. Our subsidiaries are generally subject to laws and regulations applicable to foreign investment in China. Accordingly, our business might be affected by China's developing legal system. Since 1978, many new laws and regulations covering general economic matters have been promulgated in China, and the overall effect of legislation over the past 30 years has enhanced the protections afforded to various forms of foreign investment in China. However, foreign investors may be adversely affected by new laws, frequent changes to existing laws (or interpretations thereof) and preemption of provincial or local regulations by national laws or regulations. In addition, certain government policies and internal rules promulgated by governmental agencies may not be published in time, or at all. As a result, we may operate our business in violation of new rules and policies without having any knowledge of their existence. The PRC legal system is based on written statutes, and prior court decisions have limited precedential value. Because many laws, rules and policies in China are relatively new and the PRC legal system is still evolving, the interpretation and enforcement of laws, rules and policies in China are not always uniform and involve uncertainties. The PRC government has broad discretion in dealing with violations of laws, rules and policies, including levying fines, revoking business and other licenses and requiring actions necessary for compliance, and enforcement of existing laws or contracts based on existing law may be sporadic; therefore, it may be difficult to predict the effect of existing or new PRC

20

Table of Contents

laws, rules or policies on our businesses and it may be difficult to obtain swift and equitable enforcement, or to obtain enforcement of a judgment by a court of another jurisdiction. Any litigation in China may be protracted and result in substantial costs and diversion of resources and management's attention.

The PRC government has enacted laws and regulations dealing with matters such as corporate organization and governance, foreign investment, commerce, taxation and trade. However, the PRC government's experience in implementing, interpreting and enforcing these laws and regulations is limited, and our ability to enforce commercial claims or to resolve commercial disputes is unpredictable. The resolution of these matters may be subject to the exercise of considerable discretion by agencies of the PRC government, and forces unrelated to the legal merits of a particular matter or dispute may influence their determination. Any rights we may have to specific performance or to seek an injunction under PRC law are severely limited, and without a means of recourse by virtue of the PRC legal system, we may be unable to prevent these situations from occurring. The occurrence of any such events could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

A significant portion of our assets is located in the PRC, and all of our executive officers and all of our directors reside outside of the United States. As a result, investors may not be able to enforce federal securities laws or their other legal rights.

A substantial portion of our assets is located in the PRC and all of our executive officers and all of our directors reside outside of the United States. The PRC does not have treaties with the United States and many other countries providing for the reciprocal recognition and enforcement of judgments of courts. As a result, it may be difficult for investors in the U.S. to enforce their legal rights, to effect service of process upon certain of our directors or officers or to enforce judgments of U.S. courts predicated upon civil liabilities and criminal penalties against our directors and officers located outside of the U.S.

If tax benefits available to our subsidiaries located in China are reduced or repealed, our business could suffer.

On March 16, 2007, China's top legislature, the National People's Congress, passed the PRC Enterprise Income Tax Law or the EIT Law. The EIT Law became effective on January 1, 2008. Under the EIT Law, China's dual tax system for domestic enterprises and foreign investment enterprises, or FIEs, are effectively replaced by a unified system. The new law establishes a tax rate of 25% for most enterprises and a reduced tax rate of 15% for certain qualified high technology enterprises.

Prior to this change in tax law, certain subsidiaries and joint ventures located in China enjoyed tax benefits in China which were generally available to FIEs. The tax holidays/incentives for FIEs were applicable or potentially applicable to UTStarcom Chong Qing Telecom Co. Ltd. or CUTS and UTStarcom Telecom Co., Ltd., or HUTS, our active subsidiaries in China, because these entities may have qualified as accredited technologically advanced enterprises.

The EIT Law provides the reduced 15% enterprise income tax rate for qualified high and new technology enterprises. One of UTStarcom's China subsidiaries, HUTS, through which the majority of our business in China is conducted, obtained its High and New Technology Enterprise Certificate, or High-tech Certificate, from the relevant approval authority on September 19, 2008, and thereafter was approved to pay EIT at the reduced tax rate of 15%. The approval for the reduced 15% tax rate is valid for three years and applies retroactively from January 1, 2008, subject to possible re-assessment by the approval authorities. During the re-assessment, the tax authority may suspend the implementation of the reduced 15% rate. HUTS's High-tech Certificate renewal was extended for three years on October 14, 2011. However, since HUTS is in significant loss position, the change in tax rate will not have a material adverse impact on the business or liquidity until it begins to generate profit and deplete all the net operating loss carry forwards.

21

Table of Contents

The PRC central government may review and audit tax benefits granted by local or provincial authorities and could determine to disallow such benefits. Certain of our subsidiaries and joint ventures located in China enjoy tax benefits in China that are generally available to foreign investment enterprises. If these tax benefits are reduced, disallowed or repealed due to changes in tax laws or determination by the PRC government, our business could suffer.

Moreover, unlike the tax regulations effective before 2008, which specifically exempted withholding taxes on dividends payable to non-PRC investors from foreign-invested enterprises in the PRC, the EIT Law and its implementation rules provide that a withholding income tax rate of 10% will be applicable to dividends payable by PRC companies to non-PRC-resident enterprises unless otherwise exempted or reduced according to treaties or arrangements between the PRC central government and the governments of other countries or regions. While the Arrangement between Mainland and Hong Kong Special Administrative Region for the Avoidance of Double Taxation and the Prevention of Fiscal Evasion With Respect to Taxes on Income provides that dividends paid by a foreign-invested enterprise in the PRC to its corporate shareholder, which is a Hong Kong tax resident and directly holds at least 25% of the equity interest in such foreign-invested enterprise, will be subject to withholding tax at the rate of 5%, this is limited to instances where the corporate shareholder directly holds at least 25% of the equity interest of the foreign-invested enterprise for at least twelve consecutive months immediately prior to receiving the dividends and meets certain other criteria prescribed by the relevant tax circulars issued by the PRC State Administration of Taxation, or SAT. Entitlement to a lower withholding tax rate on dividends according to tax treaties or arrangements between the PRC central government and governments of other countries or regions is further subject to approval of the competent PRC tax authority pursuant to the Circular on Printing and Distributing the Tentative Administrative Measures on Tax Convention Treatments for Non-Residents issued by SAT on August 24, 2009 and effective on October 1, 2009.

Furthermore, the SAT promulgated the Notice on How to Understand and Determine the "Beneficial Owners" under Tax Treaties on October 27, 2009, or Circular 601, which provides guidance for determining whether a resident of a contracting state is the "beneficial owner" of an item of income under China's tax treaties or tax arrangements with other jurisdictions when such resident applies for the treaty benefits with respect to dividends, interest or royalties. According to Circular 601, a beneficial owner generally must be engaged in substantive business activities; an agent or conduit company will not be regarded as a beneficial owner and, therefore, will not be qualified for treaty benefits. A conduit company normally refers to a company that is set up for the purpose of avoiding or reducing taxes or transferring or accumulating profits. On June 29, 2012, SAT issued the Announcement on the Determination of "Beneficial Owners" under Tax Treaties, providing further guidance on the identification of beneficial owner. The PRC tax authorities could challenge the eligibility for the treaty benefits or use of treaty jurisdictions pursuant to the above-mentioned tax circulars and other relevant tax regulations issued by the SAT, general anti-tax avoidance provisions in the EIT Law and anti-treaty shopping provisions under applicable treaties. We cannot assure you that any dividends to be distributed by our subsidiaries to us or by us to our non-PRC shareholders, whose jurisdiction of incorporation has a tax treaty with China providing a different withholding arrangement, will be entitled to the benefits under the relevant withholding arrangement.

Under the EIT Law, we may be classified as a "resident enterprise" of the PRC, which could result in unfavorable tax consequences to us and to non-PRC shareholders.

Under the EIT Law, an enterprise established outside of China with "de facto management bodies" within China is considered a "resident enterprise," meaning that it can be treated in a manner similar to a PRC enterprise for enterprise income tax purposes. The implementing rules of the EIT Law define de facto management as "substantial and overall management and control over the production and operations, personnel, accounting, and properties" of the enterprise. In April 2009, the SAT released Notice on Issues Relating to Determination of PRC-Controlled Offshore Enterprises as

22

Table of Contents

PRC Resident Enterprises Based on "De Facto Management Bodies" Test, or Circular 82. Under Circular 82, a foreign enterprise "controlled by a PRC enterprise or a PRC enterprise group" will be considered as a resident enterprise if all of the following conditions are satisfied: (i) the senior management personnel responsible for its daily operations and the place where the senior management departments discharge their responsibilities are located primarily in the PRC; (ii) its finance and human resources related decisions are made by or are subject to the approval of institutions or personnel located in the PRC; (iii) its major assets, books and records, company seals and minutes of its board of directors and shareholder meetings are located or kept in the PRC; and (iv) senior management personnel or 50% or more of the members of its board of directors with voting power of the enterprise reside in the PRC. On September 1, 2011, the SAT issued the Announcement on Printing and Issuing the Provisional Administrative Regulations of Enterprise Income Taxation of a Foreign Enterprise Controlled by a PRC Enterprise or a PRC Enterprise Group, or Circular 45, to further prescribe the rules concerning the recognition, administration and taxation of a foreign enterprise "controlled by a PRC enterprise or PRC enterprise group." Because the above-mentioned two circulars were issued to regulate identification of PRC tax resident among companies established overseas and controlled by PRC companies, the criteria set forth in such circulars can only be used for reference purposes in our case. The PRC tax authorities can determine whether or not certain offshore companies shall be deemed as resident enterprises for PRC tax purposes.

If the PRC tax authorities determine that we are a "resident enterprise" for PRC enterprise income tax purposes, the PRC tax authorities could impose a 10% PRC enterprise income tax on dividends we pay to our non-PRC shareholders and gains derived by our non-PRC shareholders from transferring our shares, if the non-PRC shareholders are deemed as "non-resident enterprises" and their income is considered PRC-sourced income by the relevant PRC authorities. Under the applicable tax regulations of the PRC, "non-resident enterprises" means the non-PRC enterprises which do not have an establishment or place of business in the PRC, or which have such establishment or place of business but the relevant income is not effectively connected with the establishment or place of business in the PRC. Circular 45 clarifies that the capital gains derived by the non-resident enterprises from alienation of shares of the foreign-incorporated resident enterprise are considered as China-sourced income. If we were considered a PRC "resident enterprise", non-resident enterprise holders of our ordinary shares may be subject to enterprise income tax in China at a rate of 10% on the capital gains derived from the transfer of our ordinary shares. It is not clear, however, whether the capital gains derived by the non-resident individuals from the transfer of our ordinary shares will be considered as China-sourced and whether we are obliged to withhold the dividends distributed to our non-resident individual shareholders. In practice, we understand that the PRC tax authorities have not collected the individual income tax from the non-resident individuals.

In addition, if the PRC tax authorities determine that we are a "resident enterprise" for PRC enterprise income tax purposes, we could be subject to a number of unfavorable PRC tax consequences, including: (a) we could be subject to enterprise income tax at a rate of 25% on our worldwide taxable income, as well as PRC enterprise income tax reporting obligations; under Circular 45, we would be required to file provisional enterprise income tax returns quarterly and complete an annual settlement before May 31 of each year for the preceding year at the in-charge tax bureau; and (b) although under the EIT Law and its implementing rules, dividends paid to us from our PRC subsidiaries through our sub-holding companies may qualify as "tax-exempt income," we cannot guarantee that such dividends will not be subject to withholding tax. Any increase in the taxation of our PRC-based revenues could materially and adversely affect our business, operating results and financial condition.

23

Table of Contents

PRC regulations establish more complex procedures for acquisitions conducted by foreign investors which could make it more difficult for us to pursue growth through acquisitions.

On August 8, 2006, six PRC regulatory agencies, namely, the PRC Ministry of Commerce, the SASAC, the State Administration for Taxation, the State Administration for Industry and Commerce, the CSRC, and SAFE, jointly adopted the Regulations on Mergers and Acquisitions of Domestic Enterprises by Foreign Investors, or the M&A Rule, which became effective on September 8, 2006. The M&A Rule established new procedures and requirements that could make merger and acquisition activities by foreign investors more time-consuming and complex, including requirements in some instances that the Ministry of Commerce be notified in advance of any change-of-control transaction in which a foreign investor takes control of a PRC domestic enterprise. On February 3, 2011, the General Office of the State Council promulgated the Notice on Launching the Security Review System for Mergers and Acquisitions of Domestic Enterprises by Foreign Investors, or the M&A Security Review Notice, which became effective on March 6, 2011. The M&A Security Review Notice provides for certain circumstances under which foreign investors' acquisition of domestic enterprises shall be subject to the security review of the PRC governments. The security review assesses such acquisition's impact on national security, stable operation of national economy, basic living of the people, and R&D capacity for key technologies related to national security. On August 25, 2011, the Ministry of Commerce of PRC promulgated the Regulation of Ministry of Commerce on Implementation of the Security Review System for Mergers and Acquisitions of Domestic Enterprises by Foreign Investors, or the M&A Security Review Regulation, which became effective on September 1, 2011. The M&A Security Review Regulation stipulates the requirements of application documents and security review procedures of the Ministry of Commerce. In the future, we may grow our business in part by acquiring complementary businesses. Complying with the requirements of the M&A Rule, the M&A Security Review Notice and the M&A Security Review Regulation to complete such transactions could be time-consuming, and any required approval processes, including obtaining approval from the Ministry of Commerce, may delay or inhibit our ability to complete such transactions, which could affect our ability to expand our business or maintain our market share.

We face uncertainty from PRC's Circular on Strengthening the Administration of Enterprise Income Tax on Non-Resident Enterprises' Equity Transfer, or Circular 698.

The SAT released a circular on December 10, 2009, retroactively effective as of January 1, 2008, that addresses the PRC enterprise income tax treatment with respect to transfer of equity of PRC resident enterprises by non-PRC tax resident enterprises. Under Circular 698, the overseas controlling party that effectively controls a PRC resident enterprise through an overseas intermediate holding company, and "indirectly transfers" the equity interest in such PRC resident enterprise by selling shares of the intermediate holding company, is required to report such transfer to the PRC tax authority within thirty days after the execution of the offshore share transfer agreement if the intermediate holding company is located in a foreign jurisdiction that has an effective tax rate of less than 12.5% or does not levy tax on such foreign-sourced capital gains of its residents. If the intermediate holding company mainly serves as tax avoidance vehicle and does not have any reasonable commercial purpose, the PRC in-charge tax authority may, upon verification of the SAT, disregard the intermediate holding company and re-characterize the equity transfer by referring to its economic essence, and as a result, the overseas controlling party may be subject to a 10% PRC withholding tax for the capital gains realized from the equity transfer.

There is still uncertainty as to the interpretation and application of Circular 698 by PRC tax authorities in practice. As a result, we may be subject to tax under Circular 698 with respect to indirect transfers of the equity interest in our PRC tax resident enterprises and we may be required to expend valuable resources to comply with Circular 698 or to establish that we should not be taxed under Circular 698, any of which could have an adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

24

Table of Contents

Restrictions on direct foreign investments in certain business sectors, such as IPTV, Interactive Digital TV, or iDTV, and Internet TV service businesses, may require that we enter into contractual arrangements with our PRC business partners, which are subject to potential risks and uncertainties.

We anticipate that providing value-added support services to businesses in the telecom, cable and/or media sectors, such as Internet TV and related services businesses, will be a significant component of our future business model. We will provide operators engaging in these businesses with services, including equipment installation, system installation and maintenance, technical services and other value-added services, in return for long-term income. We anticipate that these value-added support services will play an important role in the growth of our business.

Direct foreign investments are subject to certain restrictions with respect to the operating of telecom, cable and media businesses. Under the "Telecommunications Regulations" issued by the State Council on September 25, 2000 and the "Provisions on Administration of Foreign Invested Telecommunications Enterprises" issued by the State Council on December 11, 2001, amended on September 10, 2008, the shareholding of foreign investors is limited to up to 49% for basic telecom business and is limited to up to 50% for value-added telecom business. Under the "Measures on Administration of Publication of Audio-Visual Programs through Internet or Other Information Network" issued by SAPPRFT on July 6, 2004, the "Administration Measures on Transmitting Business of Radio and Television Programs" issued by SAPPRFT on July 6, 2004, the "Administration Measures on Wireless Transmitting Web of Radio and Television Programs" issued by SAPPRFT on November 15, 2004, the "Administrative Provisions on Internet Audio-visual Program Service" jointly issued by SAPPRFT and MIIT on December 20, 2007, and the related implementing rules of these regulations, foreign investors are prohibited from holding any equity interest in enterprises operating IPTV, iDTV and Internet TV business in the PRC.

Because of the regulatory restrictions on direct foreign investments in the telecom, cable and/or media sectors, we may conduct business through contractual relationships with PRC business partners that are licensed or qualified to operate such businesses, or the Operating Companies. Our PRC subsidiaries may directly or indirectly provide certain technology services to the Operating Companies through an arrangement of technology service agreements and will receive service fees directly or indirectly form the Operating Companies. To ensure the payment of the service fee by the Operating Companies, the shareholders of the Operating Companies may pledge their equity interests in the Operating Companies to our PRC subsidiaries or affiliates. There may also be a call option arrangement so that our PRC subsidiaries may purchase the equity interests in the Operating Companies if permitted by the laws of the PRC.

The contractual arrangements are subject to potential risks and uncertainties and may not be as effective in providing operational control and economic benefits as direct equity ownership. If the PRC authorities determine that the contractual arrangements are designed with a view to circumvent PRC foreign investment restrictions and do not comply with PRC regulations, the validity and enforceability of the contractual arrangements may be of question. PRC tax authorities may scrutinize the contractual arrangements for whether the technology service fee paid by the Operating Companies to our PRC subsidiaries or affiliates will substantially reduce the income tax and business tax payable by the Operating Companies. Additionally, there is uncertainty with respect to the attitude of judicial authorities on the enforceability of the contractual arrangements in the event the Operating Companies or their shareholders breach the contracts. The inability to participate in the telecom, cable and/or media sectors as presently expected through the contractual arrangements or the inability to enforce our rights under such contractual arrangements could result in a negative impact on our business.

25

Table of Contents

PRC regulations relating to offshore investment activities by PRC residents and employee stock options granted by overseas-listed companies may increase our administrative burden. If our shareholders who are PRC residents, or our PRC employees who are granted or exercise stock options, fail to make any required registrations or filings, we may be unable to distribute profits and may become subject to liability under PRC laws.

SAFE has promulgated regulations that require PRC residents and PRC corporate entities to register with local branches of SAFE in connection with their direct or indirect offshore investment activities. On October 21, 2005, SAFE issued the Circular on Issues Relating to Foreign Exchange Administration of Financings and Return Investments by Onshore Residents Utilizing Offshore Special Purpose Companies, or SAFE Circular 75, which became effective on November 1, 2005. SAFE issued several implementation measures and guidelines thereafter to further specify the procedures and document requirements as provided under SAFE Circular 75. Under these SAFE regulations, PRC residents who make, or have previously made, direct or indirect investments in offshore companies will be required to register those investments. In addition, any PRC resident who is a direct or indirect shareholder of an offshore company is required to file or update the registration with the local branch of SAFE with respect to that offshore company any material change involving its round-trip investment, capital variation, such as an increase or decrease in capital, transfer or swap of shares, merger, division, long-term equity or debt investment or creation of any security interest. If any PRC shareholder fails to make the required SAFE registration or file or update the registration, the PRC subsidiaries of that offshore parent company may be prohibited from distributing their profits and the proceeds from any reduction in capital, share transfer or liquidation to their offshore parent company, and the offshore parent company may also be prohibited from injecting additional capital into its PRC subsidiaries. Moreover, failure to comply with the various SAFE registration requirements described above could result in liability under PRC laws for evasion of applicable foreign exchange restrictions.

Certain of our shareholders who are PRC residents may not make or obtain any applicable registrations or approvals required by these SAFE regulations. The failure or inability of our PRC resident shareholders to comply with the registration procedures set forth therein may subject us to fines and legal sanctions, restrict our cross-border investment activities, or limit our PRC subsidiaries' ability to distribute dividends or obtain foreign-exchange denominated loans to our company.

On March 28, 2007, SAFE promulgated the Application Procedure of Foreign Exchange Administration for Domestic Individuals Participating in Employee Stock Holding Plan or Stock Option Plan of Overseas Listed Company, or the or Stock Option Rule, to regulate foreign exchange procedures for PRC individuals participating in employee stock holding and stock option plans of overseas companies. Under the Stock Option Rule, a PRC domestic individual must comply with various foreign exchange procedures through a domestic agent institution when participating in any employee stock holding plan or stock option plan of an overseas listed company. Certain domestic agent institutions, such as the PRC subsidiaries of an overseas listed company, a labor union of such company that is a legal person or a qualified financial institution, among others things, shall file with SAFE and be responsible for completing relevant foreign exchange procedures on behalf of PRC domestic individuals, such as applying to obtain SAFE approval for exchanging foreign currency in connection with owning stock or stock option exercises. Concurrent with the filing of such applications with SAFE, the PRC subsidiary, as a domestic agent, must obtain approval from SAFE to open a special foreign exchange account at a PRC domestic bank to hold the funds in connection with the stock purchase or option exercise, any returns based on stock sales, any stock dividends issued and any other income or expenditures approved by SAFE. The PRC subsidiary also is required to obtain approval from SAFE to open an overseas special foreign exchange account at an overseas trust bank to hold overseas funds used in connection with any stock purchase. The domestic agent institution is required to make a quarterly filing with SAFE to update SAFE with relevant information, including the exercise of options by employees, the holding of shares by employees and the funds in the special foreign exchange account and the overseas special foreign exchange account.

26

Table of Contents

Under the Stock Option Rule, all proceeds obtained by PRC domestic individuals from sales of stock shall be fully remitted back to China after relevant overseas expenses are deducted. The foreign exchange proceeds from these sales can be converted into RMB or transferred to the individual's foreign exchange savings account after the proceeds have been remitted back to the special foreign exchange account opened at the PRC domestic bank. If the stock option is exercised in a cashless exercise, the PRC domestic individuals are required to remit the proceeds to the special foreign exchange account. The Stock Option Rule does not provide for specific forms of penalties for noncompliance but provides that SAFE may impose penalties in accordance with the Foreign Exchange Administration Regulation, Implementing Rules for Individual Foreign Exchange Regulation and other related PRC regulations under which the penalties for noncompliance with foreign exchange administration rules include fines against the both the company and its implicated employees.

On February 15, 2012, SAFE promulgated the Circular on Certain Foreign Exchange Issues Relating to Domestic Individuals' Participation in Stock Incentive Plan of Overseas Listed Company, or the New Stock Option Rule. Upon the effectiveness of the New Stock Option Rule on February 15, 2012, the Stock Option Rule became void, although the basic requirements and procedures provided under the Stock Option Rule are kept unchanged in the New Stock Option Rule, i.e., the domestic employees participating in a stock incentive plan of an overseas listed company shall appoint the PRC subsidiary of the overseas listed company or a domestic qualified agent to make the registration of the stock incentive plan with SAFE and handle all foreign exchange-related matters of the stock incentive plan through the special bank account approved by SAFE. The New Stock Option Rule clarifies that the domestic subsidiary of an overseas listed company shall include the limited liability company, partnership and the representative office directly or indirectly established by such overseas listed company in China and the domestic employees shall include the directors, supervisors, senior management and other employees of the domestic subsidiary, including the foreign employees of the domestic subsidiary who continuously reside in China for no less than one year.

Similar to the Stock Option Rule, the New Stock Option Rule requires that the annual allowance with respect to the purchase of foreign exchange in connection with stock holding or stock option exercises shall be subject to the approval of SAFE. The New Stock Option Rule further requires that the material amendments of the stock incentive plan shall be filed with SAFE within three months following the occurrence of the material amendments. The domestic agent shall also make a quarterly update to SAFE to disclose the information with respect to the stock option exercises, the stock holding and foreign exchange matters. If the domestic employees or the domestic agent fails to comply with the requirements of the New Stock Option Rule, SAFE may require a remedy and even impose administrative penalties that SAFE deems appropriate.

We and our PRC employees who have been granted stock options are subject to the Stock Option Rule and the New Stock Option Rule. In May 2008, UTSC, our former PRC subsidiary, made a filing with SAFE's Beijing branch as required by the Stock Option Rule for UTSC's PRC employees who participate in our employee stock option plans and UTSC obtained approval to open a special foreign exchange account at a PRC domestic bank. Subject to the Stock Option Rule, UTSC submitted material amendments of the stock incentive plan for its PRC employees in June 2011. Along with this submission, UTSC, as the domestic subsidiary of our overseas listed company, submitted on behalf of HUTS and CUTS, the materials for the necessary filings for their PRC employees who participate in our employee stock option plan, which was officially accepted by SAFE's Beijing branch in December 2011, but the final approval was not issued until March 31, 2012 when the New Stock Option Rule became effective. After the effectiveness of the New Stock Option Rule, we do not need to make a new registration for UTSC, HUTS and CUTS, but as required by SAFE, the application materials will have to be adjusted. Before we submitted the adjusted application material to SAFE, we divested our IPTV equipment business in August 2012, and as a result, UTSC is no longer our subsidiary. Therefore, we are required and are currently in the process of making adjustments to the filings with SAFE for HUTS, CUTS and UTStarcom Telecom Co., Ltd, or UTST, another PRC

27

Table of Contents

subsidiary of our company. We also shall comply with the requirements applicable to the companies which have completed the registration, including a quarterly update to SAFE, the registration of material amendments to our stock incentive plan and the registration for the foreign employees of our PRC subsidiaries when they continuously reside in China for no less than one year.

The enforcement of the laws on Employment Contracts and other labor-related regulations in the PRC may adversely affect our business and our results of operations.

On June 29, 2007, the National People's Congress of China enacted the laws on Employment Contracts, or the Employment Contract Law, which became effective on January 1, 2008. The Employment Contract Law established new restrictions and increased costs for employers to dismiss employees, including specific provisions related to fixed-term employment contracts, temporary employment, probation, consultation with the labor union and employee assembly, employment without a contract, dismissal of employees, compensation upon termination and overtime work, and collective bargaining. According to the Employment Contract Law, an employer is obliged to sign a labor contract with an unlimited term with an employee if the employer continues to hire the employee after the expiration of two consecutive fixed-term labor contracts subject to certain conditions or after the employee has worked for the employer for ten consecutive years. The employer also has to pay compensation to an employee if the employer terminates an unlimited-term labor contract. Such compensation is also required when the employer refuses to renew a labor contract that has expired, unless it is the employee who refuses to extend the expired contract or resign. In addition, under the Regulations on Paid Annual Leave for Employees, which became effective on January 1, 2008 and its Implementation Rules on Paid Annual Leave for Employees, which became effective on September 18, 2008, employees who have served more than one year for an employer are entitled to a paid vacation ranging from 5 to 15 days, depending on their accumulative total length of service. Employers who fail to allow for such vacation time must compensate their employees three times their regular salaries for each vacation day disallowed, unless such employers can provide evidence, such as a copy of a written notice provided to their employees, that suggests the employers made arrangements for their employees to take such annual leaves, but such employees voluntarily waived taking their leaves or such employees waived their right to such vacation days in writing.

Registered public accounting firms in China, including our independent registered public accounting firm, are not inspected by the U.S. Public Company Accounting Oversight Board, which deprives us and our investors of the benefits of such inspection.

Auditors of companies whose shares are registered with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission and traded publicly in the United States, including our independent registered public accounting firm, must be registered with the U.S. Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (the "PCAOB") and are required by the laws of the United States to undergo regular inspections by the PCAOB to assess their compliance with the laws of the United States and professional standards applicable to auditors. Our independent registered public accounting firm is located in, and organized under the laws of, the PRC, which is a jurisdiction where the PCAOB, notwithstanding the requirements of U.S. law, is currently unable to conduct inspections without the approval of the Chinese authorities. In May 2013, PCAOB announced that it had entered into a Memorandum of Understanding on Enforcement Cooperation with the CSRC and the PRC Ministry of Finance, which establishes a cooperative framework between the parties for the production and exchange of audit documents relevant to investigations undertaken by PCAOB, the CSRC or the PRC Ministry of Finance in the United States and the PRC, respectively. PCAOB continues to be in discussions with the CSRC and the PRC Ministry of Finance to permit joint inspections in the PRC of audit firms that are registered with PCAOB and audit Chinese companies that trade on U.S. exchanges.

This lack of PCAOB inspections in China prevents the PCAOB from fully evaluating audits and quality control procedures of our independent registered public accounting firm. As a result, we and

28

Table of Contents

investors in our common stock are deprived of the benefits of such PCAOB inspections. The inability of the PCAOB to conduct inspections of auditors in China makes it more difficult to evaluate the effectiveness of our independent registered public accounting firm's audit procedures or quality control procedures as compared to auditors outside of China that are subject to PCAOB inspections, which could cause investors and potential investors in our stock to lose confidence in our audit procedures and reported financial information and the quality of our financial statements.

If a recent initial decision rendered by the Administrative Law Judge (the"ALJ") in administrative proceedings brought by the SEC against the Big Four PRC-based accounting firms, including our independent registered public accounting firm, becomes final, we could be unable timely file future financial statements in compliance with the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

In December 2012, the SEC instituted administrative proceedings against the Big Four PRC-based accounting firms, including our independent registered public accounting firm, alleging that these firms had violated U.S. securities laws and the SEC's rules and regulations thereunder by failing to provide to the SEC the firms' audit work papers with respect to certain PRC-based companies that are publicly traded in the United States.

On January 22, 2014, the ALJ presiding over the matter rendered an initial decision that each of the firms had violated the SEC's rules of practice by failing to produce audit workpapers to the SEC. The initial decision censured each of the firms and barred them from practicing before the SEC for a period of six months. The Big Four PRC-based accounting firms recently appealed the ALJ's initial decision to the SEC. The ALJ's decision does not take effect unless and until it is endorsed by the SEC. Any SEC endorsement or other determination could be appealed by the accounting firms through the U.S. federal courts. While we cannot predict the outcome of the SEC's review or that of any subsequent appeal process, if the accounting firms are ultimately temporarily denied the ability to practice before the SEC, our ability to file our financial statements in compliance with SEC requirements could be impacted. A determination that we have not timely filed financial statements in compliance with SEC requirements could ultimately lead to the delisting of our common stock from NASDAQ or the termination of the registration of our common stock under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, or both, which would substantially reduce or effectively terminate the trading of our common stock in the United States.

Risks Related to the Performance of Our Ordinary Shares

Our share price is highly volatile. Our shareholders may not be able to resell their ordinary shares at or above the price they initially paid for our shares, or at all.

The trading price of our shares has fluctuated significantly since our initial public offering in March 2000. Our share price could be subject to wide fluctuations in the future in response to many events or factors, including those discussed in the preceding risk factors relating to our operations, as well as:

•
  actual or anticipated fluctuations in operating results, actual or anticipated gross profit as a percentage of net sales, levels of inventory, our actual or anticipated rate of growth and our actual or anticipated earnings per share;
•
  changes in expectations as to future financial performance or changes in financial estimates or buy/sell recommendations of securities analysts;
•
  changes in governmental regulations or policies in Japan, China and other countries in which we do business;
•
  our, or a competitor's, announcement of new products, services or technological innovations;
•
  changes in our senior management;
•
  the operating and stock price performance of other comparable companies;

29

Table of Contents

•
  news and commentary emanating from the media, securities analysts or government bodies in China relating to us and to our industry in general;
•
  fluctuations in the exchange rates between the Renminbi, the Japanese yen and the U.S. dollar;
•
  the operating and share price performance of other comparable companies; and
•
  sales or anticipated sales of additional ordinary shares.

General market conditions and domestic or international macroeconomic factors unrelated to our performance may also affect our share price. For these reasons, investors should not rely on recent trends to predict future share prices or financial results. Furthermore, following periods of volatility in a company's securities, securities class action litigation against a company is sometimes instituted. We have experienced substantial costs and the diversion of management's time and resources on this type of litigation and may do so in the future.

Some of our shareholders have significant influence over our management and affairs, which they could exercise against the best interests of our shareholders.

Entities affiliated with Shah Capital Management, or collectively, Shah Capital, and E-Town International Holding (Hong Kong) Co. Limited, or E-Town, beneficially owned approximately 26.1% and 10.0%, respectively, of our outstanding shares as of March 31, 2014. E-Town also has the right to designate a member of our board of directors. As a result, Shah Capital and E-Town have the ability to influence all matters submitted to our shareholders for approval, as well as our management and affairs. Matters that could require shareholder approval include:

•
  election and removal of directors;
•
  our merger or consolidation with or into another entity; and
•
  sale of all or substantially all of our assets.

This concentration of ownership may delay or prevent a change of control or discourage a potential acquirer from making a tender offer or otherwise attempting to obtain control of us, which could decrease the market price of our ordinary shares.

Our charter documents contain provisions that could discourage or prevent a potential takeover, even if the transaction would benefit our shareholders.

Other companies may seek to acquire or merge with us. Our acquisition or merger could result in benefits to our shareholders, including an increase in the value of our ordinary shares. Some provisions of our Articles of Association may discourage, delay or prevent a merger or acquisition that a shareholder may consider favorable. These provisions include:

•
  authorizing the board of directors to issue additional preference shares;
•
  prohibiting cumulative voting in the election of directors;
•
  limiting the persons who may call special meetings of shareholders;
•
  prohibiting shareholder action by written consent other than a special resolution effected by a unanimous written resolution of shareholders;
•
  creating a classified board of directors pursuant to which our directors are elected for staggered three year terms;
•
  establishing advance notice requirements for nominations for election to the board of directors and for proposing matters that can be acted on by shareholders at shareholder meetings; and
•
  requiring for-cause removal of directors.

30

Table of Contents

We may need additional capital, and the sale of additional ordinary shares or other equity securities could result in additional dilution to our shareholders.

We believe that our current cash and cash equivalents will be sufficient to meet our anticipated cash needs for the foreseeable future. We may, however, require additional cash resources due to changed business conditions or other future developments, including any investments or acquisitions we may decide to pursue. If these resources are insufficient to satisfy our cash requirements, we may seek to sell additional equity or debt securities or obtain a credit facility. The sale of additional equity securities could result in dilution to our shareholders. The incurrence of indebtedness would result in increased debt service obligations and could result in operating and financing covenants that would restrict our operations. It is uncertain whether financing will be available in amounts or on terms acceptable to us, if at all.

We are a "foreign private issuer," and our disclosure obligations differ from those of U.S. domestic reporting companies. As a result, we may not provide you the same information as U.S. domestic reporting companies or we may provide information at different times, which may make it more difficult for you to evaluate our performance and prospects.

Under the Exchange Act, we as a foreign private issuer are subject to reporting obligations that, to some extent, are more lenient and less frequent than those of U.S. domestic reporting companies. For example, we are not required to issue quarterly reports or proxy statements. We are not required to disclose detailed individual executive compensation information. Furthermore, our directors and executive officers are not required to report equity holdings under Section 16 of the Exchange Act and are not subject to the insider short-swing profit disclosure and recovery regime.

As a foreign private issuer, we are also exempt from the requirements of Regulation FD (Fair Disclosure) which, generally, are meant to ensure that select groups of investors are not privy to specific information about an issuer before other investors. However, we are still subject to the anti-fraud and anti-manipulation rules of the SEC, such as Rule 10b-5 under the Exchange Act. Since many of the disclosure obligations imposed on us as a foreign private issuer differ from those imposed on U.S. domestic reporting companies, you should not expect to receive the same information about us and at the same time as the information provided by U.S. domestic reporting companies.

We are a Cayman Islands company and, because judicial precedent regarding the rights of shareholders may be more limited under Cayman Islands law than under U.S. law, you may have less protection of your shareholder rights than you would under U.S. law.

Our corporate affairs are governed by our memorandum and articles of association, the Cayman Islands Companies Law and the common law of the Cayman Islands. The rights of shareholders to take action against the directors, the rights of minority shareholders to institute actions and the fiduciary responsibilities of our directors to our shareholders are to a large extent governed by the common law of the Cayman Islands. The common law of the Cayman Islands is derived in part from comparatively limited judicial precedent in the Cayman Islands as well as from English common law, the latter of which has persuasive, but not binding, authority on a court in the Cayman Islands. The rights of our shareholders and the fiduciary responsibilities of our directors under Cayman Islands law may not be as clearly established as they would be under statutes or judicial precedents in the United States. In particular, the Cayman Islands has a different body of securities law than the United States. In addition, Cayman Islands companies may not have standing to initiate a shareholder derivative action before the federal courts of the United States. As a result, our public shareholders may encounter more difficulty in protecting their interests against actions taken by the management, the board of directors or the controlling shareholders of our company than they would as shareholders of a public company incorporated in the United States.

31

Table of Contents

You may have difficulty enforcing judgments obtained against us.

We are a Cayman Islands company, and we conduct a significant portion of our operations in the PRC. Substantially all of our assets are located outside of the United States. In addition, all of our directors and officers are nationals and/or residents of countries other than the United States and a substantial portion of their assets are located outside of the United States. As a result, it may be difficult for you to bring an action against our directors and officers in the United States. Even if you are successful in bringing an action, it may still be difficult for you to enforce judgments obtained in U.S. courts based on the civil liability provisions of the U.S. federal securities laws against us and our officers and directors.

Although there is no statutory enforcement in the Cayman Islands of judgments obtained in the federal or state courts of the United States (and the Cayman Islands are not a party to any treaties for the reciprocal enforcement or recognition of such judgments other than, in certain circumstances, Australian judgments), a judgment obtained in such jurisdiction will be recognized and enforced in the courts of the Cayman Islands at common law, without any re-examination of the merits of the underlying dispute, by an action commenced on the foreign judgment debt in the Grand Court of the Cayman Islands, provided such judgment (a) is given by a foreign court of competent jurisdiction, (b) imposes on the judgment debtor a liability to pay a liquidated sum for which the judgment has been given, (c) is final, (d) is not in respect of taxes, a fine or a penalty; and (e) was not obtained in a manner and is not of a kind the enforcement of which is contrary to natural justice or the public policy of the Cayman Islands.

We have incurred additional costs as a result of being a public company, which could negatively impact our net income and liquidity.

We are a public company listed in the United States and as such, we have incurred and will continue to incur significant legal, accounting and other expenses that we did not incur as a private company. In addition, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and rules and regulations implemented by the SEC and NASDAQ require significantly heightened corporate governance practices for public companies. As a result, we have incurred additional legal, accounting and financial compliance costs and many of our corporate activities have become time-consuming and costly. If we fail to comply with these rules and regulations, we could become the subject of a governmental enforcement action, investors may lose confidence in us and the market price of our ordinary shares could decline.

Our failure to timely file periodic reports with the SEC or satisfy the ongoing NASDAQ listing requirements could result in the delisting of our shares from the NASDAQ Stock Market, affect the liquidity of our shares and cause us to default on covenants contained in contractual arrangements.

If we are unable to maintain compliance with the conditions for continued listing required by NASDAQ, then our ordinary shares may be subject to delisting from NASDAQ. NASDAQ Listing Rule 5450(a)(1) requires that our shares trade above $1.00 per share. Our shares traded below $1.00 for periods in 2012 and 2013, and on March 15, 2013 we received formal notice from NASDAQ that we were not in compliance with NASDAQ's Listing Rules. While we returned to full compliance on April 11, 2013, our shares may trade below $1.00 per share again in the future. If our ordinary shares are delisted from NASDAQ, our ordinary shares may not be eligible to trade on any national securities exchange or the over-the-counter market. If our ordinary shares are no longer traded through a market system, their liquidity may be greatly reduced, which could negatively affect their price. In addition, we may be unable to obtain future equity financing, or use our ordinary shares as consideration for mergers or other business combinations. A delisting from NASDAQ may also have other negative implications, including the potential loss of confidence by suppliers, customers and employees, the loss of institutional investor interest, and fewer business development opportunities and could lead to a default under certain of our contractual arrangements.

32

Table of Contents

We believe that we will be treated as a U.S. corporation for United States federal income tax purposes.

As discussed more fully under "Item 10.E—Taxation—U.S. Federal Income Taxation," we have been treating UTStarcom as a U.S. corporation for all purposes of the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code"). As a result, the Company will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on its worldwide income. In addition, if UTStarcom pays dividends to a Non-U.S. Holder, as defined in the discussion under the section "Item 10.E—Taxation—U.S. Federal Income Taxation," it will be required to withhold U.S. income tax at the rate of 30%, or such lower rate as may be provided in an applicable income tax treaty. Each investor should consult its own tax advisor regarding the U.S. federal income tax position of UTStarcom and the tax consequences of holding our shares.

ITEM 4—INFORMATION ON THE COMPANY

A. History and Development of the Company

UTStarcom, Inc. was originally incorporated in 1991 as a Delaware corporation. In April 2011, we were incorporated as UTStarcom Holdings Corp. as an exempted company under the laws of the Cayman Islands. On June 24, 2011, we effected the Merger to reorganize the corporate structure of UTStarcom, Inc., and its subsidiaries. The Merger resulted in the shares of common stock of UTStarcom, Inc. being converted into the right to receive an equal number of ordinary shares in our capital, which were issued by us in connection with the Merger. Following the Merger, UTStarcom, Inc. became our wholly-owned subsidiary and we became the parent company of UTStarcom, Inc. and its subsidiaries. The transaction was accounted for as a legal re-organization of entities under common control. See Item 4.C for a listing of our subsidiaries. We, together with our subsidiaries, continue to conduct our business in substantially the same manner as was conducted by UTStarcom, Inc. and its subsidiaries.

In July 2012, we announced a number of strategic initiatives, including the divestiture of our IPTV business, which accounted for 44.1% and 15.8% of our net sales in 2011 and 2012, respectively. The divestiture was closed in August 2012. The divested IPTV business became a privately-held standalone company led by Mr. Jack Lu, our former chief executive officer. As part of the transaction, we invested in the IPTV business through a $20 million convertible bond that will be convertible into 33% of the new IPTV business's common stock in five years. The new IPTV business entered into a brand licensing arrangement with us to ensure business continuity for its customers and business partners. The divestiture served as a means of redeploying capital to support higher return opportunities, particularly in the value-added services area, and accelerated our ongoing transition into a higher growth business.

On November 30, 2012, we announced the commencement of a tender offer to purchase up to 8,333,333 of our ordinary shares at a price of $3.60 per share (number of shares and price per share have been adjusted to reflect the reverse stock split), representing a 30.4% premium to the November 29, 2012 closing price on the NASDAQ Global Select Market of $2.76 per share. On January 10, 2013, we announced that 21,119,182 ordinary shares were properly tendered and we accepted for purchase 8,333,333 of our ordinary shares at a price of $3.60 per share, for an aggregate cost of $30,000,000 excluding fees and expenses relating to the tender offer. Computershare Trust Company, N.A., the depositary for the tender offer, has made all payment for shares validly tendered and accepted for purchase and returned all other shares tendered. The tender offer was completed in the first quarter of 2013.

We effected a one-for-three reverse share split of our ordinary shares on March 21, 2013. Unless otherwise specified, all share and per share information in this annual report has been retroactively adjusted to reflect this reverse share split.

On March 27, 2013, we received a preliminary non-binding proposal letter dated March 27, 2013 from one of our Directors, Mr. Hong Liang Lu, and entities affiliated with him, or collectively, Mr. Lu, and Shah Capital Opportunity Fund LP, to acquire all of our outstanding shares not currently owned by

33

Table of Contents

Mr. Lu or Shah Capital Opportunity Fund LP in a going private transaction for $3.20 per ordinary share in cash, subject to certain conditions. The going private-proposal was withdrawn on November 1, 2013.

Our ordinary shares are traded on NASDAQ under the same ticker symbol "UTSI," under which UTStarcom, Inc.'s common stock had previously traded. Our registered office in the Cayman Islands is located at the offices of Maples Corporate Services Limited, PO Box 309, Ugland House, Grand Cayman, KY1-1104, Cayman Islands. Our telephone number at this address is +1 (345) 949 8066. Our agent for service of process in the United States is CT Corporation System and its address is 111 Eighth Avenue, New York, NY 10011, USA. Our principal executive offices are located at Unit 7, Level 23, One Island East, 18 Westlands Road, Hong Kong. We can be reached by telephone at +86 (571) 8192-8888.

B. Business Overview

Our core business is providing next generation broadband products, solution and services. As a global telecom infrastructure provider, we focused on delivering innovative carrier-class broadband transport and access (both Wi-Fi and fixed line) products and solutions, optimized for mobile backhaul, metro aggregation, broadband access and Wi-Fi data offloading. Historically, we have also offered various interactive multimedia communications products and services. These businesses were discontinued in 2012 and 2013.

Our broadband products are designed to satisfy customer demand for high speed and cost-effective data, voice and multimedia services. Our broadband technologies enable high-speed voice, video and data access and transport over broadband IP-based networks. The broadband product lines include innovative family of Packet Transport Network (PTN) products based on Multi Protocol Label Switch Transport Profile (MPLS-TP) and Carrier Ethernet (CE) technologies, Multi-Services Transport Platform (MSTP), fixed line and wireless broadband access solutions including Multi Services Access Network (MSAN), Fiber To The X (FTTx) and Wi-Fi solutions to support the network evolution.

Optical Transport Products

Our optical transport products include Packet Transport Network (PTN) product lines and Multi-Services Transport Platform (MSTP) product line based upon internationally defined optical transmission standards. Our products convert and translate data, video, voice or other traffic into an optical signal that is transmitted over glass fiber. The product platform includes a centralized network management system that simultaneously processes multiple speeds ranging from 155 Megabits per second for traditional voice service to 1000 Gigabits per second for data intensive services.

PTN. In October 2009, we announced the debut of our expanded NetRing™ Transport Network, or NetRing™ TN, product portfolio, which combines packet switch, optical transport and time/clock synchronization technologies to meet customers' metro-level networking requirements through support of wide range of protocols, standards and interfaces coupled with highest reliability and carrier-class set of features. The product line is implemented in a complete line of network elements from compact metro access boxes to high-performance core devices, and offers a broad feature set, including network-wide time/clock synchronization, carrier class sub 50ms recovery resiliency, guaranteed Quality Of Service (QoS) and Service Level Agreement (SLA) enforcement, end-to-end multi-layer Operation Administration & Maintenance (OAM), and a wide range of interfaces Ethernet, Time Division Multiplex (TDM), asynchronous transfer mode (ATM), synchronous digital hierarchy (SDH)/synchronous optical network (SONET).

Our NetRing™ TN packet optical transport system is based on the latest Multi Protocol Label Switch Transport Profile (MPLS-TP) and Carrier Ethernet (CE) technologies. It is highly flexible, reliable, scalable and cost-effective and can be deployed for key applications such as carrier mobile backhaul, metro Ethernet services for enterprise and broadband aggregation. It is capable of carrying

34

Table of Contents

TDM, ATM, SDN/SONET and Ethernet services seamlessly over a reliable and scalable network, with resiliency at par with traditional SDH networks. It also enables legacy enterprise services over Ethernet, providing 'wholesale' connectivity and an alternative for leased lines. In August 2013 we introduced the NetRing™TN701 product, the newest product in the NetRing™ TN packet optical transport product family. The NetRing™TN701 product aims to help operators enhance profitability by extending the availability and reliability of MPLS-TP network from metro core and aggregation to the network edge. It offers improved capabilities including optimized dimensions, extended reach to the network edge, improved signaling and durability and enhanced reliability.

We also introduced the new release of Network Management System, or NMS, in August 2013, which augments our next generation of packet optical transport solutions and allows customers to expand the capacity of their existing PTN networks and aggregate the management of large-scale networks. The newly released NMS enhances the number of packet transport network nodes managed under one network, extending the industry average of few hundreds or thousands to 50,000 nodes, increases MPLS-TP service management volume capacity by fifteen times.

MSTP. We introduced our NetRing™ MSTP optical product line in December 2003. While our MSTP product is designed to provide multi-services including Time Division Multiplex (TDM), asynchronous transfer mode (ATM) and Ethernet to individual customers over a synchronous digital hierarchy (SDH) basic architecture, our NetRing™ products are designed for the high bandwidth needs of a multiple types of services area. MSTP product lines includes access box NetRing™ 600, mid-range NetRing™ 2500, and high-end NetRing™ 10000. NetRing™ provides a broad range of functions for carriers to manage voice, data and video traffic with network management functions previously available only on multiple, independent platforms. In late 2008, we introduced our new state-of-art 320G switch fabric product—NetRing™ 40K which has been successfully deployed to certain key customers and still see the strong demands for network expansion in year 2013.

Broadband Access

Our Broadband Access product family includes various IP-based products that help network operators to reach their customers in the most suitable and efficient way through a choice of technologies and their combinations including wireless (Wi-Fi) and fixed line (GPON, MSAN) solutions in order to provide optimal broadband experience to customers via a cost-effective converged network.

Wi-Fi Products

Our Wi-Fi products include a complete solution for a managed wireless access network—Multi-Service Gateway and carrier-grade Wi-Fi access points (AP), implementing efficient 3G/4G data offloading based on Wi-Fi technology. MSG Plus series products MSG10K Plus and MSG2000 Plus are the world's first Multi-Service Gateways that combine routing, switching, WLAN gateway and access controller functionality into a unified multi-core system. MSG Plus provides an excellent data offloading solution to 3G/4G mobile network operators, allowing them to optimize operating costs while offering higher bandwidth availability to their subscribers through up to 120 000 access points supported per MSG10K Plus chassis. In 2013, we have successful deployed MSG10K Plus to certain key customers and carried commercial and live traffic. Carrier-grade Wi-Fi Access Points includes UOA5200, a new generation, high performance 802.11a/b/g/n outdoor access device, working with MSG Plus series Gateway, providing data rates up to 300Mbp, and UIA3200, dual-band 802.11n indoor Access Point designed specifically to meet the rising demand of bandwidth for mobile network operators.

35

Table of Contents

EPON/GPON.

In 2004, we introduced our GEPON product. A passive optical network is a system configuration that brings optical fiber all the way to the end user using unpowered optical splitters which enable a single optical fiber to serve multiple premises. Our GEPON platform is designed to provide high subscriber density and low cost of entry, making it a compelling alternative to traditional telephone or broadband solutions. Following the global trend of PON technology, our GPON family succeeds to GEPON mature technology and platform, strong NMS and various Optical Network Units, or ONU, through global partnership with industry GPON provider. In 2011, we introduced DOCSIS-EOC solutions that we anticipate will better serve the cable market. On April 9, 2013, we completed the disposal of our DOCSIS-EOC related assets.

MSAN

MSAN offers a wide range of services including IPTV, High-Speed Internet Access, POTS, ISDN, VoIP, over twisted pair copper and optical fiber. UTStarcom's iAN Multimedia Network Edge is a leading MSAN platform with accumulated over 40 million lines installed worldwide. The latest iAN platform—iAN1200 series MSAN portfolio which was introduced in 2008 accommodates carrier-grade broadband access, telephony and data service interfaces in a single compact NGN platform, enabling operators to offer value added "Triple Play" and broadband business services and migrate to NGN while maintaining the traditional telephony services. MSAN B1200 product line includes high (iAN B1205E), medium (iAN B1205) and low (iAN B1202) capacity devices that offer the benefit of converged access with an integrated TDM migration, POTS termination, DSL, Media Gateway and Ethernet/ xPON uplinks on the same platform.

MARKETS AND CUSTOMERS

The table below describes net sales by geographic region for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011.

|  | Years Ended December 31, |
--- | --- | --- | ---
|  | 2013 |  | % of net sales |  | 2012 |  | % of net sales |  | 2011 |  | % of net sales |
|  | (in thousands, except percentages) |
Net Sales by Region |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |
China |  | $ | 6,945 |  |  | 4% |  | $ | 38,544 |  |  | 21% |  | $ | 157,564 |  |  | 49% |
India |  | $ | 26,595 |  |  | 16% |  | $ | 23,992 |  |  | 13% |  | $ | 30,789 |  |  | 10% |
Japan |  | $ | 93,203 |  |  | 57% |  | $ | 99,367 |  |  | 53% |  | $ | 96,257 |  |  | 30% |
Taiwan |  | $ | 13,332 |  |  | 8% |  | $ | 9,824 |  |  | 5% |  | $ | 7,055 |  |  | 2% |
Other |  | $ | 24,364 |  |  | 15% |  | $ | 15,001 |  |  | 8% |  | $ | 28,911 |  |  | 9% |
​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​
|  | $ | 164,439 |  |  | 100% |  | $ | 186,728 |  |  | 100% |  | $ | 320,576 |  |  | 100% |
​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​
​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​

Our products and services are deployed and implemented in regions throughout the world including Asia, Latin America and Europe. China was our largest market in 2011, representing 49% of our net sales. Our net sales in China decreased in 2012 primary due to the completion of amortization of deferred revenue associated with PAS infrastructure sales in 2011. The net sales from the amortization of deferred revenue associated with PAS infrastructure sales was $95.3 million in 2011. On August 31, 2012, we completed a sale of our IPTV business to an entity founded by our former chief executive officer, which also contributed to the decrease in net sales in China in 2012. Net sales from the China region continued to decrease in 2013 due to the divestiture of our IPTV business. Japan was our second largest market in 2011, representing 30% of our net sales. In 2012 and 2013, Japan was our largest market, representing 53.2% and 56.7% of our net sales in 2012 and 2013, respectively.

36

Table of Contents

Our key target geographical markets for the deployment of our broadband infrastructure products are Japan, Taiwan and other Asia Pacific regions. We believe these geographical markets provide a significant amount of opportunity going forward given their relatively low broadband penetration rates and strong consumer demand for new broadband services. In China, the "Three Networks Convergence" is driven by the PRC central government's policy directed at improving the capabilities and effectiveness of voice, video and data communication services across all of the major communications networks: telecom, cable TV and broadband Internet. It is targeted for completion by 2015.

Our customers, typically telecommunications and cable service providers, enable delivery of wireless, wire line and broadband access services including data, voice, and/or television to their subscribers. They include, but are not limited to, local, regional, national and international telecommunications carriers, including broadband, cable, Internet, wire line and wireless providers. Telecommunications and cable service providers typically require extensive proposal review, product certification, test and evaluation and network design and, in most cases, are associated with long sales cycles. Our customers' networking requirements are influenced by numerous variables, including their size, the number and types of subscribers that they serve, the relative teledensity (the number of phone lines per 100 persons) of the geography served, their subscriber demand for IP communications and access services in the served geography. A significant portion of our net sales is derived from a Japanese customer, Softbank, which is also one of our former shareholders. In 2013, our net sales to Softbank totaled approximately $90.3 million, representing approximately 54.9% of our total net sales. We anticipate that our dependence on Softbank will continue for the foreseeable future. See "Item 3. Key Information—D. Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Business—We rely on a Japanese customer for a significant portion of our net sales. Any deterioration of our relationship or any interruption to our ongoing collaboration with this customer may significantly harm our business, financial condition and results of operations."

COMPETITION

We compete in the telecommunications equipment market, providing IP-based core infrastructure products, and services for transporting data, voice and television traffic across IP-based networks. The markets in which we compete are characterized by rapid change, converging technologies, and a migration to IP-based networking and communications solutions that offer relative advantages to our customers and their subscribers. These market factors represent a competitive threat to UTStarcom. We compete with numerous vendors in each product and market category. The overall number of our competitors providing new products and solutions may increase. Also, the composition of competitors may change as we increase our activity in various technology markets. In particular, we have experienced price-focused competition from competitors in Asia, and we anticipate this will continue.

We believe our competitive strengths are derived from three main factors: our ability to introduce and deploy well developed IP-based technologies and products; our reputation for providing a customer-centric business model and solving complex problems; and our market leadership position in China and India along with an important presence in selective key markets across the Asia-Pacific region. By contrast, our competitive disadvantages include our relatively smaller size in terms of revenues, working capital, and financial resources and number of employees as compared to many of our competitors, our lack of history and experience in selling to many of the largest carriers in well-established markets and our lack of consumer brand recognition in markets outside of China and India.

The broadband infrastructure market is subject to intense competition worldwide from numerous global and regional competitors, including some of the world's largest companies. These companies leverage pricing, payment terms and their pre-existing customer relationships. Specific competitors in

37

Table of Contents

this segment include Alcatel-Lucent, ECI Telecom, Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd., Nokia Siemens Networks, Inc. and ZTE Corporation, Inc.

OPERATIONS

Sales, Marketing and Customer Support

We pursue a direct sales and marketing strategy in China, Japan and Taiwan, targeting sales to telecommunications operators and equipment distributors with closely associated customers. We maintain sales and customer support sites in all major cities in China, Japan and Taiwan. Our customer service operation in Hangzhou, China, serves as both a technical resource and liaison to our product development organization.

Across the rest of Asia, Latin America and Europe, we have a combined approach that uses direct sales, original equipment manufacturers, distributors, resellers, agents and licensees.

We maintain sales and customer support offices in several countries covering the U.S., Europe, India, Japan and the Asia-Pacific regions.

Manufacturing, Assembly and Testing

The manufacturing operations consist of circuit board assembly, final system assembly, software installation and testing. We assembled circuit boards primarily using surface mount technology. Assembled boards were individually tested prior to final assembly and tested again at the system level prior to system shipment. We used internally developed functional and parametric tests for quality management and process control and have developed an internal system to track quality statistics at a serial number level. System final testing and packaging were conducted at our own facilities as well as contracted to third parties.

In January 2010, we signed a Manufacturing Agreement with a contract manufacturer, effective as of December 31, 2009. The Manufacturing Agreement has an initial term of one year, with automatic renewals of one year terms unless notice is provided 90 days prior to the end of the then-current term. The Manufacturing Agreement may be terminated for cause and either party may terminate the agreement for convenience with prior notice of six months. Under the Manufacturing Agreement, the contract manufacturer provides full electronics manufacturing services, including manufacturing, assembly and support, for our broadband, IPTV and NGN solutions products previously manufactured through our Hangzhou, China facility. Under the Manufacturing Agreement, the contract manufacturer also provides us new product introduction support, material sourcing and procurement, printed circuit board assembly, system integration and testing, final pack-out and delivery of products. The Manufacturing Agreement was terminated in early 2012, and we currently manufacture our products through our Hangzhou, China facility.

RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT

We believe it is essential to continue to develop and introduce new and enhanced products if we are to maintain our competitive position. While we use competitive analyses and technology trends as factors in our product development plans, the primary input for new products and product enhancements comes from soliciting and analyzing information about service providers' needs. Our relationships with the MIIT and individual telecommunications bureaus and our full-service post-sale customer support in China provide our R&D organization with insight into trends and developments in the marketplace. The insights provided from these relationships allow us to develop market-driven products such as MSAN, IPTV and TN. We have been able to cost-effectively hire highly skilled technical employees from a large pool of qualified candidates in China. We also have a development

38

Table of Contents

center in India to take advantage of the talent pool available there, and to support our operations in India. Our R&D centers are ISO 9001-2000 certified.

In the past we have made, and expect to continue to make, significant investments in research and development. For the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, our R&D expenses totaled $14.5 million, $28.1 million and $30.1 million, respectively. The decrease in R&D expenses is primarily due to reduced spending in non-core business units and cost reductions resulting from streamlined operations.

INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY

Our ability to compete depends in part on our proprietary technology. We rely on a combination of patent, copyright, trademark and trade secret laws, as well as confidentiality agreements and licensing arrangements, to establish and protect our proprietary rights. In addition, we have, from time to time, chosen to abandon previously filed applications. Patents may not be issued and any patents issued may not cover the scope of the claims sought in the applications. Additionally, issued patents may be found to be invalid or unenforceable in the courts of those countries where we hold or have filed for such patents or patent applications. Our U.S. patents do not afford any intellectual property protection in China or other international jurisdictions. Additionally, patents that we hold in countries other than the United States do not afford any intellectual property protection in the United States. Please refer to the discussion of risks associated with our intellectual property in Item 3.D "Risk Factors—Factors Affecting Future Operating Results."

SEASONALITY

Although we experience some seasonality typical of the telecommunications industry, such as seasonally weak first quarters, our revenues and earnings have not demonstrated consistent seasonal characteristics. In contrast, our results of operation are generally impacted more significantly by factors such as customer concentration and the timing of revenue recognition.

RAW MATERIALS

We source and purchase components comprising of active and passive electronic parts, mechanical and electrical parts, OEM and third party parts in the open markets from China and overseas. Prices for these component parts typically vary with the global and local supply and demand dynamics as well as raw material price fluctuations. Component part price volatility is also affected by one-off events such as the earthquake in Japan and flooding in Thailand resulting in short-term electronic component and hard drive shortages respectively. See Item 3.D "Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Business."

REGULATIONS

Multiple government bodies are involved in regulating and administering affairs in the telecommunications and information technology industries in China, among which the MIIT, NDRC, SASAC and SAPPRFT play the leading roles. These government agencies have broad discretion and authority over all aspects of the telecommunications and information technology industry in China, including but not limited to, setting the telecommunications tariff structure, granting carrier licenses and frequencies, approving equipment and products, granting product licenses, approving of the form and content of transmitted data, specifying technological standards as well as appointing carrier executives, all of which may impact our ability to do business in China. See Item 3.D "Risk Factors—Risks Relating to Conducting Business in China."

C. Organizational Structure

We are a holding company incorporated in the Cayman Islands.

39

Table of Contents

The following table sets forth our subsidiaries, including their country of incorporation or residence and our ownership interest in such subsidiaries.

Name |  | Place of Incorporation or Organization |  | Proportion of Ownership Interest |
--- | --- | --- | --- | --- | ---
UTStarcom, Inc. |  | U.S.A |  |  | 100% |
UTStarcom International Products, Inc. |  | U.S.A |  |  | 100% |
UTStarcom International Services, Inc. |  | U.S.A |  |  | 100% |
Issanni Communications, Inc. |  | U.S.A |  |  | 100% |
UTStarcom Telecom Co., Ltd |  | China |  |  | 100% |
UTStarcom Hong Kong Ltd |  | Hong Kong SAR |  |  | 100% |
UTStarcom Japan KK |  | Japan |  |  | 100% |
UTStarcom, S.A. de C.V. |  | Mexico |  |  | 100% |
UTStarcom Ireland Limited |  | Ireland |  |  | 100% |
UTStarcom Taiwan Ltd |  | Taiwan |  |  | 100% |
UTStarcom Network Solutions—Redes de Nova Geração Ltda. |  | Brazil |  |  | 100% |
UTStarcom Korea Limited |  | Korea |  |  | 100% |
UTStarcom Argentina S.R.L. |  | Argentina |  |  | 100% |
UTStarcom India Telecom Pvt |  | India |  |  | 100% |
UTStarcom (Thailand) Limited |  | Thailand |  |  | 100% |
MyTV Corporation |  | Cayman Island |  |  | 100% |
UTStarcom (Philippines), Inc. |  | Philippines |  |  | 100% |
UTStarcom Hong Kong Investment Holding ltd |  | Hong Kong |  |  | 100% |
UTStarcom (Beijing) Technologies Co., Ltd. |  | China |  |  | 100% |

D. Property, Plants and Equipment

Our principal executive offices are located in Hong Kong, China. Our research and development, manufacturing and back office functions are located at our office facilities in Hangzhou, China.

In March 2011, we entered into a non-cancellable lease agreement for our office facilities in Hangzhou, China. Under the terms of this lease agreement, we have leased 35,425 square meters (approximately 0.4 million square feet) of gross floor area above ground of the buildings, including common areas, through July 15, 2016.

We lease approximately 0.7 million square feet of property, of which 0.5 million square feet are properties in China and 0.1 million square feet are properties in North America. We maintain sales and customer support offices in several countries covering the U.S., Europe, India, Japan and the Asia-Pacific regions.

We believe our facilities are suitable and adequate to meet our current needs.

ITEM 4A—UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS

None.

ITEM 5—OPERATING AND FINANCIAL REVIEW AND PROSPECTS

The following discussion of our financial condition and results of operations is based upon and should be read in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements for the periods specified and their related notes included in this Annual Report on Form 20-F, as well as Item 3.A "Key Information—Selected Financial Data." This report contains forward-looking statements within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Act, and

40

Table of Contents

Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act, including, without limitation, statements regarding our expectations, beliefs, intentions or future strategies that are signified by the words "expect," "anticipate," "intend," "believe," or similar language. All forward-looking statements included in this Annual Report are based on information available to us on the date hereof, and we assume no obligation to update any such forward-looking statements. In evaluating our business, you should carefully consider the information provided under Item 3.D. "Risk Factors." Actual results could differ materially from those projected in the forward-looking statements. We caution you that our businesses and financial performance are subject to substantial risks and uncertainties.

A. Operating Results

OVERVIEW

On June 24, 2011, we effected the Merger to reorganize the corporate structure of UTStarcom, Inc., a Delaware corporation incorporated in 1991, and its subsidiaries. The Merger resulted in the shares of common stock of UTStarcom, Inc. being converted into the right to receive an equal number of ordinary shares in our capital, which were issued by us in connection with the Merger. Following the Merger, UTStarcom, Inc. became our wholly-owned subsidiary and we became the parent company of UTStarcom, Inc. and its subsidiaries. See Item 4.C for a listing of our subsidiaries. We, together with our subsidiaries, continue to conduct our business in substantially the same manner as was conducted by UTStarcom, Inc. The transaction was accounted for as a legal re-organization of entities under common control. Accordingly, we prepared our consolidated financial statements with the assumption that the current corporate structure had been in existence throughout all relevant periods. Our consolidated financial statements prior to the Merger reflect the financial position, results of operations and cash flows of UTStarcom, Inc. and its subsidiaries. Our consolidated financial statements as of December 31, 2012 and 2013 and for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2012 and 2013 reflect the Company's financial position, results of operation and cash flows.

The following discussions of our financial condition and results of operations and cash flows are based upon the information as described above.

We are a global telecom infrastructure provider dedicated to developing technology that will serve the rapidly growing demand for bandwidth from cloud-based services, mobile, streaming and other applications. We work with carriers globally, from Asia to the Americas, to meet this demand through a range of innovative broadband packet optical transport and wireless/fixed-line access products and solutions. We focus on delivering innovative carrier-class broadband transport and access (both Wi-Fi and fixed line) products and solutions, optimized for mobile backhaul, metro aggregation, broadband access and Wi-Fi data offloading. Collectively, our range of solutions is designed to expand and modernize telecommunications networks through smooth network system integration, lower operating costs and increased broadband access. We also provide the carriers with increased revenue opportunities by enhancing their subscribers' user experience. The majority of our business is based in Japan, China, Taiwan, India and other Asian markets.

We differentiate ourselves with products designed to reduce network complexity, integrate high performance capabilities and allow a simple transition to next generation networks. We design our products to facilitate cost-effective and efficient deployment, maintenance and upgrades.

Our customers can easily integrate our products, which are IP-based, with other industry standard hardware and software. Additionally, we believe we can introduce new features and enhancements that can be cost-effectively added to our customers' existing networks. IP-based devices can be changed or

41

Table of Contents

upgraded in modules, saving our customers the expense of replacing their entire system installation. Our strategic priorities are summarized as follows:

•
  Focus primarily on providing a suite of IP-based solutions and broadband products and related services;
•
  Maintain our leadership position in Taiwan and Japan while solidifying our presence in selective geographical markets in Asia;
•
  Leverage our strong reputation with telecom carriers and cable operators and our ability to solve complex network problems; and
•
  Improve our financial position by executing announced restructuring initiatives and reducing operating expense levels.

Divestitures

On July 27, 2012, we announced strategic initiatives to advance our efforts to transition into higher growth, more profitable areas and enhance the value of the business. As part of this strategy, we completed a sale of our IPTV equipment business to an entity founded by Mr. Jack Lu, who was our former Chief Executive Officer, and paid a total consideration of approximately $30.0 million related to the net liabilities transferred. The divestiture transaction was closed on August 31, 2012. Prior to the divestiture, the IPTV business accounted for 15.8% of our revenue in 2012 and had negatively contributed to the overall results of our operations.

In connection with the divestiture, we transferred approximately $41.4 million in current assets, $1.2 million in property, plant and equipment and other long term assets and $74.1 million in liabilities, and as a result, we recorded a net loss of $17.5 million during 2012 related to the transaction, which primarily consists of $13.4 million of severance payment for termination of employees related to IPTV business or transfer of IPTV business related employees to the buyer, write-off of $3.8 million of prepaid VAT no longer receivable due to the disposition, $1.7 million transaction costs, partially offset by a gain of $1.5 million from the net liability release. We paid the remaining unpaid balance of approximately $0.5 million in April 2013.

Due to the delay of customer contract assignments, we are still the primary obligor for most of the contracts related to IPTV equipment business as they were not legally assigned to the buyer. Therefore, we were not able to derecognize the related liabilities of those un-assigned contracts. Since all of the economic risks and benefits of the un-assigned contracts had been transferred to the buyer of the IPTV business, we recorded a portion of the payment made to the buyer at the time of the divestiture as the deferred service cost to offset such liabilities related to those un-assigned contracts. As of December 31, 2013, we had both liabilities and deferred costs of $29.3 million related to those un-assigned contracts. We will continue to recognize revenue for those unassigned contracts when they meet the revenue recognition criteria. At the same time, we will recognize an equal amount of deferred costs associated with those contracts. Therefore, there will be no gross margin impact from the revenue recognition of those contracts.

On March 22, 2013, we entered into an agreement to divest all of our NGN related assets and liabilities to a third party. Pursuant to the agreement, we recorded $3.2 million in divestiture losses, consisting of $2.7 million of compensation to the buyer for taking over a loss-making business and $0.5 million of severance for the transferred employees, signing bonus and retention bonus to incentivize certain key employees to sign employment contracts with the buyer. The remaining accrual balance as of December 31, 2013 was $0.8 million, which will be paid upon the completion of all the contracts and when the assets are transferred out. We have determined that the sale of this product line did not meet the criteria for presentation as a discontinued operation because of the Company's continuing involvement.

42

Table of Contents

On March 22, 2013, we entered into an agreement to dispose our DOCSIS-EOC product line to a third party with a cash consideration of $1.8 million by the buyer. At the date of the transfer, this product was still under the development phase with no customer orders. We received the full amount of $1.8 million during the second and third quarters of 2013 and the same amount of divestiture gain was recorded in the respective periods. The transaction was completed in the third quarter of 2013. The product line is not a reportable segment under ASC 280, nor an operating segment or reporting unit. As a product line, it does not have separable cash flows as it shared services and costs with other product lines in the broadband unit. Therefore, we determined that the sale of this product line did not meet the criteria for presentation as a discontinued operation.

Investments

In September 2004, we invested $2.0 million in Series A preferred stock of ImmenStar, Inc., or ImmenStar. ImmenStar was a development stage company that designed a chip that was used in our products. This investment was accounted for under the cost method. In February 2007, ImmenStar was acquired by Cortina Systems, Inc., or Cortina. In exchange for our investment in ImmenStar, we received 3.6 million shares of Series D Preferred Convertible Stock of Cortina at $0.837 per share and $1.8 million cash in March 2007, and an additional 0.4 million shares of Series D Preferred Convertible Stock of Cortina at $0.837 per share and $0.2 million cash from escrow during 2008. As a result of the acquisition, we recorded a gain on investment of $2.8 million in other income, net in 2007 and $0.5 million in 2008. We owned approximately 1% interest in Cortina as of December 31, 2013. During 2013, we assessed the fair value of Cortina, and concluded that there was no impairment charge for us to record.

In October 2004, we invested $3.0 million in Series D preferred convertible stock of GCT Semiconductor, Inc., or GCT, which designs, develops and markets integrated circuit products for the wireless communications industry. This investment represents approximately a 2% interest in GCT., This investment is accounted for under the cost method. In the first quarter of 2013, we reviewed the carrying value of our investment in GCT Semiconductor including reviewing its cash position, recent financing activities, financing needs, earnings/revenue outlook, operational performance, and competition. Based on this review, we determined that there had been other-than-temporary decline in GCT's fair value and recorded an impairment charge of $1.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2012. On Apr 4, 2013, we received an official invitation from GCT to participate in the next round of financing in their preferred stock. However the fair value of GCT based on the pricing information included in their official financing invitation was lower than the previous assessed fair value. Therefore, we recorded an additional $1.2 million impairment provision against our investment in GCT in the statement of operations for the year ended December 31, 2012. The Company assessed the fair value of GCT as of December 31, 2013, and concluded that there was no impairment charge for the Company to record.

In December 2010, we invested $2.1 million into ACELAND Investments Limited, or ACELAND. ACELAND is a joint venture entity we formed with ZTE H.K. Limited. The entity's investment objective is to participate in the investment in Wireless City Planning operated by Softbank to develop XGP business. Pursuant to the investment agreement, in the second quarter of 2011, we extended a shareholder loan to ACELAND in the amount of $7.1 million which could be used by ACELAND to subscribe for Class B Wireless City Planning shares. The shareholder loan was made by all shareholders of ACELAND in proportion to their equity interests in ACELAND. Based on the terms of the loan which make repayment contingent on certain events, we accounted for it as an equity investment. We owned approximately 35% interest in ACELAND as of December 31, 2013 and accounts for the investment in ACELAND using the equity method. ACELAND is a holding company and its sole investment is the 10.23% interest of Wireless City Planning, which is a company in the early stage of

43

Table of Contents

development, with fair values that vary immaterially from 2012 to 2013. ACELAND did not incur any significant income or losses in 2013, 2012 and 2011.

In 2008, we invested $0.5 million into SBI NEO Technology, or SBI, in exchange for approximately 2% of the partnership interest in SBI. The partnership's investment objective is to invest in unlisted or listed companies in Japan and overseas that are engaged in high growth businesses, including businesses focused on information technology and the environment. In the first quarter of 2010 and 2011 and the fourth quarter of 2012, we contributed an additional $0.7 million, $0.7 million and $0.6 million into SBI, respectively, and maintained a partnership interest of approximately 2% as of December 31, 2013. We concluded that we do not have a controlling interest in SBI as we do not have the power to direct the activities of SBI that most significantly impact the entity's economic performance, nor do we have any significant influence over SBI, therefore, we account for the investment in SBI using the cost method. During the year of 2013, the Company assessed the fair value of SBI, and concluded that there was no impairment charge for the Company to record.

On August 31, 2012, we completed the sale of our IPTV business to UTStarcom Hong Kong Holdings Ltd., which is our former subsidiary and currently owned by Jack Lu, our former Chief Executive Officer, and paid a total consideration of approximately $30.0 million. In connection with this transaction, we recorded a net loss of $17.5 million during 2012. On the same day, UTStarcom Hong Kong Holdings Ltd. issued a convertible bond, or the Convertible Bond, to UTStarcom Hong Kong Ltd., one of our subsidiaries, in the principal amount of $20.0 million. The Convertible Bond bears interest at 6.5% per annum and will be mature on August 31, 2017. On or prior to the maturity date, if UTStarcom Hong Kong Holdings Ltd. achieves P&L run-rate breakeven, the $5.0 million of principal of the Convertible Bond will be converted into 8% of the outstanding shares of UTStarcom Hong Kong Holdings Ltd. At the maturity date, we may convert the outstanding principal amount of the Convertible Bond and all accrued and unpaid interest into fully paid and nonassessable ordinary shares of UTStarcom Hong Kong Holdings Ltd. equal to 25% (if 8% of shares specified above are issued) or 33% (if 8% of shares specified above are not issued) of the outstanding shares of UTStarcom Hong Kong Holdings Ltd. or may elect cash payment. The Convertible Bond was classified as available-for-sale securities subject to fair value accounting. As of December 31, 2013, the fair value of the Convertible Bond was approximately $20.0 million, according to our assessment. See Note 6 to our Consolidated Financial Statements included under Item 18 of this Annual Report on Form 20-F.

In November 2012, we invested $8 million in Series B Preferred Stock of AioTV Inc, or AioTV, at $0.320937 per share. AioTV stands for "all-in-one TV" and the company is a leading international cloud-based video aggregation and distribution platform. Our investment objective is to obtain access to technology that will support our rollout of subscription-based, value-added media services. We owned 44% equity interest of AioTV as of December 31, 2013. The preferred stock were classified as available-for-sale securities. AioTV currently cooperates with consumer electronics makers, cable and telecommunications service providers in North America, South America and Europe. During 2013, we assessed the fair value of the investment, and concluded that there was no impairment charge for us to record.

On October 16, 2010, the Company entered into an Ordinary Shares Purchase Agreement with iTV Media Inc., or iTV Media, and Smart Frontier Holdings Limited, or Smart Frontier, the sole shareholder of iTV Media, to enable the Company to launch an Internet TV platform. Pursuant to the Ordinary Shares Purchase Agreement, the Company agreed to purchase from Smart Frontier 5,100,000 ordinary shares of Stage Smart Limited, through which Smart Frontier held iTV Media interests, or the Purchased Shares, for an aggregate purchase price of $10.0 million. Concurrent with entering into the Ordinary Shares Purchase Agreement, the Company also entered into a Series A Preference Shares Purchase Agreement with iTV Media and its affiliated entity, its wholly owned subsidiaries, and Smart Frontier. Pursuant to the Series A Preference Shares Purchase Agreement, the Company agreed to purchase from iTV Media 9,600,000 Series A Preference Shares of iTV Media at a price of $2.08333

44

Table of Contents

per share, for an aggregate cash consideration of $20.0 million. The Company issued 4,473,272 (or 1,491,091 after reverse share split) ordinary shares to Smart Frontier with a fair value of $9.8 million based on the market price of the Company's ordinary share as at November 8, 2010 for the purchase price of $10.0 million for the iTV Media ordinary shares and made cash payments of $20.0 million to iTV Media for the purchase of Series A Preference Shares.

On April 15, 2012, we entered into a Share Exchange Agreement with the shareholders of iTV Media for the exercising of the repurchase right. The transaction was effective on June 4, 2012 and the transfer was completed on June 21, 2012. Upon the excise of the Share Exchange Agreement, 1,491,091 UTStarcom ordinary shares (after taking into account the reverse share split) previously held by Smart Frontier was transferred back to our company. Accordingly, the 5,100,000 ordinary shares of Stage Smart previously held by UTStarcom were transferred back to Smart Frontier based on the same schedule. After the repurchase, we decreased our ownership in iTV Media from 75% to approximately 49% and the number of directors we are entitled to elect to the iTV Media's board of directors decreased from three to two out of a total of five directors, which resulted in our losing control of iTV and triggered deconsolidation of iTV Media from our consolidated financial statements starting in 2012. As a result of the repurchase, we measured the fair value of our retained interests in the Series A Preference Shares of iTV Media at the date of losing control, which amounted $14.9 million. Upon the deconsolidation, we derecognized the assets (including an appropriate allocation of goodwill) and liabilities of iTV Media at their carrying amounts on the date control was lost, and derecognized the carrying amount of any non-controlling interest at the date control was lost (including any components of accumulated other comprehensive income attributable to it), and recognized the fair value of the proceeds from the transaction. There was no material gain or loss resulting from the transaction. Since the remaining Series A Preference Shares of iTV Media we invested are not qualified as the in-substance common stock at that time due to their substantive liquidation preference, we used the cost method to account the iTV Media investment after the deconsolidation for the year ended December 31, 2012, and subsequently switched to the equity method starting in the first quarter of 2013 due to further investment in the convertible bonds of iTV Media as discussed below.

On December 3, 2012, iTV Media issued a convertible bond to us for cash in the principal amount of $3.0 million which shall be convertible into the preference shares issued in a qualified financing, as defined in the convertible bond agreement, or additional Series A Preferred Stock, if a qualified financing is completed. The conversion price per share equals to the lesser of 85% of the per share price paid to the other purchaser of preference shares sold in the qualified financing and the price per share of the Series A Preferred Stock paid by us. According to the terms of the convertible bond, the convertible bond bears interest at 6.5% per annum and matured on December 31, 2013 and subsequently the maturity date was extended to December 31, 2015. The convertible bond is classified as available-for-sale securities subject to fair value accounting.

On January 2, 2013, iTV Media issued another convertible bond to us for cash in the principal amount of $5.0 million with a maturity date of December 31, 2013, and also subsequently extended the maturity date to December 31, 2015. The issuance of these additional convertible bonds triggered a reassessment of the our accounting for its investment in the preference shares. Due to the additional convertible bond investment and the decreasing fair value of the ordinary shares of iTV Media in relation to the total fair value of iTV Media, we determined that the preference shares of iTV Media owned by us now substantively participated in the risks and rewards of iTV Media, irrespective of the liquidation preferences, and were considered as in-substance common stock. Therefore, we concluded that the equity method criteria had been met and equity accounting commenced in the first quarter of 2013. As a result, the Company recorded total $9.6 million losses for the equity investment in 2013 equivalent to 49% of iTV Media's losses for the year. As of December 31, 2013, the remaining balance in the preferred stock is $5.3 million.

45

Table of Contents

In the second quarter of 2013, we further invested in an additional $15.0 million convertible bond issued by iTV Media with a maturity date of May 31, 2014. In the fourth quarter of 2013, we further invested in an additional $12.1 million convertible bond issued by iTV Media, of which $5.0 million was invested through cash with a maturity date of August 31, 2014 and $7.1 million through the conversion of outstanding receivables with a maturity date of December 31, 2015. No significant gain or loss was generated from the conversion of receivables to convertible bonds because it was converted at the book value of the receivables. Despite the additional investment, we still do not have the power to control and direct the activities that most significantly affect iTV Media's economic performance. Through December 31, 2013, we have invested $20.0 million in preference shares and $35.1 million convertible bonds in iTV Media. If converted, these investments represent approximately 73% of the equity of iTV Media. Nevertheless, we do not have control over iTV Media because the founder and CEO of iTV Media retains the right to elect three of the five board members of iTV Media unless the voting interests controlled by him falls below 10% of the total voting interest of iTV Media. As iTV Media's board of directors has the power to elect or dismiss officers, approve the budget, make strategic decisions and evaluate possible merger and acquisition opportunities for iTV Media, the founder and CEO of iTV Media controls it. iTV Media is considered as a Variable Interest Entity because it is thinly capitalized. Management has concluded the founder and CEO of iTV Media was the primary beneficiary of iTV Media for the year ended December 31, 2013, because he has meets the power criterion and loss/benefits criterion in accordance to ASC 81010-25. For the above reasons, the company did not consolidate iTV Media as for the year ended December 31, 2013. After taking $9.1 million impairment charge in 2013, the convertible bond investments balance at December 31, 2013 was $26.0 million. If iTV Media could not get funding that are more senior than the convertible bonds from other parties, once the preferred shares book value is reduced to zero due to 49% equity loss pick up, the Company will recognize 100% of iTV Media's losses until its convertible bond investment balance has been depleted.

We classified all the convertible bonds as available-for-sale securities, assessed their recoverability at the year end, and concluded there was an other than temporary decline in the fair value below cost due to the uncertainty that iTV will be able to receive enough financial support to run its business, along with other factors. We concluded that the fair value is less than the book value of the convertible bonds as of December 31, 2013, which will not recover in foreseeable future. Therefore, $9.1 of million impairment charges were recorded in investment impairments in 2013. See Note 6 to our Consolidated Financial Statements included under Item 18 of this Annual Report on Form 20-F.

CRITICAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES AND ESTIMATES

Our financial condition and results of operations are based on certain critical accounting policies and estimates, which include judgments, estimates and assumptions on the part of management. Estimates are based on historical experience, knowledge of economic and market factors and various other assumptions that management believes to be reasonable under the circumstances. Actual results may differ from those estimates. The following summary of critical accounting policies and estimates highlights those areas of significant judgment in the application of our accounting policies that affect our financial condition and results of operations.

Revenue Recognition

We recognize revenue when persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, delivery has occurred, the fee is fixed or determinable and collectability is probable. We assess collectability based on a number of factors, including payment history and the credit-worthiness of the customer. We do not request collateral from our customers. In international sales, we may require letters of credit from our customers that can be drawn on demand if the customer defaults on its payment. If we determine that collection of a payment is not reasonably assured, we defer revenue recognition until collection becomes reasonably assured, which is generally upon receipt of cash. If the payment due from the

46

Table of Contents

customer is not fixed or determinable due to extended payment terms, revenue is recognized as payments become due and payable by the customer, assuming all other criteria for revenue recognition are met. Any payments received prior to revenue recognition are recorded as customer advances. Normal payment terms differ for various reasons amongst different customer regions, depending upon common business practices for customers within a region. Billing to customers for shipping and handling are recorded as revenues and the associated costs are recorded as costs of revenues. Any expected losses on contracts are recognized when identified on an individual basis in accordance with the prevailing accounting guidance for the respective contract.

In September 2009, the Financial Accounting Standards Board, or FASB, amended the accounting standards for multiple element arrangements to:

(i)
  provide updated guidance on how the deliverables in a multiple element arrangement should be separated, and how the consideration should be allocated;
(ii)
  allow the use of management's best estimate of selling prices (BESP) for individual elements of an arrangement when vendor-specific objective evidence (VSOE) of selling price or third-party evidence (TPE) of selling price is not available; and
(iii)
  eliminate the use of the residual method and require an entity to allocate revenue using the relative selling price method.

In September 2009, the FASB also amended the accounting standards to remove non-software components and software components of tangible products that function together to deliver the product's essential functionality from the scope of pre-existing software revenue recognition guidance.

We adopted these standards beginning in January 2011 on a prospective basis for applicable transactions originating or materially modified after December 31, 2010.

The amended standards did not generally change the units of accounting for our revenue transactions. Most of our non-software products and services qualify as separate units of accounting because they have value to the customer on a standalone basis and our revenue arrangements generally do not include a general right of return relative to delivered products after receipt of the final acceptance certificate.

A majority of these non-software products are hardware systems such as telecommunications equipment and terminal equipment containing software components that function together to provide the essential functionality of the product and are considered non-software deliverables. Therefore, revenue transactions related to the sale of these telecommunications equipment, which until December 31, 2010, have been accounted for under pre-existing software revenue recognition guidance are now accounted for under the amended guidance for arrangements with multiple deliverables.

When a sales arrangement contains multiple deliverable elements, or multiple element arrangements, and software and non-software components function together to deliver the tangible products' essential functionality, we allocate revenue to each element based on the relative selling price of each element. Under this approach, the selling price of a deliverable is determined by using a selling price hierarchy that requires the use of VSOE of fair value, if available, TPE of selling price if VSOE is not available or management's BESP if neither VSOE nor TPE is available.

We establish VSOE of selling price using the price charged for a deliverable when sold separately. When we are unable to establish selling price using VSOE, we use management's BESP in the allocation of arrangement consideration. We typically are not able to determine TPE for our products or services. TPE of selling price is determined by evaluating similar competitor deliverables when sold separately to similarly situated customers. Generally, our products differs from that of our peers, in that our product offerings are directed towards the integration of telecom, broadband and cable television networks and as such, usually entails a significant level of differentiation or customization for our customers such that the comparable pricing of products with similar functionality cannot be

47

Table of Contents

obtained. Furthermore, we are unable to reliably determine what similar competitor products' selling prices are on a stand-alone basis.

The objective of BESP is to determine the price at which we would transact a sale if the product or service were sold on a stand-alone basis. Our management applies judgment in establishing pricing strategies and determines its BESP for a product or service using historical selling price trends and by considering multiple factors including, but not limited to, cost of products, gross margin objectives, geographies, customer classes, customer segment pricing practices and distribution channels. The determination of BESP is performed through consultation with our product management and marketing department and includes review and approval by our management. Our management regularly reviews VSOE and BESP and maintain internal controls over the establishment and updates of these estimates.

We may modify or develop new pricing practices and strategies in the future. As these pricing strategies evolve, we may modify our pricing practices in the future, which may result in changes in selling prices, including both VSOE and BESP. As a result, future revenue recognition may result in a different allocation of revenue to the deliverables in multiple element arrangements from the results of the current period, which may change the pattern and timing of revenue recognition for these elements but will not change the total revenue recognized for the arrangement.

Multiple element arrangements primarily involve the sale of hardware systems, installation and training. In addition, while not separately sold, the arrangement may include extended warranties that cover product repairs, maintenance services, and software updates for the software components that are essential to the functionality of the hardware systems or equipment. Revenue consideration allocated to each element under the relative selling price method is recognized as each element is earned, namely upon installation and acceptance of equipment or delivery of terminals, the delivered element(s) has stand-alone value, there is no right of return on delivered element(s), and we are in control of the undelivered element(s). For arrangements that include service elements, including technical support and installation and also training, revenue is deferred until such services are deemed complete. Revenue from extended warranties is recognized ratably over the contract period of the extended warranty services.

Final acceptance is required for revenue recognition when installation services are not considered perfunctory. Final acceptance indicates that the customer has fully accepted delivery and installation, if any, of equipment and we are entitled to full payment. We do not recognize revenue before final acceptance is granted by the customer if acceptance is considered substantive to the transaction. The sales contracts we enter into typically include customer acceptance provisions and require the customer to issue a final acceptance certificate to evidence the customer's acceptance of the products and services. In those circumstances, we are unable to enforce payment terms until after the receipt of the final acceptance certificate because the payment conditions are dependent on the issuance of the final acceptance certificate. Our products are generally deployed within the core network of our telecommunications and cable operations customers. The acceptance terms for the products and services include initial test, on-site testing and trial period. Based on our past experience, the customer's acceptance process for larger and complex projects may take longer than twelve months. As a result, the customer run prolonged and rigorous tests to ensure our products work seamlessly with the customer's existing network. Each customer runs its unique tests, as the equipment performance can vary based on how the equipment works in combination with the customer's other equipment, software and other conditions. Given that there is uncertainty about customer acceptance until the customer completes its internal testing and procedures, we wait until the issuance of the final acceptance certificate to support our assertion that the delivery of products and services has occurred. For significant customer contracts involving larger and complex projects where there is on-site testing at multiple locations and the taking over of product warranty and product title occurs after the acceptance of the products and services, acceptance is substantive to the transaction.

48

Table of Contents

Certain arrangements with multiple deliverables may continue to have stand-alone software deliverables that are subject to the existing software revenue recognition guidance along with non-software deliverables that are subject to the amended revenue accounting guidance. The revenue for these multiple element arrangements is allocated to the stand-alone software deliverables as a group and the non-software deliverables based on the relative selling prices of all of the deliverables in the arrangement using the fair value hierarchy in the amended revenue accounting guidance. For stand-alone software sales after December 31, 2010 and for all transactions entered into prior to the first quarter of 2011, we recognize revenue based on the software revenue recognition guidance. Under the software revenue recognition guidance, we use the residual method to recognize revenue when an arrangement includes one or more elements to be delivered at a future date and VSOE of the fair value of all the undelivered elements exists. VSOE of fair value of each element is based on the price charged when the element is sold separately. Under the residual method, the fair value of the undelivered elements is deferred and the remaining portion of the contract price is recognized as revenue when all other revenue recognition criteria are met. If VSOE of fair value of one or more undelivered elements does not exist, all revenue for delivered and undelivered elements is deferred until delivery of all elements occurs or when VSOE of fair value of the undelivered elements can be established. In some cases we have agreed to give software upgrade rights on a "when and if made available" basis for no additional consideration and for an unspecified period which could extend over the term of the contract. This additional contract obligation is an element of "post-contract support", or PCS. We have not established VSOE of fair value for such contract element. Accordingly, the revenues from such contracts are recognized ratably over the expected period of PCS, which is generally the term of the contract. In some cases where there is no stated contractual term, revenue is recognized ratably over the estimated period of PCS. We review assumptions regarding the estimated PCS periods on a regular basis. If we determine that it is necessary to revise our estimates of the PCS periods, the amount of revenue recognized over the life of the contract would not be affected. However, to the extent the new assumptions regarding the PCS periods were different from the original assumptions, the contract revenues would be recognized over the remaining expected PCS period. In connection with the restructuring of the telecommunication industry in China and the launch of 3G services in China, MIIT announced that PAS services in China would be phased out by January 1, 2012. In the second and third quarter of 2009, we streamlined our sales, service and research and development operations for PAS handsets and infrastructure equipment. We did not perform any new research and development of PAS products and we maintained a small support team to assist our customers with warranty matters. In the later part of the third quarter of 2009 and the early part of the fourth quarter of 2009, we contacted our PAS infrastructure customers and held discussions with them on the future of PAS products. In October 2009, we notified our PAS infrastructure customers in China that we would no longer provide upgrades or support of PAS products beyond December 31, 2011. Consequently, we determined the remaining expected period of support as 2 years from the fourth quarter of 2009 and hence deferred revenue associated with PAS infrastructure is being recognized ratably beginning in the fourth quarter of 2009 through the fourth quarter of 2011. In 2011, deferred revenue of $95.3 million was released to revenue associated with PAS infrastructure sales, realizing profit of approximated $33.1 million on a full year basis. As of December 31, 2011, we completed the amortization of deferred revenue associated with PAS infrastructure sales. We still had a remaining balance of deferred revenue associated with unfulfilled contractual obligations for our historical PAS infrastructure contracts as of December 31, 2011. Such amounts were deferred at its VSOE of fair value according to the terms of the contracts. Upon the phasing out of the PAS services as required by the MIIT announcement, we have been taking appropriate actions, such as communicating with our customers regarding the termination of such services, to legally release those obligations. Accordingly, approximately $8.1 million of the deferred revenue had been released in 2012 upon the appropriate legal actions. As of August 31, 2012, the remaining deferred revenue balance associated with PAS was approximately $5.1 million. The remaining balance of $5.1 million was included as part of the

49

Table of Contents

divestiture of our IPTV business. See Note 3 to our Consolidated Financial Statements included under Item 18 of this Annual Report on Form 20-F.

Revenue from fixed price contracts that include a requirement for significant software modification or customization is recognized using the completed contract method of accounting whereby no revenue is recognized prior to the completion of the project, because for contracts involving unique requirements we are unable to make reasonably dependable estimates of progress towards meeting contractual requirements. In the event estimated total project costs exceed estimated total project revenues, the entire estimated loss is charged to operations in the period in which the loss becomes probable and can be reasonably estimated. The complexity of the estimation process and judgments about internal and external factors including labor utilization, changes to specifications and testing requirements, time required for performance and resulting incurrence of contract penalties, and the performance of subcontractors affect the estimation process.

We recognize revenue for system integration, installation and training upon completion of performance and if all other revenue recognition criteria are met. Other service revenue, principally related to maintenance and support contracts, is recognized ratably over the maintenance term.

We will recognize gross revenue based on the amount billed to customers, when all revenue recognition criteria have been met for transactions where the we are a reseller. For these transactions, we are responsible to fulfill the contracts' obligations and assume both the general inventory risk as well as the credit risk.

The assessment of collectability is also a factor in determining whether revenue should be recognized. We assess collectability based on a number of factors, including payment history and the credit-worthiness of the customer. We do not request collateral from our customers. In international sales, we may require letters of credit from our customers that can be drawn on demand if the customer defaults on its payment. If we determine that collection of a payment is not reasonably assured, we defer revenue recognition until collection becomes reasonably assured, which is generally upon receipt of cash.

Occasionally, we enter into revenue sharing arrangements. Under these arrangements, we collect payment only after our customer, the telecommunications service provider, collects service revenues. When we enter into a revenue sharing arrangement, we do not recognize revenue until collection is reasonably assured.

On August 31, 2012, we completed a sale of our IPTV business to an entity founded by Mr. Jack Lu, our former Chief Executive Officer, and paid a total consideration of approximately $30.0 million related to the net liabilities transferred. Due to the delay of customer contract assignments, we are still the primary obligor for most of the contracts related to the IPTV business as they were not legally assigned to the buyer. Therefore, we were not able to derecognize the related liabilities of those un-assigned contracts. Since all of the economic risk and benefits of those un-assigned contracts had been transferred to the buyer of the IPTV business, we recorded a portion of the payment made to the buyer at the time of the divestiture as the deferred service cost to offset the remaining liabilities related to those un-assigned contracts. As of December 31, 2013, we had both liabilities and deferred costs of $29.3 million related to those un-assigned contracts.

Because of the nature of doing business in China and other emerging markets, our billings and/or customer payments may not correlate with the contractual payment terms and we generally do not enforce contractual payment terms prior to final acceptance. Accordingly, accounts receivable are not recorded until we recognize the related customer revenue. Advances from customers are recognized when we have collected cash from the customer, prior to recognizing revenue. Deferred revenue is recorded if there are undelivered elements after final acceptance has been obtained. We had current deferred revenue of $29.1 million and $41.5 million, and long-term deferred revenue of $35.3 million

50

Table of Contents

and $59.5 million as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively. Costs related to deferred revenue are also deferred until revenue is recognized. See "Deferred Costs" below.

Restructuring Liabilities, Litigation and Other Contingencies

We account for our restructuring plans using the guidance provided in ASC 420 "Exit or Disposal Cost Obligations" and ASC 712 "Compensation—Nonretirement Postemployment Benefits". We account for litigation and contingencies in accordance with ASC 450, "Contingencies", which requires that we record an estimated loss from a loss contingency when information available prior to issuance of our financial statements indicates that it is probable that an asset has been impaired or a liability has been incurred at the date of the financial statements and the amount of loss can be reasonably estimated.

Stock-Based Compensation

Stock-based compensation expense for all share-based payment awards granted is determined based on the grant-date fair value. Stock-based compensation expense for restricted stock awards is measured based on the closing fair market value of our ordinary share on the date of grant. Stock-based compensation expense for stock options is estimated at the grant date based on each option's fair value as calculated by the Black-Scholes option pricing model, or Black-Scholes model. Stock-based compensation is expensed ratably on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period, which is generally the vesting term of the share-based payment awards. The performance-based restricted stock units are subject to the attainment of goals determined by the Compensation Committee of our board of directors. We record the relevant stock-based compensation for the performance-based restricted stock units based on the probability of meeting the performance conditions.

Determining the appropriate fair value model and calculating the fair value of share-based payment awards require the input of subjective assumptions, including the expected term of the share-based payment awards and stock volatility. We estimate an expected term of options granted based on our historical exercise and cancellation data for vested options. We use historical volatility as management believes it is more representative of future stock price trends than implied volatility due to the relatively small number of actively traded options on our ordinary share available to determine implied volatility. The assumptions used in calculating the fair value of share-based payment awards represent management's best estimates, but these estimates involve inherent uncertainties and compensation expense could be materially different in the future. Because changes in the subjective assumptions can materially affect the estimated value, in management's opinion, the existing valuation models may not provide an accurate measure of the fair value of our employee stock options. In addition, we are required to estimate the expected forfeiture rate and recognize expense only for those shares expected to vest. If our actual forfeiture rate is materially different from our estimate, the stock-based compensation expense could be significantly different from what we have recorded in the current period.

We account for equity instruments issued to consultants and vendors in exchange for goods and services following the provisions of ASC 505-50, Equity-Based Payments to Non-Employees (Formerly FASB Staff Positions Emerging Issues Task Force Issue No. 96-18 and 00-18). The measurement date for the fair value of the equity instruments issued is determined at the earlier of (i) the date at which a commitment for performance by the consultant or vendor is reached or (ii) the date at which the consultant or vendor's performance is complete. In the case of equity instruments issued to consultants, the fair value of the equity instrument is recognized over the term of the consulting agreement.

Product Warranty

We provide a warranty on our equipment and terminal sales for a period generally ranging from one to two years from the time of final acceptance. At times, we have entered into arrangements to

51

Table of Contents

provide limited warranty services for periods longer than two years. We provide for the expected cost of product warranties at the time that revenue is recognized based on an assessment of past warranty experience and when specific circumstances dictate. We assess the adequacy of our recorded warranty liability every quarter and make adjustments to the liabilities if necessary. Specific warranty accruals are reversed upon the expiration of the warranty period and are recorded as reduction of cost of sales. From time to time, we may be subject to additional costs related to non-standard warranty claims from our customers. If and when this occurs, we estimate additional accruals based on historical experience, communication with our customers and various assumptions that we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances. Such additional warranty accruals are recorded in the period in which the additional costs are identified. See Note 10 to our Consolidated Financial Statements included under Part III, Item 18 of this Annual Report on Form 20-F.

Receivables

Although we evaluate customer credit worthiness prior to a sale, we provide an allowance for doubtful accounts for the estimated loss on trade and notes receivable when collection may no longer be reasonably assured. We assess collectability of receivables based on a number of factors including analysis of creditworthiness, our customer's historical payment history and current economic conditions, our ability to collect payment and on the length of time an individual receivable balance is outstanding. Our policy for determining the allowance for doubtful accounts includes both specific allowances for balances known to be uncollectible and a formula-based portfolio approach, based on aging of the accounts receivable, as a precursor to a management review of the overall allowance for doubtful accounts. This formula-based approach involves aging of our accounts receivable and applying a percentage based on our historical experience; this approach results in the allowance being computed based on the aging of the receivables. We evaluate the percentages applied to each category of aged accounts receivable periodically based on actual history of write-offs and collections and refine this formula-based approach accordingly for use in future periods. Receivable balances are written off when we have sufficient evidence to prove that they are uncollectible.

Inventories

Inventories consist of product held at our manufacturing facility and warehouses, as well as finished goods at customer sites for which the customer has taken possession, but based on specific contractual terms, title has not yet passed to the customer. We may ship inventory to existing customers that require additional equipment to expand their existing networks prior to the signing of an expansion contract. Our inventories are stated at the lower of cost or market value, based on the FIFO method of accounting. Write-downs are based on our assumptions about future market conditions and customer demand, including projected changes in average selling prices resulting from competitive pricing pressures. We continually monitor inventory valuation for potential losses and obsolete inventory at our manufacturing facilities as well as at customer sites. If actual market conditions are less favorable than those projected by management, additional write-downs may be required. If actual market conditions are more favorable than anticipated, inventory previously written down may be sold to customers, resulting in lower cost of sales and higher income from operations than expected in that period.

Deferred costs

Deferred costs consist of product shipped to the customer for which the rights and obligations of ownership have passed to the customer but revenue has not yet been recognized due to prolonged acceptance periods for tests and the existence of undelivered elements, such as post-contract support including software update rights for which we do not have a vendor specific objective evidence of fair value. All deferred costs are stated at cost. Management periodically assesses the recoverability of deferred costs and provides reserves against deferred cost balances when recovery of deferred costs is

52

Table of Contents

not probable. Recoverability is evaluated based on various factors including the length of time the product has been held at the customer site, the viability of payment, including assessment of product demand if a revenue sharing arrangement exists and/or the evaluation if a related transaction will result in a gross margin loss. In a loss situation for a transaction, the deferred cost balance is adjusted for impairment equal to the value of the excess of cost over the amount of revenue that will be eventually recognized for the transaction. Revenue and cost of sales are recorded when final acceptance is received from the customer. With greater concentration of product at customer sites under contract with specific or individual customers, the financial conditions of such specific or individual customers may result in increased concentration risk exposure for our inventory. For any post contract support services where the revenue is deferred, the entire related deferred direct costs are classified as a noncurrent asset, consistent with the definition of a current asset.

Research and Development and Capitalized Software Development Costs

Our research and development costs are charged to expense as incurred. We capitalize software development costs, incurred in the development of software that will ultimately be sold, between the time technological feasibility has been attained and the related product is ready for general release. Management judgment is required in assessing technological feasibility, expected future revenues, estimated product lives and changes in product technologies, and the ultimate recoverability of our capitalized software development costs.

Income Taxes

We are subject to income taxes in both the United States and numerous foreign jurisdictions. Significant judgment is required in evaluating our tax positions and determining the provision for income taxes. During the ordinary course of business, there are many transactions and calculations for which the ultimate tax determination is uncertain. We recognize the tax benefit (expense) from an uncertain tax position only if it is more likely than not the tax position will be sustained on examination by the taxing authorities, based on the technical merits of the position. We recognize interest expense and penalties related to income tax matters as part of the provision for income taxes.

We recognize deferred income taxes as the difference between the tax bases of assets and liabilities and their financial statement amounts based on enacted tax rates. Management judgment is required in the assessment of the recoverability of our deferred tax assets based on its assessment of projected taxable income. Numerous factors could affect our results of operations in the future. If there is a significant decline in our future operating results, management's assessment of the recoverability of our deferred tax assets would need to be revised, and any such adjustment to our deferred tax assets would be charged to income in that period. If necessary, we record a valuation allowance to reduce deferred tax assets to an amount which management believes is more likely than not to be realized. Changes in estimates of taxable income in the future could result in reversal of the valuation allowances which would be credited to income in the year of reversal.

We provide U.S. taxes on foreign undistributed earnings that are not considered to be permanently reinvested outside the United States.

Goodwill and Long-Lived Assets

Goodwill represents the excess of the purchase price over the fair value of the net tangible and identifiable intangible assets acquired in a business combination. Intangible assets resulting from the acquisitions of entities accounted for using the acquisition method of accounting are estimated by our management based on the fair value of assets received. Intangible assets with finite useful lives are amortized on a straight-line basis, generally, over four years. Goodwill is not amortized and is tested annually for impairment during the fourth quarter of the fiscal year and between annual tests if an

53

Table of Contents

event occurs or circumstances change in accordance with ASC 350 that would more likely than not reduce the fair value below its carrying amount.

Impairment testing of goodwill is performed at a reporting unit level. In 2012, the Company adopted the FASB revised guidance on "Testing of Goodwill for Impairment." Under this guidance, we have the option to choose whether we will apply the qualitative assessment first and then the quantitative assessment, if necessary, or to apply the quantitative assessment directly. For reporting units applying a qualitative assessment first, we start the goodwill impairment test by assessing qualitative factors to determine whether it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount. If we determine that it is more likely than not the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount, the quantitative impairment test is mandatory. Otherwise, no further testing is required. The quantitative impairment test consists of a comparison of the fair value of goodwill with its carrying value. For reporting units directly applying a quantitative assessment, we perform the goodwill impairment test by quantitatively comparing the fair values of those reporting units to their carrying amounts. If the carrying value of the intangible asset without definite lives exceeds its fair value, an impairment loss is recognized in an amount equal to that excess.

As of December 31, 2013, we carried no goodwill to the deconsolidation of iTV Media reporting unit in 2012, which was acquired in November 2010.

We assess the recoverability of our long-lived assets other than goodwill by determining whether the carrying value of such assets will be recovered through undiscounted future cash flows. Asset impairments primarily consist of intangible assets with finite lives and property, plant and equipment and are based on an estimate of the amounts and timing of future cash flows related to the expected future remaining use and ultimate sale or disposal of property, plant and equipment net of costs to sell. Following our annual impairment review, we concluded immaterial long-lived assets other than goodwill were impaired as of December 31, 2013.

The process of evaluating the potential impairment of long-lived assets other than goodwill is also highly subjective and requires significant judgment. In order to estimate the fair value of long-lived assets, we typically make various assumptions about the future prospects for the business that the asset relates to, consider market factors specific to that business and estimate future cash flows to be generated by that business. Based on these assumptions and estimates, we determine whether we need to recognize an impairment charge to reduce the value of the asset stated on our balance sheet to reflect its estimated fair value. Assumptions and estimates about future values and remaining useful lives are complex and often subjective. They can be affected by a variety of factors, including external factors such as the real estate market, industry and economic trends, and internal factors such as changes in our business strategy and our internal forecasts. Although we believe the assumptions and estimates we have made in the past have been reasonable and appropriate, changes in assumptions and estimates could materially impact our reported financial results.

Investments

Our investments consist principally of bank notes, debt securities classified as available for sale and equity investment in privately held companies. The investments in equity securities of privately held companies in which we hold less than 20% voting interest common stock or in-substance common stock and on which we do not have the ability to exercise significant influence are accounted for under ASC 325, "Investments—Other" using the cost method. Under the cost method, these investments are carried at the lower of cost or fair market value. The investments in equity securities of privately held companies in which we hold at least 20% but less than 50% voting interest in the common stock or in-substance common stock, and on which we have the ability to exercise significant influence are accounted for under ASC 323, "Investments—Equity Method and Joint Ventures" using the equity method. In-substance common stock is an investment in an entity that has risk and reward characteristics that are substantially similar to that entity's common stock. If an investment has a

54

Table of Contents

substantive liquidation preference over common stock, it is not substantially similar to the common stock. Investments in debt securities that are classified as available for sale are measured at fair value in the statement of financial position under ASC 320, "Investments—Debt and Equity Securities". Unrealized holding gains and losses for available-for-sale securities (including those classified as current assets) will be excluded from earnings and reported in other comprehensive income until realized except as indicated in the following paragraph.

Pursuant to the accounting guidance for fair value measurements and its subsequent updates, fair value is defined as the price that would be received from selling an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. As such, fair value is a market-based measurement that should be determined based on assumptions that market participants would use in pricing an asset or liability. The accounting guidance also establishes a three-tier fair value hierarchy which requires us to use observable market data, when available, and to minimize the use of unobservable inputs when determining fair value. The fair value hierarchy prioritizes the inputs into three levels that may be used in measuring fair value as follows:

Level 1—observable inputs such as quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.

Level 2—inputs other than the quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities that are observable either directly or indirectly.

Level 3—unobservable inputs based on our assumptions.

Other Than Temporary Impairment on Investment:

We review our investments for an other-than-temporary impairment whenever events or changes in business circumstances indicate that the carrying value of the investment may not be fully recoverable. Investments identified as having an indication of impairment are subject to further analysis to determine if the impairment is other-than-temporary and this analysis requires estimating the fair value of the investment. In making this determination, we review several factors to determine whether the losses are other-than-temporary, including but not limited to: (i) the length of time the investment was in an unrealized loss position, (ii) the extent to which fair value was less than cost, (iii) the financial condition and near term prospects of the issuer, and (iv) our intent and ability to hold the investment for a period of time sufficient to allow for any anticipated recovery in fair value. The determination of fair value of the investment involves considering factors such as current economic and market conditions, the operating performance of the companies including current earnings trends and forecasted cash flows, and other company and industry specific information.

We assessed our investments in convertible bonds of iTV, and due to the uncertainty that iTV will be able to receive enough financial support to run its business, along with other factors, we concluded the fair value is less than the book value of the convertible bonds as of December 31, 2013, which will not recover in foreseeable future. Therefore, $9.1 million in impairment charges were recorded in investment impairments in the year ended December 31, 2013 for the convertible bonds. See Note 6 to our Consolidated Financial Statements included under Item 18 of this Annual Report on Form 20-F for additional discussion.

RECENT ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS

See Note 2 to our Consolidated Financial Statements included under Item 18 of this Annual Report on Form 20-F for a full description of recent accounting pronouncements, including the expected dates of adoption and estimated effects on results of operations and financial condition, which is incorporated herein by reference.

55

Table of Contents

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

With our strategic shifts, beginning on January 1, 2011, we realigned our reporting segments to better reflect our new operating structure. Effective January 1, 2011, the new reporting segments are as follows:

•
  Equipment—Focused on our equipment sales including network infrastructure and application products. Network infrastructure products mainly include broadband products. Network application products mainly include Wireless infrastructure technologies.
•
  Services—Providing services and support of our equipment products and also the new operational support segment.
–
  Equipment Based Services—Services and support we provide to customers after their purchases of equipment.
–
  Operational Support Services—Providing new services consisting of:
  •
    Integrated multi-screen viewing from a single managed platform
  •
    Time and location shifting
  •
    Reliable HD streaming

These revenues will be generated through advertising, subscription and software license fees.

Since 2012, media operational support services from our video service cloud platform were recorded in operational support services segment as well.

As previously discussed, we completed the divestiture of our IPTV business in August 2012. However, we have not yet met the requirements for reporting those results as discontinued operations because of our continued involvement in the business. Such continued involvement includes our processing the receipt of revenues and payment of related costs for the IPTV operations.

Net Sales

|  | Years Ended December 31, |
--- | --- | --- | ---
Net Sales by Segment |  | 2013 |  | % of net sales |  | 2012 |  | % of net sales |  | 2011 |  | % of net sales |
|  | (in thousands, except percentages) |
Equipment |  | $ | 141,138 |  |  | 86% |  | $ | 160,688 |  |  | 86% |  | $ | 285,493 |  |  | 89% |
Services—Equipment Based Services |  |  | 23,301 |  |  | 14% |  |  | 25,784 |  |  | 14% |  |  | 34,539 |  |  | 11% |
—Operational Support Services |  |  | 0 |  |  | 0% |  |  | 256 |  |  | 0% |  |  | 544 |  |  | 0% |
​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​
|  | $ | 164,439 |  |  | 100% |  | $ | 186,728 |  |  | 100% |  | $ | 320,576 |  |  | 100% |
​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​
​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​
Net Sales by Region |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |
China |  | $ | 6,945 |  |  | 4% |  | $ | 38,544 |  |  | 21% |  | $ | 157,564 |  |  | 49% |
India |  |  | 26,595 |  |  | 16% |  |  | 23,992 |  |  | 13% |  |  | 30,789 |  |  | 10% |
Japan |  |  | 93,203 |  |  | 57% |  |  | 99,367 |  |  | 53% |  |  | 96,257 |  |  | 30% |
Taiwan |  |  | 13,332 |  |  | 8% |  |  | 9,824 |  |  | 5% |  |  | 7,055 |  |  | 2% |
Other |  |  | 24,364 |  |  | 15% |  |  | 15,001 |  |  | 8% |  |  | 28,911 |  |  | 9% |
​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​
|  | $ | 164,439 |  |  | 100% |  | $ | 186,728 |  |  | 100% |  | $ | 320,576 |  |  | 100% |
​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​
​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​

56

Table of Contents

Fiscal 2013 vs. 2012

Net sales decreased by 11.9% to $164.4 million for 2013 compared to $186.7 million for 2012. The decrease mainly resulted from a $19.6 million decline in equipment sales which was primarily due to (i) a $25.5 million decrease in sales from the IPTV business, which was disposed in August 2012 and had contributed $26.9 million equipment sales in 2012 compared to $1.4 million in 2013 (further discussion of the divestiture can be found in Note 3 to our Consolidated Financial Statements included under Part III, Item 18 of this Annual Report on Form 20-F and (ii) a $17.6 million decrease in the revenues from PTN and MSAN products due to the depreciation of Japanese yen against the U.S. dollar, partially offset by a $17.8 million increase in sales of WiFi and value-added resell products.

Sales from equipment-based services was $23.3 million for 2013, a decrease of $2.5 million compared to $25.8 million for 2012, mainly due to a $2.6 million decrease related to the divestiture of the IPTV business as noted above.

Fiscal 2012 vs. 2011

Net sales decreased by 41.8% to $186.7 million for 2012 compared to $320.6 million for 2011. The decrease resulted from a $124.8 million decrease in equipment sales which was primarily due to (i) the $95.2 million deferred revenue from amortization of Personal Handy-phone System, or PHS, which was only included in 2011, (ii) the $17.4 million decrease in sales of the STB products in China and $5.7 million decrease in sales of our RollingStream™ products, respectively, reflecting the divestiture of our IPTV business in August 2012, (iii) the $13.0 million decrease in sales of PTN products in Japan, reflecting the slower development of such product line in 2012 compared with 2011, and (iv) the $4.2 million decrease in sales of CPE product. The decrease in equipment sales were partially offset by the $7.1 million increase in sales of MSAN products mainly in Japan. The revenue from equipment based service for 2012 decreased by $8.7 million to $25.8 million compared to $34.5 million for 2011. The decrease was mainly due to $6.0 million decrease in NGN product-related services provided in 2012 and the $2.3 million decrease in PAS product-related services, reflecting the phase-out of PHS service by the end of 2011.

For additional discussion, see Note 18 entitled "Segment Reporting" to our Consolidated Financial Statements included under Part III, Item 18 of this Annual Report on Form 20-F.

In connection with the restructuring of the telecommunication industry in China and the launch of 3G services in China, the MIIT announced that PAS services in China would be phased out by January 1, 2012. In the second and third quarter of 2009, we streamlined our sales, service and R&D operations for PAS handsets and infrastructure equipment. We did not perform any new R&D of PAS products and we maintained a small support team to assist our customers with warranty matters. As a result of this change, in 2011, the total net sales and gross profit associated with the amortization of all PAS-related deferred revenue were $95.3 million and $33.1 million, respectively. As of December 31, 2011, the PAS infrastructure deferred revenue associated with period of support had been fully amortized. Meanwhile, we still had certain balances of deferred revenue associated with unfulfilled contractual obligations for our historical PAS infrastructure contracts. Such amounts were deferred at its VSOE of fair value according to the terms of the contracts. Upon the phasing out of the PAS services as required by the MIIT announcement, we have been taking appropriate actions, such as communicating with our customers regarding the termination of such services, to legally release those obligations. During the period of 2012, approximately $8.1 million of these deferred revenue had been released upon the appropriate legal actions. As of August 31, 2012, the remaining deferred revenue balance was approximately $5.1 million, which was included as part of the liabilities transferred to the buyer on divestiture of our IPTV business. See Note 3 to our Consolidated Financial Statements included under Item 18 of this Annual Report on Form 20-F.

57

Table of Contents

Gross Profit

|  | Years Ended December 31, |
--- | --- | --- | ---
Gross profit (loss) by Segment |  | 2013 |  | Gross Profit % |  | 2012 |  | Gross Profit % |  | 2011 |  | Gross Profit % |
|  | (in thousands, except percentages) |
Equipment |  | $ | 41,250 |  |  | 29% |  | $ | 64,835 |  |  | 40% |  | $ | 107,030 |  |  | 37% |
Services—Equipment Based Services |  |  | (1,030 | ) |  | (4 | )% |  | 3,546 |  |  | 14% |  |  | 9,271 |  |  | 27% |
—Operational Support Services |  |  | 0 |  |  | 0% |  |  | (223 | ) |  | (87 | )% |  | (1,967 | ) |  | (362 | )%
​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​
|  | $ | 40,220 |  |  | 24% |  | $ | 68,158 |  |  | 37% |  | $ | 114,334 |  |  | 36% |
​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​
​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​

Cost of sales consists primarily of material and labor costs associated with manufacturing, assembly and testing of products, costs associated with installation and customer training, warranty costs, fees to agents, inventory and contract loss provisions and overhead. Cost of sales also includes import taxes and tariffs on components and assemblies. Some components and materials used in our products are purchased from a single supplier or a limited group of suppliers and, in some cases, are subject to our obtaining Chinese import permits and approvals.

Our gross profit has been affected by average selling prices, material costs, product mix, the impact of warranty charges and contract loss provisions, as well as inventory write-downs and release of deferred revenues and related costs pertaining to prior years. Our gross profit, as a percentage of net sales, varies among our product families. We expect that our overall gross profit, as a percentage of net sales, will fluctuate in the future as a result of shifts in product mix, stage of product life cycle, decreases in average selling prices and our ability to reduce cost of sales.

Fiscal 2013 vs. 2012

Gross profit was $40.2 million, or 24.4% of net sales, for 2013, compared to $68.2 million, or 36.5% of net sales, for 2012. The decrease was mainly due to a $23.6 million, or a 36.4%, decrease in the Equipment segment for 2013 compared to 2012, including (i) $14.2 million decrease in gross profit from IPTV business, which was disposed in August 2012 and (ii) a $12.5 million gross profit decrease resulting from the decline in sales of relatively high margin PTN and MSAN products mainly caused by the depreciation of the Japanese yen against the U.S. dollar, which were partially offset by $2.2 million increase in gross profit resulting from increased sales of WiFi and value-added resell products.

The equipment-based service segment incurred a gross loss of $1.0 million, or (4.4)% of net sales of Equipment Based Services for 2013, compared to $3.5 million, or 13.8%, for 2012, primarily caused by a decreased gross margin in MSAN and Gigabit Ethernet Capable Passive Optical Network ("GEPON") products, mainly due to the depreciation of the Japanese yen against the U.S. dollar.

Fiscal 2012 vs. 2011

Gross profit was $68.2 million, or 36.5% of net sales, for 2012, compared to $114.3 million, or 35.7% of net sales, for 2011. The decrease in gross profit was primarily due to a $42.2 million, or 39.4% decrease in gross profit in the Equipment segment for 2012 compared to 2011. The cessation of amortization of deferred revenue of PAS contributed a $33.1 million decrease in gross profit for 2012 compared to 2011 due to the phase out of the PAS business by January 1, 2012. The decrease was also due to a $17.4 million decrease in gross profit of PTN product sales for 2012 compared to 2011 reflecting the decreased sales in Japan and a $4.1 million decrease in gross profit of NGN products reflecting fewer NGN product sales in 2012, partially offset by a $2.8 million increase in gross profit of MSAN products sales and a $2.2 million increase in gross profit of STB product sales in China.

58

Table of Contents

The gross profit in equipment-based service segment for 2012 decreased by 61.8% to $3.5 million compared to 2011, which was primarily due to the phasing out of the PAS service by January 1, 2012, and fewer NGN product-related services provided in 2012, while fixed services costs remained relatively constant.

For additional discussion, see Note 18 entitled "Segment Reporting" to our Consolidated Financial Statements included under Part III, Item 18 of this Annual Report on Form 20-F.

Operating Expenses

The Company has reclassified the prior year presentation of investment impairment loss to present on a separate line consistent with the 2013 presentation in the Consolidated Statements of Operation and Comprehensive Income (Loss). We consider this adjustment immaterial to the Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income (Loss) of 2012 and 2011.

The following table summarizes our operating expenses:

|  | Years Ended December 31, |
--- | --- | --- | ---
|  | 2013 |  | % of net sales |  | 2012 |  | % of net sales |  | 2011 |  | % of net sales |
|  | (in thousands, except percentages) |
Selling, general and administrative |  | $ | 37,626 |  |  | 23% |  | $ | 52,457 |  |  | 28% |  | $ | 63,857 |  |  | 20% |
Research and development |  |  | 14,520 |  |  | 9% |  |  | 28,131 |  |  | 15% |  |  | 30,123 |  |  | 9% |
Amortization of intangible assets |  |  | — |  |  | — |  |  | 516 |  |  | — |  |  | 1,239 |  |  | — |
Restructuring |  |  | — |  |  | — |  |  | 358 |  |  | — |  |  | 2,386 |  |  | 1% |
Net loss (gain) on divestitures |  |  | 1,307 |  |  | 1% |  |  | 16,239 |  |  | 9% |  |  | (4,546 | ) |  | (1 | )%
​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​
Total operating expenses |  | $ | 53,453 |  |  | 33% |  | $ | 97,701 |  |  | 52% |  | $ | 93,059 |  |  | 29% |
​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​
​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​

Selling, general and administrative expenses, or SG&A, include compensation and benefits, professional fees, sales commissions, provision for doubtful accounts receivable and travel and entertainment costs. Research and development, or R&D, expenses consist primarily of compensation and benefits of employees engaged in research, design and development activities, cost of parts for prototypes, equipment depreciation and third party development expenses. We believe that continued and prudent investment in R&D is critical to our long-term success, and we will aggressively evaluate appropriate investment levels.

SELLING, GENERAL AND ADMINISTRATIVE

Fiscal 2013 vs. 2012

SG&A expenses were $37.6 million for 2013, a decrease of 28.4%, or $14.9 million, as compared to $52.5 million for 2012. The decrease was primarily due to the lack of $5.6 million SG&A expenses related to the IPTV business incurred in 2012 that did not occur in 2013 due to its divestment, decreased personnel costs as a result of our restructuring efforts and decreased legal and accounting expenses, which were partially offset by the increased depreciation expenses due to acceleration of depreciation upon early termination of a lease on the Hangzhou facility and expenses related to fixed assets written-off and severance costs as a result of consolidating our Beijing back office functions to our facilities in Hangzhou as part of our cost reduction initiative.

Fiscal 2012 vs. 2011

SG&A expenses were $52.5 million for 2012, a decrease of 17.9% or $11.4 million as compared to $63.9 million for 2011. The decrease was primarily due to a decrease in personnel costs and the fixed

59

Table of Contents

cost as a result of our restructuring efforts which were partially offset by the increased consulting fees and the $0.9 million accelerated amortization of Beijing office leasehold improvement due to early termination.

RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT

Fiscal 2013 vs. 2012

R&D expenses were $14.5 million in 2013, a decrease of 48.4%, or $13.6 million, compared to 2012. The decrease was mainly due to $7.7 million in R&D expenses related to the IPTV business incurred in 2012 that did not occur in 2013 due to its divestment and a decrease in R&D personnel costs as a result of our restructuring efforts and reduced outsourced design services, which were partially offset by increased severance costs resulting from our efforts to continuously streamline our operations.

Fiscal 2012 vs. 2011

R&D expenses decreased by $2.0 million for 2012 compared to 2011. The decrease was mainly due to decrease in personnel and personnel related expense as a result of our restructuring initiatives which was partially offset by increase in consulting fees for several strategic outsourced design projects.

STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION EXPENSE

At December 31, 2013, there was approximately $3.9 million of total unrecognized compensation cost, as measured, related to unvested stock options and restricted stock and restricted stock units, which is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 2.61 years. The following table summarizes the stock-based compensation expense in our consolidated statement of operations:

|  | Years Ended December 31, |
--- | --- | --- | ---
|  | 2013 |  | 2012 |  | 2011 |
|  | (in thousands) |
Cost of net sales |  | $ | 7 |  | $ | 107 |  | $ | 99 |
Selling, general and administrative |  |  | 1,597 |  |  | 2,399 |  |  | 2,602 |
Research and development |  |  | 94 |  |  | 476 |  |  | 328 |
​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​
Total |  | $ | 1,698 |  | $ | 2,982 |  | $ | 3,029 |
​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​
​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​

Fiscal 2013 vs. 2012

Stock-based compensation expense was $1.7 million in 2013, decreasing 43.1%, or $1.3 million, compared to 2012, primarily due to $1.3 million of stock-based compensation expenses incurred upon the vesting of awards to our former CEO and head of R&D following the IPTV business divestiture in 2012.

Fiscal 2012 vs. 2011

Stock-based compensation expense remained at relatively the same level in 2012 compared to 2011, due to accelerated vesting in 2011 due to the resignation of our former Chief Financial Officer.

60

Table of Contents

AMORTIZATION OF INTANGIBLE ASSETS

Fiscal 2013 vs. 2012

Amortization of intangible assets was nil in 2013, compared to $0.5 million for 2012. Intangible assets balance was nil as of December 31, 2013 and 2012.

Fiscal 2012 vs. 2011

Amortization of intangible assets for 2012 was approximately $0.5 million, compared to $1.2 million for 2011, reflecting the amortization of intangible assets acquired in the iTV Media investment. We deconsolidated iTV Media in the second quarter of 2012 and the amortization of intangible assets was terminated as of June 30, 2012. See Note 8 to our Consolidation Financial Statements included under Part III, Item 18 of this Annual Report on Form 20-F.

GOODWILL AND INTANGIBLE ASSETS IMPAIRMENT

The Company has reclassified the prior year presentation of investment impairment loss to present on a separate line consistent with the 2013 presentation in the Consolidated Statements of Operation and Comprehensive Income (Loss). We consider this adjustment immaterial to the Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income (Loss) of 2012 and 2011.

There was no impairment for goodwill and intangible assets for 2011, 2012 and 2013.

RESTRUCTURING

Fiscal 2013

We did not incur any restructuring costs for 2013.

Fiscal 2012

Restructuring costs for 2012 were approximately $0.4 million, reflecting the completion of our 2009 Restructuring Plan in 2012. See Note 11 to our Consolidated Financial Statements included under Part III, Item 18 of this Annual Report on Form 20-F for additional information regarding our restructuring activities.

Fiscal 2011

During 2011, we recorded gross restructuring costs of approximately $4.0 million related to the 2009 Restructuring Plan and a reversal of approximately $1.6 million due to changes in estimates made in prior periods. The restructuring costs for 2011 consisted primarily of severance and benefits related to additional employees included in the 2009 Restructuring Plan, adjusted for changes in estimates of timing of employee terminations, and approximately $0.3 million of lease exit costs related to a lease expiring in 2013. Total restructuring costs recorded through December 31, 2011 related to the 2009 Restructuring Plan approximated $58.1 million.

NET LOSS/GAIN ON DIVESTITURES

Fiscal 2013

Net loss on divestitures for 2013 was $1.3 million, including divestiture loss of $3.2 million resulting from the divestiture of the Next Generation Network ("NGN") equipment business consisting of $2.7 million of compensation to the buyer for taking over a loss-making business and $0.5 million of severance related costs for the transferred employees, signing bonuses and retention bonuses to incentivize certain key employees to sign employment contracts with the buyer, partially offset by gains

61

Table of Contents

from divestitures of (i) $1.8 million from the disposal of DOCSIS-EOC product line in 2013, (ii) $0.1 million from subsequent contingent consideration received for the sales of US PDSN assets and (iii) $0.1 million from the IPTV divestiture. See Note 3 to our Consolidated Financial Statements included under Part III, Item 18 of this Annual Report on Form 20-F.

Fiscal 2012

Net loss on divestiture for 2012 was $16.2 million, which was due to the $17.5 million loss recorded as a result of divestiture of IPTV equipment business, partially offset by $1.3 million gain recorded as a result of the release of deferred gain upon successful assignment of all the remaining obligations associated with China PDSN assets, and the settlement of accruals for EMEA operations and the subsequent contingent consideration received for the sales of US PDSN assets. See Note 3 to our Consolidated Financial Statements included under Part III, Item 18 of this Annual Report on Form 20-F.

Fiscal 2011

Gain on divestitures for 2011 of $4.5 million was comprised of the $4.3 million gain recorded as a result of releasing all of our remaining obligations in connection with the sale of China PDSN assets in the third and fourth quarter of 2011, and the $0.2 million gain which was contingent on the collection by the buyer of certain IP Messaging and U.S. PDSN assets in the fourth quarter of 2011.

OTHER INCOME (EXPENSE)

INTEREST INCOME

Fiscal 2013 vs. 2012

Interest income was $0.5 million and $2.6 million for 2013 and 2012, respectively. The decrease in interest income was primarily due to a significant decrease in the average cash balances in interest-bearing deposits in China from 2012 to 2013.

Fiscal 2012 vs. 2011

Interest income was $2.6 million and $2.3 million for 2012 and 2011, respectively. Interest income increased in 2012 as compared to 2011, primarily due to higher interest rates in China during 2012, partially offset by the lower cash balance.

INTEREST EXPENSE

Fiscal 2013 vs. 2012

The change in interest expense for 2013 as compared to 2012 was immaterial.

Fiscal 2012 vs. 2011

The change in interest expense for 2012 as compared to 2011 was immaterial.

OTHER INCOME (EXPENSE), NET

Fiscal 2013

Other income, net was $11.5 million for 2013. Other income, net for 2013 primarily consisted of $3.9 million of foreign exchange gains, mainly from the appreciation of the Renminbi against the U.S. dollar, and $7.1 million of gain recognized to net income from the cumulative translation adjustment previously recorded in accumulated other comprehensive income upon the liquidation in

62

Table of Contents

2013 of two previously inactive Chinese entities. The prior cumulative translation adjustment primarily resulted from the different between local functional currency and our reporting currency.

Fiscal 2012

Other expense, net was $3.0 million for 2012, primarily consisting of $4.7 million of foreign exchange loss as a result of depreciation of the Japanese yen against the U.S. dollar in 2012, partially offset by income of $1.5 million resulting from the release of a portion of the reserve related to tax liabilities provided to the buyers of UTStarcom's subsidiary in Korea due to the expiration of the statute of limitations.

Fiscal 2011

Other expense, net was $8.2 million for 2011, consisting primarily of $8.9 million in foreign currency losses primarily resulting from intercompany receivables denominated in Indian rupees, partially offset by foreign currency gain on cash and intercompany receivables denominated in Japanese yen.

INVESTMENT IMPAIRMENT

Fiscal 2013

Investment impairment for 2013 was $9.4 million, reflecting the $9.1 million impairment on iTV convertible bonds, and $0.3 million impairment on our investment in Xalted Networks. Please see Note 6 to our Consolidated Financial Statements included under Part III, Item 18 of this Annual Report on Form 20-F.

Fiscal 2012

Investment impairment for 2012 was $3.0 million, reflecting the $2.2 million impairment on our investment in GCT SemiConductor and $0.8 million impairment on our investment in Xalted Networks.

Fiscal 2011

We recorded an immaterial impairment charge for 2011 following our annual impairment review on goodwill and other indefinite lived assets.

EQUITY LOSS

Fiscal 2013

Equity losses of an associate were $9.6 million for 2013, due to the losses from our 49% equity investment in iTV Media.

We held a controlling interest in iTV Media from October 2010 to June 2012 and consolidated its results during that period. Upon a third party's exercise of share repurchase rights in June 2012, our investment in iTV Media decreased to only non-controlling preference shares in iTV Media. At that point, we deconsolidated iTV Media and accounted for the investment using the cost method starting from June 2012, as the preference shares of iTV Media owned by us were not considered as in-substance common stock.

In January 2013, we invested in an additional $5.0 million in convertible bonds issued by iTV Media. The issuance of these additional convertible bonds triggered a reassessment of the accounting treatment for our investment in the preference shares. Due to the additional convertible bond investment and the decreasing fair value of the ordinary shares of iTV Media in relation to the total fair value of iTV Media, we determined that the preference shares of iTV Media owned by us now

63

Table of Contents

substantively participated in the risks and rewards of iTV Media, irrespective of the liquidation preferences, and were considered as in-substance common stock. Therefore, we concluded that the equity method criteria had been met and equity accounting for ITV Media commenced in the first quarter of 2013. As a result, the Company recorded total $9.6 million losses for the equity invested in 2013 equivalent to 49% of iTV Media's losses for the year. As of December 31, 2013, the remaining balance in the preferred stock is $5.3 million.

In the second quarter of 2013, we further invested in an additional $15.0 million convertible bond issued by iTV Media with a maturity date of May 31, 2014. In the fourth quarter of 2013, we further invested in an additional $12.1 million convertible bond issued by iTV Media, of which $5.0 million was invested through cash with a maturity date of August 31, 2014 and $7.1 million through the conversion of outstanding receivables with a maturity date of December 31, 2015. No significant gain or loss was generated from the conversion of receivables to convertible bonds because it was converted at the book value of the receivables. Through December 31, 2013, we have invested $20.0 million in preference shares and $35.1 million convertible bonds in iTV Media. If converted, these investments represent approximately 73% of the equity of iTV Media. Nevertheless, we do not have control over iTV Media because the founder and CEO of iTV Media retains the right to elect three of the five board members of iTV Media unless the voting interests controlled by him falls below 10% of the total voting interests of iTV Media. As iTV Media's board of directors has the power to elect or dismiss officers, approve the budget, make strategic decisions and evaluate possible merger and acquisition opportunities for iTV Media, the founder and CEO of iTV Media controls it. iTV Media is considered as a Variable Interest Entity because it is thinly capitalized. Management has concluded the founder and CEO of iTV Media was the primary beneficiary of iTV Media for the year ended December 31, 2013, because he has meets the power criterion and loss/benefits criterion in accordance to ASC 81010-25. For the above reasons, the company did not consolidate iTV Media as for the year ended December 31, 2013. After taking $9.1 million impairment charge in 2013, the convertible bond investments balance at December 31, 2013 was $26.0 million. If iTV Media could not get funding that are more senior than the convertible bonds from other parties, once the preferred shares book value is reduced to zero due to 49% equity loss pick up, the Company will recognize 100% of iTV Media's losses until its convertible bond investment balance has been depleted.

Fiscal 2012 and 2011

iTV Media was deconsolidated in June 2012. We consolidated total net loss from iTV Media of $3.1 million and $4.7 million in 2012 and 2011, respectively.

INCOME TAX EXPENSE (BENEFIT)

FASB ASC 740-10 establishes criteria for recognizing or continuing to recognize only more-likely-than-not tax positions, which may result in income tax expense volatility in future periods. While we believe that we have adequately provided for all tax positions, amounts asserted by taxing authorities could be greater than our accrued position. Accordingly, additional provisions on income tax related matters could be recorded in the future as revised estimates are made or the underlying matters are settled or otherwise resolved.

For a full reconciliation of our effective tax rate to the U.S. federal statutory rate of 35% and further explanation of our provision for taxes, see Note 15 to our Consolidated Financial Statements included under Part III, Item 18, which is incorporated herein by reference.

64

Table of Contents

Fiscal 2013 vs. 2012

Income tax expense was $2.4 million for 2013, with no material change as compared to 2012. Our effective tax rate was -11.5% in 2013, compared to -7.2% in 2012, and we incurred a net loss before tax of $20.4 million and $33.2 million in 2013 and 2012, respectively.

Fiscal 2012 vs. 2011

Income tax expense was $2.4 million for 2012 compared to $2.9 million for 2011. The decrease in income tax expense in 2012 compared with 2011 was primarily due to the decrease in ordinary taxable income in jurisdictions where we have been profitable. Our effective tax rate changed from 19.9% in 2011 to -7.2% in 2012, which was mainly due to the fluctuations of income before income taxes between the years. We incurred a net loss before tax of $33.2 million in 2012 and a net profit before tax of $14.7 million in 2011.

Net Income Attributable to UTStarcom Holdings Corp.

As a result of the foregoing, net loss attributable to UTStarcom Holdings Corp. was $22.7 million in 2013 and $34.4 million in 2012, compared to net income attributable to UTStarcom Holdings Corp. of $13.4 million in 2011.

Foreign Currency Risk

See Item 11 "Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk—Foreign Exchange Rate Risk" for information regarding the impact of foreign currency fluctuations on the Company.

Government Policies

For information regarding governmental economic, fiscal, monetary or political policies or factors that have materially affected, or could materially affect, our operations or our shareholders' investments, see Item 3.D "Risk Factors—Risks Relating to Conducting Business in China" and Item 10.E "Additional Information—Taxation."

B. Liquidity and Capital Resources

The following table sets forth a summary of our cash and cash equivalent and bank note balances as of the dates indicated.

|  | December 31, 2013 |  | December 31, 2012 |  | Change |
--- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | ---
|  | (in thousands) |
Cash and cash equivalents |  | $ | 107,773 |  | $ | 179,584 |  | $ | (71,811 | )
Bank notes |  |  | — |  |  | 296 |  |  | (296 | )
​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​
Total |  | $ | 107,773 |  | $ | 179,880 |  | $ | (72,107 | )
​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​
​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​

65

Table of Contents

The following table sets forth a summary of our cash flows for the periods indicated:

|  | Years Ended December 31, |
--- | --- | --- | ---
|  | 2013 |  | 2012 |  | 2011 |
|  | (in thousands) |
Cash used in operating activities |  | $ | (1,915 | ) | $ | (25,618 | ) | $ | (41,717 | )
Cash used in investing activities |  |  | (28,890 | ) |  | (82,748 | ) |  | (10,761 | )
Cash used in financing activities |  |  | (30,680 | ) |  | (8,842 | ) |  | (6,177 | )
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents |  |  | (10,326 | ) |  | (4,834 | ) |  | 8,774 |
​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​
Net decrease in cash and cash equivalents |  | $ | (71,811 | ) | $ | (122,042 | ) | $ | (49,881 | )
​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​
​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​

Cash and cash equivalents, consisting primarily of bank deposits and money market funds, are recorded at cost which approximates fair value because of the short-term nature of these instruments. As of December 31, 2013, cash and cash equivalents of approximately $11.5 million, $25.9 million and $51.3 million were held by our subsidiaries in China, Japan and US, respectively.

The PRC government imposes currency exchange controls on all cash transfers out of China. Regulations in China permit foreign owned entities to freely convert the RMB into foreign currency for transactions that fall under the "current account," which includes trade related receipts and payments, interest and dividends. Accordingly, our PRC subsidiaries may use RMB to purchase foreign exchange for settlement of such "current account" transactions without pre-approval. However, pursuant to applicable regulations, foreign-invested enterprises in China may pay dividends only out of their accumulated profits, if any, determined in accordance with PRC accounting standards and regulations. In calculating accumulated profits, foreign investment enterprises in China are required to allocate at least 10% of their accumulated profits each year, if any, to fund certain reserve funds, including mandated employee benefits funds, unless these reserves have reached 50% of the registered capital of the enterprises.

Other transactions that involve conversion of RMB into foreign currency are classified as "capital account" transactions; examples of "capital account" transactions include repatriations of investments by or loans to foreign owners, or direct equity investments in a foreign entity by a China domiciled entity. "Capital account" transactions require prior approval from China's SAFE or its provincial branch to convert a remittance into a foreign currency, such as U.S. dollars, and transmit the foreign currency outside of China. As a result of these and other restrictions under PRC laws and regulations, our China subsidiaries are restricted in their ability to transfer a portion of their net assets to the parent.

2013 Cash Flows

Net cash used in operating activities during 2013 was $1.9 million. During the year ended December 31, 2013, our operating activities were significantly impacted by the following:

•
  Net loss of $22.7 million adjusted by $1.2 million in tax provision reversal and $7.1 million in gain recognized from the cumulative translation adjustment previously recorded in accumulated other comprehensive income upon the liquidation in 2013 of two previously inactive Chinese entities, partially offset by non-cash charges, including $3.5 million of depreciation and amortization, $1.3 million of loss from divestitures, $3.6 million of loss on disposal of assets, $9.6 million of loss from equity investment, $9.4 million of investment impairment and $1.7 million in stock based compensation, with changes in net operating assets and liabilities being immaterial in 2013.

Net cash used in investing activities during 2013 was $28.9 million, including cash outflows of $3.8 million in purchases of property, plant and equipment, cash outflows of $2.4 million due to costs

66

Table of Contents

related to the divestiture of the NGN, cash outflows of $0.9 million due to a settlement on the disposal of a non-controlling interest in a joint venture, cash outflows of $26.6 million due to additional investment of $25.0 million in iTV convertible bonds and the extension of a loan of $1.6 million to ESA Cultural Investment (Hong Kong) Limited and cash outflows of $0.5 million due to the divestiture of the IPTV equipment business, partially offset by cash inflows of $2.0 million primarily consisting of costs related to the disposal of the DOCSIS-EOC product line, cash inflows of $0.6 million from the sale of the equity of Bodashutong, cash inflows of $0.4 million from the sale of short term investments and $2.2 million of changes in restricted cash.

Net cash used in financing activities during 2013 consisted primarily of $30.7 million for repurchases of ordinary shares. See Note 13 to our Consolidated Financial Statements included under Part III, Item 18 of this Annual Report on Form 20-F for additional discussion.

2012 Cash Flows

Net cash used in operating activities during 2012 was $25.6 million. During the year ended December 31, 2012, our operating activities were significantly impacted by the following:

•
  Net loss of $35.6 million adjusted by $1.2 million recovery of doubtful accounts, $2.2 million of deferred income tax benefit, and by changes in net operating assets and liabilities using net cash of $13.8 million, partially offset by non-cash charges including $16.2 million loss from divestitures, $4.0 million of depreciation and amortization, $3.0 million stock-based compensation and $3.0 million in impairment of equity investments.
•
  Changes in operating assets and liabilities using net cash of $13.8 million. The use of cash included net $42.0 million for the release of deferred revenue and deferred cost, and $15.5 million for settlement of other liabilities as we continue streamlining our operations, offset by the cash inflows of $43.7 million from other assets, customer advances, accounts payable and income taxes payable.

Net cash used in investing activities during 2012 was $82.7 million, including cash outflow of $56.0 million due to the divestiture of IPTV equipment business, cash outflow of $6.8 million due to deconsolidation of iTV Media and $15.6 million for purchase of investments, primarily reflecting investments in aioTV and iTV Media, and one year short term loan to ESA Cultural Investment (Hong Kong) Limited, $5.4 million in purchases of property, plant and equipment, and $1.1 million of changes in restricted cash, partially offset by net cash inflows primarily from the sales of short term investment of $2.0 million.

Net cash used in financing activities during 2012 consisted primarily of $8.8 million for repurchases of ordinary shares. See Note 13 to our Consolidated Financial Statements included under Part III, Item 18 of this Annual Report on Form 20-F for additional discussion.

2011 Cash Flows

Net cash used in operating activities for 2011 was $41.7 million. During the year ended December 31, 2011, our operating activities were significantly impacted by the following:

•
  Net income of $11.8 million adjusted for $4.5 million gains from divestitures, and by changes in net operating assets and liabilities using net cash of $57.0 million, partially offset by non-cash charges including $3.1 million of depreciation and amortization, $3.0 million stock-based compensation and $2.2 million provision for doubtful accounts.
•
  Changes in operating assets and liabilities used net cash of $57.0 million. The use of cash included net $37.7 million for the release of deferred revenue and deferred cost, and

67

Table of Contents

$38.4 million for settlement of other liabilities as we continue to streamline operations, offset by the cash inflows of $19.3 million from accounts receivable and other assets.

Cash used in investing activities during 2011 of $10.8 million included cash outflow of $9.3 million for purchasing property, plant and equipment, $7.1 million for contribution to an equity investment through a shareholder loan, and $1.2 million for purchase of investment interests, partially offset by cash inflow primarily from changes in restricted cash of $5.5 million.

Cash used in financing activities during 2011 consist primarily of $6.3 million for repurchase of ordinary shares. See Note 13 to our Consolidated Financial Statements included under Part III, Item 18 of this Annual Report on Form 20-F for additional discussion.

Accounts Receivable, Net

Accounts receivable increased by $8.3 million from $15 million at December 31, 2012 to $23.3 million at 2013. As of December 31, 2013, our allowance for doubtful accounts was $11.1 million on gross receivables of $34.4 million. We recorded a bad debt expense reversal of $0.1 million in 2013 due to the collection of previous reserved receivable. There were no account receivable write-offs in 2013.

Inventories and Deferred Costs

The following table summarizes our inventories and deferred costs:

|  | December 31, 2013 |  | December 31, 2012 |  | Increase/ (Decrease) |
--- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | ---
|  | (in thousands) |
Inventories: |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |
Raw materials |  | $ | 3,225 |  | $ | 3,833 |  | $ | (608 | )
Work in process |  |  | 1,344 |  |  | 2,574 |  |  | (1,230 | )
Finished goods |  |  | 18,786 |  |  | 19,621 |  |  | (835 | )
​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​
Total inventories |  | $ | 23,355 |  | $ | 26,028 |  | $ | (2,673 | )
​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​
​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​
Short-term deferred costs |  | $ | 86,723 |  | $ | 125,472 |  | $ | (38,749 | )
Long-term deferred costs |  | $ | 8,539 |  | $ | 20,556 |  | $ | (12,017 | )

Inventories consist of product held at our manufacturing facility and warehouses, as well as finished goods at customer sites for which the customer has taken possession, but based on specific contractual terms, title has not yet passed to the customer. Finished goods at customer sites were approximately $14.7 million and $14.4 million as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

There was no significant inventory write-down in 2013, 2012 and 2011.

Deferred costs consist of product shipped to the customer where the rights and obligations of ownership have passed to the customer, but revenue has not yet been recognized due to prolonged acceptance periods for tests and the existence of undelivered elements, such as post-contract support including software update rights for which we do not have a vendor specific objective evidence of fair value. Given that there is uncertainty about customer acceptance until the customer completes its internal testing and procedures, we wait until the issuance of the final acceptance certificate to support its assertion that the delivery of products and services has occurred. For significant customer contracts involving larger and complex projects where there is on-site testing at multiple locations and the taking over of product warranty and product title occurs after the acceptance of the products and services, acceptance is substantive to the transaction. For certain significant contracts that required us to provide post-contract customer support over a long period of time (for example, seven years) for which we have

68

Table of Contents

been unable to establish vendor specific objective of fair value upon delivery of all elements except for post-contract support, we amortize the deferred revenue and related deferred costs of goods sold over the post-contract support period. We assess the recoverability of the deferred cost based on the project status of executed contracts that are in-progress and also their future collectability. Any unrecoverable deferred cost will be written down to the net realizable value in the period when it was determined or justified to be unrecoverable. The deferred cost balance as of December 31, 2013 included a balance of $29.3 million which were related to divested IPTV equipment business. Due to the delay of customer contract assignments, we are still the primary obligor for most of the contracts as they were not legally assigned to the buyer. Therefore, we were not able to derecognize the related liabilities of those un-assigned contracts. Since all of the economic risks and benefits of the un-assigned contracts had been transferred to the buyer of the IPTV equipment business, we have recorded a portion of the payment made to the buyer at the time of the divestiture as the deferred cost to offset the remaining liabilities related to those un-assigned contracts. As of December 31, 2013, we had both liabilities and deferred costs of $29.3 million related to those un-assigned contracts.

LIQUIDITY

We recorded a net loss attributable to UTStarcom Holdings Corp. of $22.7 million and operating loss of $13.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2013, respectively. We recorded a net loss attributable to UTStarcom Holdings Corp. of $34.4 million and an operating loss of $29.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2012. Our accumulated deficit increased from $1,153.3 million as of December 31, 2012 to $1,176.0 million as of December 31, 2013.

Net cash used in operating activities was $1.9 million in 2013, $25.6 million in 2012, and $41.7 million in 2011. As of December 31, 2013, we had cash and cash equivalents of $107.8 million, of which $11.5 million was held by our subsidiaries in China. As of December 31, 2012, we had cash and cash equivalents of $179.6 million, of which $49.3 million was held by our subsidiaries in China. China imposes currency exchange controls on certain transfers of funds to and from China. The amount of cash available for transfer from the PRC subsidiaries for use by our non-PRC subsidiaries is limited both by the liquidity needs of the subsidiaries in China and by PRC-government mandated limitations including currency exchange controls on transfers of funds outside of China.

Global economies have experienced a significant downturn driven by a financial and credit crisis that will continue to challenge such economies for some period of time. Under the current macroeconomic environment there are significant risks and uncertainties inherent in management's ability to forecast future results. The operating environment confronting us, both internally and externally, raises significant uncertainties.

Our selling, general and administrative and R&D operating expenses have decreased year over year from 2011 to 2012 and 2013, and management believes the continuing efforts to stream-line operations will enable our fixed cost base to be better aligned with operations, market demand and projected sales levels. If projected sales do not materialize, we will need to take further actions to reduce costs and expenses or explore other cost reduction options.

On July 27, 2012, we announced strategic initiatives to advance our efforts to transition into higher growth, more profitable areas and enhance the value of the business. As part of this strategy, we completed a sale of our IPTV business to an entity founded by Mr. Jack Lu, who was our former Chief Executive Officer, and paid a total consideration of approximately $30.0 million related to the net liabilities transferred. The divestiture transaction was closed on August 31, 2012. Upon closing of the divestiture transaction, Mr. Jack Lu started to lead the new IPTV business, and left his position as our Chief Executive Officer. The divestiture was a means of effectively redeploying capital to support higher return opportunities, particularly in the value added services area. It accelerated our ongoing transition into a higher growth business and was expected to have a positive effect on our margin

69

Table of Contents

structure and profitability profile. Prior to the divestiture, the IPTV business accounted for 15.8% of our revenue in 2012 and had negatively contributed to the overall results of our operations. This strategic initiative was expected to significantly reduce our expenses going forward.

Our management believes that the continuing efforts to stream-line our operations will enable our fixed cost base to be better aligned with operations, market demand and projected sales level. Our management believes that both our PRC and non-PRC operations will have sufficient liquidity to finance working capital and capital expenditure needs in excess of 12 months. However, we have concentrated our business in Asia, particularly China, India and Japan. Any unforeseen prolonged economic and/or political risk in these markets could impact our customers in making their respective investment decisions and could have a material impact on the foregoing assessment. There can be no assurance that additional financing, if required, will be available on terms satisfactory to us or at all, and if funds are raised in the future through issuance of preference shares or debt, these securities could have rights, privileges or preference senior to those of our ordinary shares and newly issued debt could contain debt covenants that impose restrictions on our operations. Further, any sale of newly issued debt or equity securities could result in additional dilution to our current shareholders.

C. Research and Development, Patents and Licenses

We believe that an integral part of our future success will depend on our ability to develop and enhance our services. Our product development efforts and strategies consist of incorporating new technologies from third parties as well as continuing to develop our own proprietary technology.

We have utilized and will continue to utilize the products and services of third parties to enhance our platform of technologies and services to provide competitive and diverse IP-based network solutions to our users. In addition, we plan to continue to expand our technologies, products and services through products and services developed internally. We will seek to continually improve and enhance our existing services to respond to rapidly evolving competitive and technological conditions. For the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, we spent $14.5 million, $28.1 million and $30.1 million, respectively, on R&D activities. R&D expenses are expensed as incurred.

D. Trend Information

Although we experience some seasonality typical of the telecommunications industry, such as seasonally weak first quarters, our revenues and earnings have not demonstrated consistent seasonal characteristics.

For a discussion of significant recent trends in our financial condition and results of operations, please see Item 5.A "Operating and Financial Review and Prospects—Operating Results" and 5.B "Operating and Financial Review and Prospects—Liquidity and Capital Resources."

E. Off-Balance Sheet Commitments and Arrangements

During the year ended December 31, 2013, we had no off balance sheet arrangements.

70

Table of Contents

F. Contractual Obligations and Other Commercial Commitments

The following table summarizes our significant contractual obligations as of December 31, 2013:

|  | Payments Due by Period |
--- | --- | --- | ---
|  | Total |  | Less than 1 year |  | 1-3 years |  | 3-5 years |  | More than 5 years |
|  | (in thousands) |
Operating leases |  | $ | 6,173 |  | $ | 2,503 |  | $ | 3,670 |  | $ | — |  | $ | — |
Letters of credit |  |  | 14,678 |  |  | 9,822 |  |  | 4,684 |  |  | 172 |  |  | — |
Purchase commitments |  |  | 22,730 |  |  | 14,747 |  |  | 5,514 |  |  | 2,469 |  |  | — |
​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​
Total |  | $ | 43,581 |  | $ | 27,072 |  | $ | 13,868 |  | $ | 2,641 |  | $ | — |
​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​
​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​

Operating leases

We lease certain facilities under non-cancelable operating leases that expire at various dates through 2014 to 2016. In March 2011, we entered into the lease for a R&D and administrative office in Hangzhou, China. The lease became effective on March 7, 2011 and will be terminated in July 2016. In April 2013, we gave up a portion of this leased space and negotiated an early termination to the contract with respect to that portion, and paid $0.1 million in early termination penalties. The contractual obligations related to the Hangzhou facility Lease through July 2016 are included in the table above.

Letters of credit

We issue standby letters of credit primarily to support international sales activities outside of China and in support of purchase commitments. When we submit a bid for a sale, often the potential customer will require that we issue a bid bond or a standby letter of credit to demonstrate our commitment through the bid process. In addition, we may be required to issue standby letters of credit as guarantees for advance customer payments upon contract signing or performance guarantees. The standby letters of credit usually expire six to twelve months from date of issuance without being drawn by the beneficiary thereof.

Purchase commitments

We are obligated to purchase raw materials and work-in-process inventory under various orders from various suppliers, all of which should be fulfilled without adverse consequences material to our operations or financial condition. Purchase commitments in the table above include agreements that are non-cancelable and cancelable without penalty.

Intellectual property

Certain sales contracts include provisions under which customers would be indemnified by us in the event of, among other things, a third-party claim against the customer for intellectual property rights infringement related to our products. There are no limitations on the maximum potential future payments under these guarantees. We have not accrued any amounts in relation to these provisions as no such claims have been made and we believe we have valid enforceable rights to the intellectual property embedded in our products.

Uncertain tax positions

As of December 31, 2013, we had $45.4 million of gross unrecognized tax benefits, of which $10.0 million related to tax benefits that, if recognized, would impact the annual effective tax rate. The

71

Table of Contents

remaining $35.4 million gross unrecognized tax benefits, if recognized, would impact certain deferred tax assets.

Third party commissions

We record accruals for commissions payable to third parties in the normal course of business. Such commissions are recorded based on the terms of the contracts between us and the third parties and paid pursuant to such contracts. Consistent with our accounting policies, these commissions are recorded as cost of net sales in the period in which the liability is incurred. As of December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, we had approximately $0.1 million, $0.1 million and $1.2 million of such accrued commissions. Management has performed, and continues to perform, follow-up procedures with respect to these accrued commissions. Upon completion of such follow-up procedures, if the accrued commissions have not been claimed and the statute of limitations, if any, has expired, we will reverse such accruals. Such reversals are recorded in the consolidated statement of operations during the period management determines that the accruals are no longer necessary. Approximately nil, $0.5 million and nil of such accrued commissions were released to offset the cost of net sales as a result of expiration of statute of limitations for the years of 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

India Department of Telecommunication Security and Supply Chain Standards

India's Department of Telecommunications had required equipment manufacturers to satisfy certain security and supply chain standards to the satisfaction of Indian authorities. We entered into such agreements with several customers in India which establish detailed security and supply chain standards covering products supplied to these telecommunication customers as required by the Indian authorities. These agreements contain significant penalty clauses in the event a security breach is detected related to products we supplied. In May 2011, India's Department of Telecommunications, or DOT, provided a revised template for these agreements, but we have not executed the revised agreement with our customers. Management is unable to estimate the likelihood or the financial impact of any such potential security breach on the Company's financial position, results of operations, or cash flows. As of December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, we have not been subject to any penalty liability related to these agreements, and our management does not believe it is probable to recognize revenue in relation to such contracts because we have not satisfied the security requirements as designated in the agreements. In 2013, 2012 and 2011, there was no revenue recognized in relation to contracts signed after the effective date of the agreements. As of December 31, 2013, deferred revenue and deferred costs related to contracts covered by these security agreements were $10.2 million and $5.3 million, respectively. As of December 31, 2012, deferred revenue and deferred cost related to contracts signed after the effective date of the agreement were $9.8 million and $6.1 million, respectively. We continue to assess the potential impact these agreements may have on the timing of revenue recognition.

G. Safe Harbor

This Annual Report on Form 20-F contains forward-looking statements regarding future events and our future results that are subject to the safe harbors created under the Securities Act of 1933 and the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. Forward-looking statements are based on current expectations, estimates, forecasts and projections about us, our future performance and the industries in which we operate as well as on our management's assumptions and beliefs. Such statements relate to, among other things:

•
  our business expectations regarding contract awards and telecom carriers;
•
  our plan to expand our market position in IP-based and broadband products;

72

Table of Contents

•
  our expectations regarding the growth rates and telecom capital expenditure budgets of certain geographic regions;
•
  our anticipation regarding the growth of China's gross domestic product;
•
  our plan to grow in certain geographic regions; our expectations regarding growth in certain segments, uncertainties in obtaining future contracts in India; our intention to make significant investment in research and development, or R&D;
•
  our expectations regarding the IPTV or Internet TV markets;
•
  our plans to allocate resources to Internet TV;
•
  our anticipation regarding our new products on the cable market;
•
  our expected financial results;
•
  our expectations about our efforts to streamline our operations, new accounting pronouncements, liquidity and access to credit facilities and cash in our China subsidiary; sufficiency of liquidity and our ability to obtain funding or sell additional securities;
•
  our relationships with suppliers, vendors and clients; our expectation regarding the current economic environment;
•
  our expectation regarding the impact of our strategy and the PRC government's policies on our financial results;
•
  changes in our board of directors and management;
•
  our expectations regarding litigation and the impact of legal proceedings and claims;
•
  our expectations that quarterly operating results will fluctuate from quarter to quarter; our expectations regarding competition and our ability to compete successfully in the markets for our products; our expectations regarding industry trends;
•
  our expectations that average selling prices of our products will continue to be subject to significant pricing pressures; our expectations regarding future growth based on market acceptance of our products; our expectations regarding revenue and gross margin; our expectations regarding the growth in business and operations;
•
  our expectations regarding our multinational operations; our ability to attract and retain highly skilled employees;
•
  our plans regarding the effect of foreign exchange rates; our expectations regarding acquisitions and investments;
•
  our continued efforts relating to the protections of our intellectual property, including claims of patent infringement;
•
  our expectations regarding future impairment review of our goodwill, intangible assets, and other long-lived assets;
•
  our expectations regarding costs of complying with environmental, health and safety laws; our expectations regarding defects in our products;
•
  our expectations regarding the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting;
•
  our estimations regarding stock-based compensation;
•
  our plans regarding cash dividends; and our expectations regarding our facilities and the sufficiency of our facilities.

73

Table of Contents

Statements that contain words like "expects," "anticipates," "may," "will," "targets," "projects," "intends," "plans," "believes," "seeks," "estimates," or variations of such words and similar expressions are also forward-looking statements.

Readers are cautioned that these forward-looking statements are only predictions and are subject to risks and uncertainties related to, among other things, our ability to execute on our business plan and implement certain restructuring actions, China's control of currency exchanges, ongoing litigation, our ability to introduce and deploy IP-based technologies and products, our ability to satisfy certain security and supply chain standards in India, impact of economic and/or political risks in Asia on our customers' investment decisions, the number of competitors and the composition of competitors, additional warranty expense and inventory reserves, availability of future financing, our ability to manage our resources and other items discussed in Part I, Item 3.D entitled—"Risk Factors" of this Annual Report on Form 20-F. Therefore, actual results may differ materially and adversely from those expressed in any forward-looking statements. We do not guarantee future results, and actual results, developments and business decisions may differ from those contemplated by the forward-looking statements. We undertake no obligation to update these forward-looking statements to reflect events or circumstances occurring after the date of this Form 20-F.

ITEM 6—DIRECTORS, SENIOR MANAGEMENT AND EMPLOYEES

A. Directors and Senior Management

The following table sets forth information about our directors and executive officers as of the date of this annual report. The business address of all of our directors and executive officers is Unit 7, Level 23, One Island East, 18 Westlands Road, Hong Kong.

Name |  | Age |  | Position
--- | --- | --- | --- | ---
William Wong |  |  | 56 |  | Chief Executive Officer, Director
Tianruo Pu |  |  | 46 |  | Chief Financial Officer, Director
Xiaoping Li |  |  | 51 |  | Chairman of Board of Directors
Baichuan Du |  |  | 68 |  | Independent Director
Hong Liang Lu |  |  | 60 |  | Independent Director
Linzhen Xie |  |  | 74 |  | Independent Director
Sean Shao |  |  | 57 |  | Independent Director
Himanshu Shah |  |  | 48 |  | Director

Biographical Information

William Wong has served as our Chief Executive Officer and director since August 2012. Previously, Mr. Wong also served as our director from September 2010 until December 2011. From January 2008 to July 2012, Mr. Wong served as Managing Director of Yellowstone Capital Group Ltd., a strategy consulting and financial advisory firm. In July 2007, Mr. Wong co-founded BORQS International Holding Corp., a technology company providing integrated Android software platform solutions and end-to-end service platform solutions for mobile operators, terminal OEMs, and chip manufacturers worldwide. From February 2002 to May 2007, Mr. Wong served in various senior management roles at Cellon International, an independent mobile phone design house. From 2000 to 2002, Mr. Wong served as VP of Sales for SyChip, a technology company spun off from Bell Labs. From 1992 to 2000, Mr. Wong held various roles at AT&T, Lucent, including Business operations director at Bell Labs Research Silicon Valley, and Marketing &Sales director for the Lucent Technologies China microelectronics group. Mr. Wong earned a bachelor degree in electrical engineering from Northwestern University and master degrees in electrical engineering and business administration from the University of California, Berkeley.

74

Table of Contents

Tianruo Pu has served as our director since November 2011 and our Chief Financial Officer since October 2012. Previously, Mr. Pu was Chief Financial Officer of China Nuokang Bio-Pharmaceutical Inc., a NASDAQ listed company, from September 2008 to June 2012. Prior to Nuokang Biopharma, Mr. Pu was Chief Financial Officer of Global Data Solutions, a Chinese information technology services company, from June 2006 to August 2008. From September 2000 to May 2006, he worked as a management consultant with Accenture, CSC Consulting Group and Mitchell Madison. He also worked as an auditor at Bernstein Brown CPAs from June 1994 to May 1997. Mr. Pu received an MBA from Northwestern University's Kellogg School of Management in 2000, a Master of Science degree in accounting from the University of Illinois in 1995, and a Bachelor of Arts degree in English from China Foreign Affairs University in 1992.

Xiaoping Li has served as our director since September 7, 2010 and our Chairman since August 31, 2012. Mr. Li began working to establish BEIID in October 2008 and since February 2009 when BEIID was formed, Mr. Li has served as its Executive Deputy General Manager and as a member of its board of directors. Mr. Li served as Manager of Beijing Economic—Technological Investment & Development Co., Ltd., an investment company established by the Beijing Municipality, from October 2006 to October 2008. Mr. Li was an Advisor to Ministry of Finance on international finance organization projects from July 2004 to October 2006. Mr. Li was a senior researcher in environmental economics at PRC Academy of Forestry from August 2001 to July 2004. Mr. Li holds a bachelor's degree in forestry, a master's degree in forest economics and a doctorate degree in economy and management from Beijing Forestry University.

Baichuan Du has served as our director since September 7, 2010. Mr. Du served as the Deputy Chief Engineer of SARFT from 2001 to 2006. From 1995 to 1998, Mr. Du served as the Chair of China HDTV Experts Group and from 1998 to 2009, the Vice Chairman of China Radio and TV Standardization Working Group. He has also served as the Vice Chairman of SARFT Science and Technology Committee since 1998. From 1999 to 2001, Mr. Du served as the President of SARFT Academy of Broadcasting Science. From 2007 to 2009, Mr. Du served as a director of Tvia, Inc., a fabless semiconductor company listed on NASDAQ. From 2012, Mr.Du served a director of Hubei Radio and Television Network Co.,Ltd. Mr. Du currently serves as an independent director on the boards of directors of several private companies. Mr. Du holds a master's degree in fiber optic communications from Beijing University.

Hong Liang Lu has served as our director since June 1991. Mr. Lu served as Chairman of the Board from March 2003 to December 2006 and from July 2008 to August 2009. From June 1991 until July 2008, Mr. Lu served as our Chief Executive Officer and from June 1991 until July 2007 he also served as our President. In June 1991, Mr. Lu cofounded UTStarcom, Inc. under its prior name, Unitech Telecom, Inc., which subsequently acquired StarCom Network Systems, Inc. in September 1995. From 1986 through December 1990, Mr. Lu served as President and Chief Executive Officer of Kyocera Unison, a majority-owned subsidiary of Kyocera International, Inc. Mr. Lu served as President and Chief Executive Officer of Unison World, Inc., a software development company from 1983 until its merger with Kyocera in 1986. From 1979 to 1983, Mr. Lu served as Vice President and Chief Operating Officer of Unison World, Inc. Mr. Lu holds a B.S. in Civil Engineering from the University of California at Berkeley.

Linzhen Xie has served as our director since December 2010. From July 2009 to October 2011, Mr. Xie served on the board of NASDAQ-listed Funtalk China Holdings Limited, a leading retailer and wholesale distributor of mobile communications devices and accessories in China (it was privatized in October 2011). Since January 2009, Mr. Xie has served as a director of SIM Technology Group Limited, a company listed on the Main Board of Hong Kong Stock Exchange that specializes in mobile phone design and wireless communication. Mr. Xie has served as the executive director and chief scientist of CECT-Chinacomm Communications Co., Ltd., a provider of wireless and telecommunication services, since March 2006. Mr. Xie has also served as the vice president of China Mobile

75

Table of Contents

Communications Association since May 2004 and served as a standing member of the Communication Science and Technology Committee of the Ministry of Industry and Information Technology (MIIT) of China from September 2002 to May 2013 and has served as a member of the Electronics Science and Technology Committee of MIIT, China. since June 2010. From December 2002 to December 2004, Mr. Xie was the chairman of the board of Chinacom Zhihuidao Internet Service Limited, a carrier of Internet cafe chain stores, while he also served as a director of Yunan Jinshikong Mobile Telecommunication Technology Limited, a mobile phone manufacturer. From September 1994 to January 2002, he served as a deputy director general of Information Technology Products Department in the Ministry of Industry and Information Technology. He also worked as a director of China National Laboratory on Local Area Network and Advanced Optical System from September 1995 to July 2002. Mr. Xie graduated from, and is currently a professor of, Peking University.

Sean Shao has served as our director since October 2012. Mr. Sean Shao currently serves as (i) independent director and chairman of the audit committee of: LightInTheBox Holdings Co. Ltd., a global e-commerce company listed on NYSE since June 2013; Xueda Education Group, a Chinese personalized tutoring services company listed on NYSE since March 2010; Yongye International, Inc., a Chinese agricultural company listed on NASDAQ since April 2009 and China Biologic Products, Inc., a biopharmaceutical company listed on NASDAQ since July 2008, and (ii) independent director and chairman of the nominating committee of Agria Corporation, a Chinese agricultural company listed on NYSE since November 2008. He served as the chief financial officer of Trina Solar Limited from 2006 to 2008. In addition, Mr. Shao served from 2004 to 2006 as the chief financial officer of ChinaEdu Corporation, an educational service provider, and of Watchdata Technologies Ltd., a Chinese security software company. Prior to that, Mr. Shao worked at Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu CPA Ltd. for approximately a decade. Mr. Shao received his master's degree in health care administration from the University of California at Los Angeles in 1988 and his bachelor's degree in art from East China Normal University in 1982. Mr. Shao is a member of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants.

Himanshu Shah has served as our director since November 1, 2013. Mr. Shah currently serves as the founder, president and chief investment officer at Shah Capital Opportunity Fund LP. Mr. Shah receives no compensation for his directorship with our Company. Mr. Shah received his master of business administration degree from the University of Akron and his bachelor of commerce degree from Gujarat University in India.

Relationships among Directors or Executive Officers; Right to Nominate Directors

There are no family relationships among any of our directors or executive officers. There are also no arrangements or understandings with any person pursuant to which any of our directors or executive officers were selected, except with respect to the selection of the director nominee designated by BEIID. See Item 6.C "Directors, Senior Management and Employees—Board Practices."

B. Compensation

Compensation of Directors and Executive Officers

In 2013, we paid an aggregate of $1.4 million in cash compensation and granted 318,657 restricted shares under our 2006 Plan to our directors and executive officers.

2006 Equity Incentive Plan

On July 21, 2006, our board of directors implemented our 2006 Equity Incentive Plan, or the 2006 Plan. The 2006 Plan provides for the grant of the following types of incentive awards: (i) stock options, (ii) stock appreciation rights, (iii) restricted stock, (iv) restricted stock units, (v) performance shares and performance units, and (vi) other stock or cash awards. Those who are eligible for Awards under the 2006 Plan include employees, directors and consultants who provide services to the Company and its affiliates. As of December 31, 2013, the number of ordinary shares available for grant under the 2006 Plan was 1,355,278. As of December 31, 2013, 1,733,755 shares underlying options and restricted stock awards and units were outstanding under the 2006 Plan.

76

Table of Contents

The following table summarizes significant ranges of outstanding and exercisable stock options as of December 31, 2013 (in thousands, except years and share prices):

Range of Exercise Price |  | Number Outstanding as of December 31, 2013 |  | Weighted Average Remaining Contractual Term |  | Weighted Average Exercise Price |  | Number Exercisable as of December 31, 2013 |  | Weighted Average Exercise Price |
--- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | ---
$ | 2.97 |  | $ | 2.97 |  |  | 27 |  |  | 5.83 |  | $ | 2.97 |  |  | 7 |  | $ | 2.97 |
$ | 3.21 |  | $ | 3.21 |  |  | 202 |  |  | 5.65 |  | $ | 3.21 |  |  | 57 |  | $ | 3.21 |
$ | 4.14 |  | $ | 4.17 |  |  | 73 |  |  | 4.79 |  | $ | 4.16 |  |  | 44 |  | $ | 4.16 |
$ | 6.51 |  | $ | 8.70 |  |  | 59 |  |  | 2.90 |  | $ | 7.12 |  |  | 53 |  | $ | 7.19 |
$ | 9.72 |  | $ | 9.72 |  |  | 50 |  |  | 1.25 |  | $ | 9.72 |  |  | 50 |  | $ | 9.72 |
$ | 18.75 |  | $ | 18.75 |  |  | 80 |  |  | 2.13 |  | $ | 18.75 |  |  | 80 |  | $ | 18.75 |
$ | 19.83 |  | $ | 63.48 |  |  | 7 |  |  | 1.68 |  | $ | 24.77 |  |  | 7 |  | $ | 24.77 |
$ | 79.02 |  | $ | 79.02 |  |  | 2 |  |  | 0.32 |  | $ | 79.02 |  |  | 2 |  | $ | 79.02 |
$ | 89.70 |  | $ | 89.70 |  |  | 1 |  |  | 0.28 |  | $ | 89.70 |  |  | 1 |  | $ | 89.70 |
$ | 112.38 |  | $ | 112.38 |  |  | 75 |  |  | 0.05 |  | $ | 112.38 |  |  | 75 |  | $ | 112.38 |
| Total |  |  |  |  |  | 576 |  |  | 3.60 |  | $ | 21.26 |  |  | 376 |  | $ | 30.72 |

As of December 31, 2013, we had total unvested restricted stock awards of approximately 1.7 million shares, with a weighted average grant date fair value of $3.08.

C. Board Practices

Our board of directors currently consists of eight directors. We believe that each of the non-executive members of our board of directors is an "independent director" as that term is used in the NASDAQ corporate governance rules.

No shareholder has the contractual right to designate persons to be elected to our board of directors except BEIID. In accordance with the Stockholders Rights Agreement we entered into as of February 1, 2010 with BEIID, Mr. Xiaoping Li has been appointed to our Board as the nominee of BEIID and as a Class II Director to serve on each committee of our board of directors. Notwithstanding the forgoing, our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association provide that directors will be elected upon a resolution passed at a duly convened shareholders meeting by holders of a majority of our outstanding shares being entitled to vote in person or by proxy at such meeting, to hold office until the expiration of their respective terms. There is no minimum shareholding or age limit requirement for qualification to serve as a member of our board of directors.

We have a staggered board that is divided into three classes, designated as Class I, consisting of one director, Class II, consisting of three directors, and Class III, consisting of two directors, with no more than one class eligible for reelection at any annual shareholder meeting, or AGM. The terms of our Class I directors will expire on the date of our next AGM. The terms of our Class II directors will expire on the date of our 2014 AGM, or if no such meeting is held, our next AGM. The terms of our Class III directors will expire on the date of our 2015 AGM, or if no such meeting is held, our next AGM after 2015. Starting with the Class II directors who were elected at our 2011 shareholder meeting, each class of directors will be elected to serve terms of three years. The division of our board of directors into three classes with staggered three year terms may delay or prevent a change of our management or a change in control. For information regarding when each of our current directors became a member of our board of directors, please see Item 6.A "Directors, Senior Management and Employees—Directors and Senior Management."

77

Table of Contents

Board Committees and Related Functions

The principal standing committees of the board of directors are the Audit Committee, the Compensation Committee and the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee. We have adopted a charter for each of these committees. Each committee's members and functions are described below.

Audit Committee

Our Audit Committee consists of Xiaoping Li, Linzhen Xie and Sean Shao, each of whom meets the independence standards of NASDAQ and the SEC. Sean Shao is the Chairman of our Audit Committee. Members of our Audit Committee meet the criteria for "independence" set forth in rule 10A-3(b)(1) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the listing standards of the NASDAQ Stock Market; have not participated in the preparation of the consolidated financial statements of UTStarcom or any of its current subsidiaries at any time during the past three years; and are able to read and understand fundamental financial statements, including a company's balance sheets, income statements, statement of shareholder's equity and statements of cash flow. Mr. Shao has been determined by the board of directors to qualify as an "audit committee financial expert" under applicable SEC and NASDAQ rules. The Audit Committee oversees our accounting and financial reporting processes and the audits of the financial statements of our Company. The Audit Committee, among other duties and responsibilities:

•
  reviews and approves the annual appointment of our independent registered public accounting firm;
•
  discusses and reviews in advance the scope and fees of the annual audit;
•
  reviews the results of the audit with the independent registered public accounting firm and discusses the foregoing with our management;
•
  reviews and approves non-audit services of the independent registered public accounting firm;
•
  reviews compliance with our existing major accounting and financial reporting policies;
•
  review the quality, adequacy and effectiveness of the internal controls and any significant deficiencies or material weaknesses in internal controls;
•
  reviews and approves all related party transactions that would require disclosure pursuant to the rules of the SEC and the policies and procedures related to such transactions; and
•
  provides oversight and monitoring of our management and their activities with respect to our financial reporting process.

Compensation Committee

Our Compensation Committee consists of Xiaoping Li, Baichuan Du and Sean Shao. Baichuan Du is the Chairman of our Compensation Committee. The Compensation Committee, among other duties and responsibilities:

•
  approves and oversees the total compensation package for our executives, including their base salaries, incentives, deferred compensation, equity-based compensation, benefits and perquisites;
•
  reviews and approves corporate goals and objectives relevant to the compensation of our Chief Executive Officer, or the CEO, evaluate CEO performance, and determine CEO compensation based on this evaluation, (iii) review the CEO's performance evaluation of all executive officers and approve pay decisions, (iv) review periodically and make recommendations to the board of directors regarding any equity or long-term compensation plans; and
•
  administer these plans.

78

Table of Contents

Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee

Our Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee consists of Xiaoping Li, Linzhen Xie and Sean Shao, each of whom meets the independence standards of NASDAQ and the SEC. Xiaoping Li is the Chairman of our Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee. The Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee's responsibilities include the selection of director nominees for the Board and the development and annual review of our governance principles. The Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee, among other duties and responsibilities:

•
  assists the Board by actively identifying individuals qualified to become Board members;
•
  recommends director nominees to the board of directors for election at the next annual meeting of shareholders;
•
  recommends chairs and members of each committee to the board of directors;
•
  monitors significant developments in the law and practice of corporate governance and of the duties and responsibilities of directors of public companies;
•
  leads the board of directors in its annual performance self-evaluation, including establishing criteria to be used in connection with such evaluation;
•
  reviews Board compensation and recommends to the board of directors any changes in Board compensation;
•
  oversees compliance with our Code of Business Conduct and Ethics; and
•
  develops and recommends to the Board and administers our corporate governance guidelines.

Duties of Directors

In summary, our directors and officers owe the following fiduciary duties under Cayman Islands law:

•
  duty to act in good faith in what the directors believe to be in the best interests of the company as a whole;
•
  duty to exercise powers for the purposes for which those powers were conferred and not for a collateral purpose;
•
  directors should not properly fetter the exercise of future discretion;
•
  duty to exercise powers fairly as between different sections of shareholders;
•
  duty not to put themselves in a position in which there is a conflict between their duty to the company and their personal interests; and
•
  duty to exercise independent judgment.

In addition to the above, directors also owe a duty of care which is not fiduciary in nature. This duty has been defined as a requirement to act as "a reasonably diligent person" having both:

•
  the general knowledge, skill and experience that may reasonably be expected of a person carrying out the same functions as are carried out by that director in relation to the company; and
•
  the general knowledge skill and experience which that director has.

79

Table of Contents

As set out above, directors have a duty not to put themselves in a position of conflict and this includes a duty not to engage in self-dealing, or to otherwise benefit as a result of their position. However, in some instances what would otherwise be a breach of this duty can be forgiven and/or authorized in advance by the shareholders provided that there is full disclosure by the directors. This can be done by way of permission granted in the memorandum and articles of association or alternatively by shareholder approval at general meetings.

Shareholder Suits

Our Cayman Islands counsel is not aware of any reported class action having been brought in a Cayman Islands court. Derivative actions have been brought in the Cayman Islands courts, and the Cayman Islands courts have confirmed the availability for such actions. In most cases, we will be the proper plaintiff in any claim based on a breach of duty owed to us, and a claim against (for example) our officers or directors usually may not be brought by a shareholder. However, based on English authorities, which would in all likelihood be of persuasive authority and be applied by a court in the Cayman Islands, exceptions to the foregoing principle apply in circumstances in which:

•
  a company is acting, or proposing to act, illegally or beyond the scope of its authority;
•
  the act complained of, although not beyond the scope of the authority, could be effected if duly authorized by more than the number of votes which have actually been obtained; or
•
  those who control the company are perpetrating a "fraud on the minority."

Our shareholder may have a direct right of action against us where the individual rights of that shareholder have been infringed or are about to be infringed.

Indemnification Agreements

We have entered into indemnification agreements with each of our directors and executive officers that generally require that we indemnify and hold an indemnitee harmless to the fullest extent permitted by law for liabilities arising out of the indemnitee's current or past association with us, any of our subsidiaries or another entity where he or she is or was serving at our request as a director or officer or in a similar capacity that involves services with respect to any employee benefit plan.

D. Employees

As of December 31, 2013, we had approximately 607 full-time employees worldwide. From time to time, we also employ part-time employees and hire contractors. Our employees are not represented by any collective bargaining agreement and we have never experienced a work stoppage. We believe that we have good employee relations. We have adopted a series of restructuring initiatives targeted at returning us to profitability, as a result of which, we reduced our headcount by 738 from 1,560 in 2011 to approximately 822 in 2012 and approximately 607 in 2013.

The following table sets forth information regarding our staff as of December 31, 2013:

Manufacturing and supply chain |  |  | 159 |
Research and development |  |  | 219 |
Marketing, sales and support |  |  | 125 |
Administration and other support |  |  | 104 |
​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​
Total |  |  | 607 |
​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​
​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​

80

Table of Contents

E. Share Ownership

The following table sets forth certain information with respect to beneficial ownership of our ordinary shares as of March 31, 2014 by:

•
  Each current director;
•
  Each current executive officer;
•
  All of our current directors and executive officers as a group; and
•
  Each person who is known to us to beneficially own more than 5% of our ordinary shares.

The percentage of shares beneficially owned and votes held by each listed person is based upon 37,944,826 ordinary shares outstanding as of March 31, 2014 together with options that are exercisable within 60 days from March 31, 2014 and shares issuable upon vesting of restricted shares within 60 days from March 31, 2014 for each shareholder. Beneficial ownership is determined in accordance with the rules of the SEC.

Name and Address of Beneficial Owner(1) |  | Shares Beneficially Owned(2) |  | Percent of Total Outstanding(2) |
--- | --- | --- | --- | --- | ---
Directors and Executive Officers |  |  |  |  |  |  |
William Wong |  |  | * |  |  | * |
Tianruo Pu |  |  | * |  |  | * |
Xiaoping Li |  |  | — |  |  | — |
Baichuan Du |  |  | * |  |  | * |
Hong Liang Lu(3) |  |  | 1,153,937 |  |  | 3.0% |
Linzhen Xie |  |  | * |  |  | * |
Sean Shao |  |  | * |  |  | * |
Himanshu Shah |  |  | 9,887,221 |  |  | 26.1% |
All current directors and executive officers as a group |  |  | 11,185,579 |  |  | 29.5% |
Principal Shareholders |  |  |  |  |  |  |
Entities affiliated with Himanshu Shah and Shah Capital Management(4) |  |  | 9,887,221 |  |  | 26.1% |
E-Town International Holding (Hong Kong) Co. Limited(5) |  |  | 3,787,878 |  |  | 10.0% |
Prescott Group Capital Management, L.L.C.(6) |  |  | 2,307,700 |  |  | 6.1% |

*
  Less than 1%
(1)
  Unless otherwise indicated, the address for all beneficial owners is c/o Building No. 3, Letel Hi-Tech Park #500, Binjiang District, Hangzhou, P.R. China.
(2)
  The percentage of beneficial ownership was calculated based on the total number of our ordinary shares outstanding as of March 31, 2014. Beneficial ownership is determined in accordance with the rules of the SEC and generally includes voting power or investment power with respect to securities. Shares subject to options which are exercisable within 60 days of March 31, 2014 and shares underlying restricted share units that will vest within 60 days of March 31, 2014 are deemed to be outstanding and to be beneficially owned by the person holding such options or restricted share units for the purpose of computing the percentage ownership of such person, but are not deemed to be outstanding and to be beneficially owned for the purpose of computing the percentage ownership of any other person. The number of shares beneficially owned has been adjusted to reflect our one-for-three reverse splits effected on March 21, 2014.

81

Table of Contents

(3)
  Includes (i) 754,582 Ordinary Shares, (ii) 181,704 Ordinary Shares over which Mr. Lu and his spouse, Lucy Lu, share voting and dispositive power, (iii) 26,925 Ordinary Shares registered in the name of Lu Charitable Remainder Trust, of which Mr. Lu is the trustee, (iv) 16,408 Ordinary Shares registered in the name of the Lu Family Trust, of which Mr. Lu is a trustee and of which Mr. Lu and his spouse are beneficiaries, (v) 76,333 Ordinary Shares registered in the name of The Lu Family Limited Partnership, of which Mr. Lu is a general partner, and (vi) 97,985 Ordinary Shares issuable upon exercise of options held by Mr. Lu that are exercisable currently or within 60 days of March 31, 2014.
(4)
  Includes 9,575,749 ordinary shares managed by Shah Capital Management and deemed to be owned beneficially by Shah Capital Management solely as a result of its discretionary power over such shares as investment adviser for separately managed accounts and as investment manager of Shah Capital Opportunity Fund LP, and 311,472 ordinary shares over which Himanshu H. Shah holds sole voting and dispositive power. The address of the principal business office of Shah Capital Management and Shah Capital Opportunity Fund L.P. is 8601 Six Forks Road, Suite 630, Raleigh, NC 27615.
(5)
  Information based on Schedule 13D, Amendment No. 1, jointly filed with the SEC on October 1, 2010 by E-Town International Holding (Hong Kong) Co., Limited, or E-Town, and Beijing E-Town International Investment and Development Co., Ltd., or BEIID. As the parent company of E-Town, BEIID has the power to direct the vote of the 11,363,636 shares and the disposition of the shares of 11,363,636 held by E-Town. The address of the principal business office of BEIID and E-Town is 6F Bldg 61 No.2 Jing Yuan North Street, BDA, Daxing District, Beijing, PRC.
(6)
  Information based on the Schedule 13G jointly filed with the SEC on February 14, 2014 by Prescott Group Capital Management, L.L.C., an Oklahoma limited liability company ("Prescott Capital"), Prescott Group Aggressive Small Cap, L.P., an Oklahoma limited partnership ("Prescott Small Cap"), Prescott Group Aggressive Small Cap II, L.P., an Oklahoma limited partnership ("Prescott Small Cap II" and, together with Prescott Small Cap, the "Small Cap Funds"), and Mr. Phil Frohlich, the principal of Prescott Capital. Our ordinary shares were purchased by the Small Cap Funds through the account of Prescott Group Aggressive Small Cap Master Fund, G.P., an Oklahoma general partnership ("Prescott Master Fund"), of which the Small Cap Funds are general partners. Prescott Capital serves as the general partner of the Small Cap Funds and may direct the Small Cap Funds, the general partners of Prescott Master Fund, to direct the vote and disposition of the 2,307,700 Ordinary Shares held by the Master Fund. As the principal of Prescott Capital, Mr. Frohlich may direct the vote and disposition of the 2,307,700 Ordinary Shares held by Prescott Master Fund.

None of the shareholders known by us to beneficially own 5% or more of our outstanding shares as of March 31, 2014, have voting rights that are different from the voting rights of our other shareholders.

To our knowledge, except as disclosed above, we are not owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by another corporation, by any foreign government or by any other natural or legal person or persons, severally or jointly.

To our knowledge, there are no arrangements the operation of which may at a subsequent date result in us undergoing a change in control.

As of March 31, 2014, our directors and executive officers held options to purchase an aggregate of 414,921 ordinary shares under our existing equity incentive plans. The per share exercise prices of these options held by our directors and executive officers range from $2.97 to $18.75, and the expiration dates of such options range from February 27, 2016 to October 31, 2019. In addition, as of

82

Table of Contents

March 31, 2014, our directors and executive officers held 543,589 restricted shares and 791,664 restricted share units issuable upon vesting.

ITEM 7—MAJOR SHAREHOLDERS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

A. Major Shareholders

Please refer to Item 6.E "Directors, Senior Management and Employees—Share Ownership."

B. Related Party Transactions

We recognize revenue with respect to sales of telecommunications equipment to affiliates of Softbank, a former shareholder of our Company. Softbank offers broad band-access service throughout Japan, which is marketed under the name "YAHOO! BB." We support Softbank's ADSL service through sales of our MSAN product. In addition, we also support the building of Softbank's optical transmission network through the sales of our PTN product.

Our sales to Softbank have increased significantly year over year since 2009, which contributed greatly to the increase of total net sales and the gross profit as a percentage of net sales. During 2013, 2012 and 2011, we recognized revenue of $90.3 million, $92.0 million and $94.2 million, respectively, for sales of telecommunications equipment and services to affiliates of Softbank. We included in accounts receivable as of December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 of $19.0 million, $12.1 million and $8.5 million, respectively, related to these transactions. Amounts due to Softbank included in accounts payable were nil, nil and $1.9 million as of December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

Sales to Softbank include a three-year service period and a penalty clause if product failure rates exceed a certain level over a seven year period. As of December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, the customer advance balance related to Softbank agreements was $3.1 million, $4.7 million and $2.6 million, respectively. The current deferred revenue balance related to Softbank was $2.0 million, $6.5 million and $15.8 million as of December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively. As of December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, the noncurrent deferred revenue balance related to Softbank was $3.8 million, $4.6 million and $7.2 million, respectively.

As discussed in Note 6 to our Consolidated Financial Statements included under Item 18 of this Annual Report on Form 20-F, we have a $1.9 million investment in SBI. Affiliates of Softbank have a controlling interest in SBI.

On January 14, 2014, Softbank sold its entire stake in our Company, consisting of 4,883,875 ordinary shares. We repurchased 3,883,875 ordinary shares, and Shah Capital Opportunity Fund LP, one of our shareholders, purchased 1,000,000 ordinary shares, for a price of $2.54 per ordinary share.

On March 11, 2014, we issued and sold 2,000,000 of our ordinary shares to Shah Capital Opportunity Fund LP, one of our shareholders, for a price of $2.67 per ordinary share.

C. Interests of Experts and Counsel

Not applicable.

ITEM 8—FINANCIAL INFORMATION

A. Consolidated Statements and Other Financial Information

See Item 18 "Financial Statements" for our audited consolidated financial statements filed as part of this Annual Report on Form 20-F.

83

Table of Contents

Legal Proceedings

Governmental Investigations

In December 2005, the U.S. Embassy in Mongolia informed us that it had forwarded to the Department of Justice, or the DOJ, allegations that an agent of our Mongolia joint venture had offered payments to a Mongolian government official in possible violation of the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act, or the FCPA. We, through our Audit Committee, authorized an independent investigation into possible violations of the FCPA, and we have been in contact with the DOJ and U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the SEC regarding the investigation. The investigation identified possible FCPA violations in Mongolia, Southeast Asia, India, and China, as well as possible violations of U.S. immigration laws. The DOJ requested that we voluntarily produce documents related to the investigation, the SEC subpoenaed us for documents, and we received a Grand Jury Subpoena requiring the production of documents related to one aspect of the DOJ investigation, that is, travel we had sponsored. We have resolved the investigations with the DOJ and the SEC. On December 31, 2009, as part of the resolution of these investigations, we executed a consent pursuant to which, without admitting or denying the SEC's allegations, we agreed to a judgment in favor of the SEC of $1.5 million, and agreed to certain reporting obligations for up to four years. The SEC approved that resolution. On April 14, 2010, the United States District Court for the Northern District of California entered a judgment incorporating the terms of that consent. On December 31, 2009, we entered into a non-prosecution agreement with the DOJ, pursuant to which we have paid an additional $1.5 million and agreed to undertake a three-year reporting obligation and to review and, where appropriate, strengthen our compliance, bookkeeping and internal controls standards and procedures. Under the non-prosecution agreement, subject to compliance with its terms, the DOJ has agreed not to criminally prosecute us for crimes (other than criminal tax violations) relating to certain travel arrangements we provided to customers in China. We submitted our first reports to the DOJ and SEC on May 1, 2010, our second reports to the DOJ and SEC on April 29, 2011 and our third reports to the DOJ and SEC on April 26, 2012. Our last reports submitted to the DOJ and SEC were on May 1, 2013 and April 30, 2013, respectively.

Other Litigation

We are a party to other litigation matters and claims that are normal in the course of operations, and while the results of such litigation matters and claims cannot be predicted with certainty, we believe that the final outcome of such matters will not have a material adverse impact on our financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

Dividend Policy

To date, we have not paid any cash dividends on our ordinary shares. We currently anticipate that we will retain any available funds to finance the growth and operation of our business and we do not anticipate paying any cash dividends in the foreseeable future. Certain present or future agreements may limit or prevent the payment of dividends on our ordinary shares. Additionally, our cash held in countries outside the United States may be subject to certain control limitations or repatriation requirements, limiting our ability to use this cash to pay dividends. Please refer to the discussion in Item 5.B "Operating and Financial Review and Prospects—Liquidity and Capital Resources."

B. Significant Changes

We have not experienced any significant changes since the date of our audited consolidated financial statements included in this Annual Report on Form 20-F.

84

Table of Contents

ITEM 9—THE OFFER AND LISTING

A. Offer and Listing Details

The following table sets forth the highest and lowest sale prices per share of our ordinary shares following the Merger and of UTStarcom, Inc.'s common stock prior to the Merger, as reported on NASDAQ for the periods indicated. The sale prices per share set forth below have been adjusted to reflected our one-for-three reverse share split effected on March 21, 2013.

|  | High |  | Low |
--- | --- | --- | --- | --- | ---
Annual highs and lows |  |  |  |  |  |  |
2009 |  | $ | 7.62 |  | $ | 1.89 |
2010 |  | $ | 9.78 |  | $ | 4.95 |
2011 |  | $ | 8.76 |  | $ | 2.64 |
2012 |  | $ | 4.98 |  | $ | 2.10 |
2013 |  | $ | 3.51 |  | $ | 2.05 |
Quarterly highs and lows |  |  |  |  |  |  |
Second Quarter 2012 |  | $ | 4.50 |  | $ | 3.21 |
Third Quarter 2012 |  | $ | 3.69 |  | $ | 2.94 |
Fourth Quarter 2012 |  | $ | 3.24 |  | $ | 2.10 |
First Quarter 2013 |  | $ | 3.51 |  | $ | 2.13 |
Second Quarter 2013 |  | $ | 2.98 |  | $ | 2.58 |
Third Quarter 2013 |  | $ | 2.80 |  | $ | 2.52 |
Fourth Quarter 2013 |  | $ | 3.04 |  | $ | 2.26 |
First Quarter 2014 |  | $ | 2.80 |  | $ | 2.47 |
Monthly highs and lows |  |  |  |  |  |  |
October 2013 |  | $ | 3.04 |  | $ | 2.72 |
November 2013 |  | $ | 2.84 |  | $ | 2.26 |
December 2013 |  | $ | 2.83 |  | $ | 2.50 |
January 2014 |  | $ | 2.80 |  | $ | 2.47 |
February 2014 |  | $ | 2.74 |  | $ | 2.51 |
March 2014 |  | $ | 2.78 |  | $ | 2.50 |
April 2014 (through April 14) |  | $ | 2.85 |  | $ | 2.68 |

B. Plan of Distribution

Not applicable.

C. Markets

Our ordinary shares are traded on NASDAQ under the ticker symbol "UTSI," under which UTStarcom, Inc.'s common stock had previously traded since its initial public offering on March 2, 2000.

D. Selling Shareholders

Not applicable.

E. Dilution

Not applicable.

F. Expenses of the Issue

Not applicable.

85

Table of Contents

ITEM 10—ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

A. Share Capital

Not applicable.

B. Memorandum and Articles of Association

Our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association, as amended, are filed herein with this Annual Report on 20-F as Exhibit 1.1.

C. Material Contracts

We have not entered into any material contracts other than in the ordinary course of business and other than those described in Item 4. "Information on the Company" or elsewhere in this Annual Report on 20-F.

D. Exchange Controls

China's government imposes control over the convertibility of RMB into foreign currencies. The conversion of RMB into foreign currencies, including U.S. dollars, has been based on rates announced by the People's Bank of China. On July 21, 2005, the PRC government changed its decade-old policy of pegging the value of the RMB to the U.S. dollar. Under the new policy, the RMB is permitted to fluctuate within a narrow and managed band against a basket of certain foreign currencies. This change in policy has resulted in a significant appreciation of the RMB against the U.S. dollar. While the international reaction to the RMB revaluation has generally been positive, there remains significant international pressure on the PRC government to adopt an even more flexible currency policy, which could result in a further and more significant appreciation of the RMB against the U.S. dollar.

Pursuant to the Foreign Exchange Administration Rules issued by the State Council on January 29, 1996, and effective as of April 1, 1996 (and amended on January 14, 1997 and further amended on August 1, 2008) and the Administration of Settlement, Sale and Payment of Foreign Exchange Regulations which came into effect on July 1, 1996 regarding foreign exchange control, or the Regulations, conversion of RMB into foreign exchange by foreign investment enterprises for current account items, including the distribution of dividends and profits to foreign investors of joint ventures, is permissible. Foreign investment enterprises are permitted to remit foreign exchange from their foreign exchange bank account in China on the basis of, inter alia, the terms of the relevant joint venture contracts and the board resolutions declaring the distribution of the dividend and payment of profits. On January 14, 1997, the State Council amended the Foreign Exchange Control Regulations and added, among other things, an important provision, as Article 5 provides that the State shall not impose restrictions on recurring international current account payments and transfers. Conversion of RMB into foreign currencies and remittance of foreign currencies for capital account items, including direct investment, loans, security investment, is still subject to the approval of the SAFE, in each such transaction.

Under the Regulations, foreign investment enterprises are required to open and maintain separate foreign exchange accounts for capital account items (but not for other items). In addition, foreign investment enterprises may only buy, sell and/or remit foreign currencies at those banks authorized to conduct foreign exchange business upon the production of valid commercial documents and, in the case of capital account item transactions, document approval from the SAFE.

Currently, foreign investment enterprises are required to apply to the SAFE for "foreign exchange registration certificates for foreign investment enterprises" (which are currently in the form of IC cards and are granted to foreign investment enterprises, upon fulfilling specified conditions and which are subject to review and renewal by the SAFE on an annual basis). With such foreign exchange

86

Table of Contents

registration certificates and required underlying transaction documents, or with approval documents from the SAFE if the transactions are under capital account (which are obtained on a transaction-by-transaction basis), foreign-invested enterprises may enter into foreign exchange transactions at banks authorized to conduct foreign exchange business to obtain foreign exchange for their needs.

E. Taxation

The following summary of the material Cayman Islands, People's Republic of China and United States federal income tax consequences of an investment in our ordinary shares is based upon laws and relevant interpretations thereof in effect as of the date of this Annual Report on Form 20-F, all of which are subject to change. This summary does not deal with all possible tax consequences relating to an investment in our ordinary shares, such as the tax consequences under state, local and other tax laws.

Cayman Islands Taxation

The Cayman Islands Government (or any other taxing authority in the Cayman Islands) currently does not levy taxes on individuals or corporations based upon profits, income, gains or appreciation, and there is no taxation in the Cayman Islands in the nature of inheritance tax or estate duty. There are no other taxes that are likely to have a material impact on us that may be levied by the Government of the Cayman Islands except for stamp duty which may be applicable on instruments executed in, or brought within the jurisdiction of the Cayman Islands. No stamp duties or other similar taxes or charges are payable under the laws of the Cayman Islands in respect of the execution or delivery of any of the documents relating the proposed merger or the performance or enforcement of any of them, unless they are executed in or thereafter brought within the jurisdiction of the Cayman Islands for enforcement purposes or otherwise. There are no exchange control regulations or currency restrictions in the Cayman Islands.

People's Republic of China Taxation

The New EIT Law, and the implementation regulations for the New EIT Law issued by the PRC State Council, became effective as of January 1, 2008. The New EIT Law provides that enterprises established outside of China whose "de facto management bodies" are located in China are considered "resident enterprises" and are generally subject to the uniform 25% corporate income tax rate as to their worldwide income. Under the implementation regulations for the New EIT Law issued by the PRC State Council, a "de facto management body" is defined as a body that has material and overall management and control over the manufacturing and business operations, personnel and human resources, finances and treasury, and acquisition and disposition of properties and other assets of an enterprise. In April 2009, the SAT released Circular 82. Under Circular 82, a foreign enterprise "controlled by a PRC enterprise or a PRC enterprise group" will be considered as a resident enterprise if all of the following conditions are satisfied: (i) the senior management personnel responsible for its daily operations and the place where the senior management departments discharge their responsibilities are located primarily in the PRC; (ii) its finance and human resources related decisions are made by or are subject to the approval of institutions or personnel located in the PRC; (iii) its major assets, books and records, company seals and minutes of its board of directors and shareholder meetings are located or kept in the PRC; and (iv) senior management personnel or 50% or more of the members of its board of directors with voting power of the enterprise reside in the PRC. On September 1, 2011, the SAT issued Circular 45, to further prescribe the rules concerning the recognition, administration and taxation of a foreign enterprise "controlled by a PRC enterprise or PRC enterprise group." Currently we are not recognized as a PRC resident enterprise, but there is a risk that we may be recognized by the PRC tax authorities as a PRC resident enterprise. Pursuant to

87

Table of Contents

Circular 45, if we are recognized as a PRC resident enterprise, our worldwide income may be subject to enterprise income tax in China at a rate of 25%, and we would be required to file provisional enterprise income tax returns quarterly and complete an annual settlement before May 31 of each year for the preceding year at the in-charge tax bureau. Further, we would be obliged to withhold the enterprise income tax when we distribute dividends to non-resident enterprise holders of our ordinary shares. Under the New EIT Law and implementation regulations issued by the State Council, PRC income tax at the rate of 10% is applicable to dividends payable to investors that are "non-resident enterprises," which do not have an establishment or place of business in the PRC, or which have such establishment or place of business but the relevant income is not effectively connected with the establishment or place of business, to the extent such dividends have their sources within the PRC. It is not clear, however, whether we are obliged to withhold the dividends distributed to our non-resident individual shareholders.

Circular 45 further clarifies that the capital gains derived by the non-resident enterprises from the alienation of shares of the foreign-incorporated resident enterprise are considered as China-sourced income. Under the New EIT Law and implementation regulations issued by the PRC State Council, non-resident enterprise holders of our ordinary shares may be subject to enterprise income tax in China at a rate of 10% on the capital gains derived from the transfer of our ordinary shares. It is not clear, however, whether the capital gains derived by the non-resident individuals from transfer of our ordinary shares will be considered as China-sourced. In practice, we understand that the PRC tax authorities have not collected the individual income tax from the non-resident individuals.

For a discussion of the PRC tax consequences of an investment in our ordinary shares, see Item 3.D "Risk Factors—Risks Relating to Conducting Business in China—Under the EIT Law, we may be classified as a "resident enterprise" of the PRC, which could result in unfavorable tax consequences to us and to non-PRC shareholders."

U.S. Federal Income Taxation

The following discussion describes material U.S. federal income tax consequences to U.S. Holders and Non-U.S. Holders (each as defined below) of an investment in our ordinary shares. This discussion applies only to investors that hold the ordinary shares as capital assets and, in the case of U.S. Holders, that have the U.S. dollar as their functional currency. This discussion is based on the tax laws of the United States, including the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the Code, U.S. Treasury regulations in effect, or, in some cases, proposed, as of the date of this Annual Report, as well as judicial and administrative interpretations thereof available on or before such date. All of the foregoing authorities are subject to change, which change could apply retroactively and could affect the tax consequences described below.

The following discussion does not deal with the tax consequences to any particular investor or to persons in special tax situations, including, without limitation:

•
  banks and certain other financial institutions;
•
  dealers in securities or currencies;
•
  insurance companies, regulated investment companies and real estate investment trusts;
•
  brokers and/or dealers;
•
  traders that elect the mark-to-market method of accounting;
•
  tax-exempt entities;
•
  expatriates or entities subject to the U.S. anti-inversion rules;
•
  persons liable for alternative minimum tax;

88

Table of Contents

•
  persons holding ordinary shares as part of a straddle, hedging, constructive sale, conversion transaction or integrated transaction;
•
  persons holding ordinary shares through a bank, financial institution or other entity, or a branch thereof, located, organized or resident outside the United States;
•
  persons who acquired ordinary shares through the exercise of an employee stock option or otherwise as compensation;
•
  persons that actually or constructively own 10% or more of our voting stock; or
•
  persons holding ordinary shares through partnerships or other pass-through entities.

(YOU SHOULD CONSULT YOUR OWN TAX ADVISORS ABOUT THE APPLICATION OF THE U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX RULES TO THEIR PARTICULAR CIRCUMSTANCES AS WELL AS ANY TAX CONSEQUENCES TO THEM OF THE PURCHASE, OWNERSHIP AND DISPOSITION OF ORDINARY SHARES ARISING UNDER THE FEDERAL ESTATE OR GIFT TAX LAWS OR THE LAWS OF ANY STATE, LOCAL OR NON-U.S. JURISDICTION AND UNDER ANY APPLICABLE TAX TREATY.)

If a partnership (including any entity treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes) holds ordinary shares, the tax treatment of a partner in such partnership will depend on the status of the partner and the activities of the partner and the partnership. If you are a partnership holding ordinary shares, or a partner in such a partnership, you should consult your own tax advisors.

[Treatment of the UTStarcom as a U.S. Corporation for U.S. Federal Income Tax Purposes

Although UTStarcom is organized as a Cayman Islands corporation, we have been treating UTStarcom as a U.S. corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes pursuant to Section 7874 of the Code as a result of the Merger. As such, UTStarcom generally is treated as subject to U.S. federal income tax as if it were organized under the laws of the United States or a state thereof. Because we generally treat UTStarcom as a U.S. corporation for all purposes under the Code, we do not intend to treat UTStarcom as a "passive foreign investment company," as such rules apply only to non-U.S. corporations for U.S. federal income tax purposes.]

The remainder of this discussion assumes that UTStarcom is treated as a U.S. corporation for all U.S. federal income tax purposes.

Tax Consequences of the Ownership and Disposition of Ordinary Shares to U.S. Holders

The discussion below of the U.S. federal income tax consequences to "U.S. Holders" will apply to you if you are the beneficial owner of ordinary shares and you are, for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

•
  a citizen or resident of the United States;
•
  a corporation (or other entity taxable as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes) organized under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia or otherwise treated as such under applicable U.S. tax law;
•
  an estate whose income is subject to U.S. federal income taxation regardless of its source; or
•
  a trust that (1) is subject to the supervision of a court within the United States and the control of one or more U.S. persons or (2) has a valid election in effect under applicable U.S. Treasury regulations to be treated as a U.S. person.

89

Table of Contents

Distributions

UTStarcom does not currently anticipate paying distributions on its ordinary shares. In the event that distributions are paid, however, the gross amount of such distributions will be included in the gross income of a U.S. Holder as dividend income on the date of receipt to the extent that the distribution is paid out of current or accumulated earnings and profits, as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles. Such dividends will be eligible for the dividends-received deduction allowed to corporations in respect of dividends received from other U.S. corporations. Dividends received by non-corporate U.S. holders, including individuals, may be subject to reduced rates of taxation under current law. A U.S. holder may be eligible to claim a foreign tax credit with respect to any PRC withholding tax imposed on dividends paid by us. However, the foreign tax credit rules are complex, and their application in connection with Section 7874 of the Code in the presence of the Agreement Between the Government of the United States of America and the Government of the People's Republic of China for the Avoidance of Double Taxation and the Prevention of Tax Evasion with Respect to Taxes on Income, or the U.S.-PRC Tax Treaty, are not entirely clear at this time. U.S. Holders should consult their own tax advisors with respect to any benefits they may be entitled to under the foreign tax credit rules and the U.S.-PRC Tax Treaty.

To the extent that dividends paid on our ordinary shares exceed current and accumulated earnings and profits, the distributions will be treated first as a tax-free return of tax basis on the our ordinary shares, and to the extent that the amount of the distribution exceeds tax basis, the excess will be treated as capital gain.

Sale or Other Disposition

U.S. Holders of our ordinary shares will recognize taxable gain or loss on any sale, exchange, or other taxable disposition of ordinary shares equal to the difference between the amount realized for the ordinary shares and the U.S. Holder's tax basis in those ordinary shares. This gain or loss generally will be capital gain or loss. Non-corporate U.S. Holders, including individuals, may be eligible for reduced tax rates if the ordinary shares have been held for more than one year. The deductibility of capital losses is subject to limitations. A U.S. Holder may be eligible to claim a foreign tax credit with respect to any PRC withholding tax imposed on gain from the sale or other disposition of our ordinary shares. However, the foreign tax credit rules are complex, and their application in connection with Section 7874 of the Code in the presence of the U.S.-PRC Tax Treaty are not entirely clear at this time. U.S. Holders should consult their own tax advisors with respect to any benefits they may be entitled to under the foreign tax credit rules and the U.S.-PRC Tax Treaty.

Medicare Surtax

Certain U.S. Holders who are individuals, trusts or estates are required to pay a 3.8% tax on, among other things, dividends on and capital gains from the sale or other disposition of shares of stock. U.S. holders should consult their own advisors regarding the effect, if any, of this legislation on their ownership and disposition of our ordinary shares.

Tax Consequences of the Ownership and Disposition of Ordinary Shares to Non-U.S. Holders

The discussion below of the U.S. federal income tax consequences to "Non-U.S. Holders" will apply to you if you are the beneficial owner of ordinary shares and you are, for U.S. federal income tax purposes:

•
  a non-resident alien individual;
•
  a foreign corporation; or
•
  a foreign trust.

90

Table of Contents

Special rules, not discussed here, may apply to certain Non-U.S. Holders, such as:

•
  certain former citizens or residents of the United States;
•
  controlled foreign corporations;
•
  passive foreign investment companies;
•
  corporations that accumulate earnings to avoid U.S. federal income tax;
•
  investors in pass-through entities that are subject to special treatment under the Code.

Further, this discussion assumes that no item of income or gain recognized by any Non-U.S. Holder with respect to the ordinary shares is effectively connected with the conduct of a trade or business within the United States.

Distributions. UTStarcom does not currently anticipate paying distributions on its ordinary shares. In the event that distributions are paid, however, such distributions will constitute dividends for U.S. tax purposes to the extent paid out of current or accumulated earnings and profits, as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles. To the extent that dividends paid on UTStarcom ordinary shares exceed current and accumulated earnings and profits, the distributions will be treated first as a tax-free return of tax basis on the ordinary shares, and to the extent that the amount of the distribution exceeds tax basis, the excess will be treated as capital gain. Any dividends paid to a Non-U.S. Holder by UTStarcom are treated as income derived from sources within the United States and generally will be subject to U.S. federal income tax withholding at a rate of 30% of the gross amount of the dividends, or at a lower rate provided by an applicable income tax treaty if Non-U.S. Holders provide proper certification of eligibility for the lower rate (usually on IRS Form W-8BEN).

If Non-U.S. Holders are eligible for a reduced rate of U.S. withholding tax pursuant to an applicable income tax treaty, such Non-U.S. Holders may obtain a refund of any excess amounts withheld by timely filing an appropriate claim for refund with the IRS.

Sale or Other Disposition. Any gain realized upon the sale or other disposition of UTStarcom ordinary shares generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax unless:

•
  the holder is an individual who is present in the United States for 183 days or more in the taxable year of the disposition, and certain other conditions are met; or
•
  UTStarcom is or has been a "U.S. real property holding corporation," or USRPHC, for U.S. federal income tax purposes at any time during the shorter of the five-year period ending on the date of disposition or the period during which such Non-U.S. Holder has held the ordinary shares.

Non-U.S. Holders whose gain is described in the first bullet point above will be subject to a flat 30% U.S. federal income tax rate on the gain derived from the sale, which may be offset by U.S.-source capital losses, even though such Non-U.S. Holders are not considered to be residents of the United States. A corporation will be a USRPHC if the fair market value of its U.S. real property interests equals or exceeds 50% of the aggregate value of its real property interests (U.S. and non-U.S.) and its assets used or held for use in a trade or business. Because we do not currently own significant U.S. real property, we believe, but our special United States counsel has not independently verified, that we are not currently and will not become a USRPHC. However, because the determination of whether we are a USRPHC depends on the fair market value of our U.S. real property relative to the fair market value of our other business assets, there can be no assurance that we will not become a USRPHC in the future. Even if we become a USRPHC, however, as long as our common stock is regularly traded on an established securities market, such common stock will be treated as U.S. real property interests only if you actually or constructively hold more than five percent of such regularly traded common stock at any time during the applicable period that is specified in the Code.

91

Table of Contents

Backup Withholding and Information Reporting

Payments of dividends or of proceeds on the disposition of stock made to a holder of UTStarcom ordinary shares may be subject to information reporting and backup withholding at a current rate of 28% unless such holder provides a correct taxpayer identification number on IRS Form W-9 (or other appropriate withholding form) or otherwise establishes an exemption from backup withholding, for example by properly certifying your non-U.S. status on a Form W-8BEN or another appropriate version of IRS Form W-8. Payments of dividends to holders generally must be reported annually to the IRS, along with the name and address of the holder and the amount of tax withheld, if any. A similar report is sent to the holder. Pursuant to applicable income tax treaties or other agreements, the IRS may make these reports available to tax authorities in the holder's country of residence.

Backup withholding is not an additional tax; rather, the U.S. income tax liability of persons subject to backup withholding will be reduced by the amount of tax withheld. If withholding results in an overpayment of taxes, a refund or credit may generally be obtained from the IRS, provided that the required information is furnished to the IRS in a timely manner.

Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act

Legislation commonly known as "FATCA" generally will impose a U.S. federal withholding tax of 30% on dividends and the gross proceeds of a disposition of our ordinary shares paid to a "foreign financial institution" (as specially defined under these rules) unless such institution enters into an agreement with the U.S. government to withhold on certain payments and to collect and provide to the U.S. tax authorities substantial information regarding U.S. account holders of such institution (which includes certain equity and debt holders of such institution, as well as certain account holders that are foreign entities with U.S. owners). The legislation also generally will impose a U.S. federal withholding tax of 30% on dividends and the gross proceeds of a disposition of our common stock paid to a non-financial foreign entity unless such entity provides the withholding agent with a certification identifying the direct and indirect U.S. owners of the entity. Under certain circumstances, a Non-U.S. Holder might be eligible for refunds or credits of such taxes. This legislation generally will apply to payments of dividends made on or after July 1, 2014 and to payments of gross proceeds made on or after January 1, 2017. Prospective investors are encouraged to consult with their own tax advisors regarding the possible implications of this legislation on their investment in our common stock.

F. Dividends and Paying Agents

Not applicable.

G. Statement by Experts

Not applicable.

H. Documents on Display

The documents concerning our Company referred to in this document and required to be made available to the public are available at the offices of UTStarcom Holdings Corp. at Building No. 3, Letel Hi-Tech Park #500, Binjiang District, Hangzhou, P.R. China.

In addition, we previously filed with the SEC our registration statement on Form F-4 (Registration No. 333-173828, as amended) and prospectus under the Securities Act of 1933, with respect to our ordinary shares.

We are subject to the periodic reporting and other informational requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act. Under the Exchange Act, we are required to file reports and other information with the SEC. Specifically, we are required to file annually a

92

Table of Contents

Form 20-F no later than four months after the close of each fiscal year, which is December 31. Copies of reports and other information, when so filed, may be inspected without charge and may be obtained at prescribed rates at the public reference facilities maintained by the Securities and Exchange Commission at 100 F Street, N.E., Room 1580, Washington, D.C. 20549. The public may obtain information regarding the Washington, D.C. Public Reference Room by calling the Commission at 1-800-SEC-0330. The SEC also maintains a web site at www.sec.gov that contains reports, proxy and information statements, and other information regarding registrants that make electronic filings with the SEC using its EDGAR system. As a foreign private issuer, we are exempt from the rules under the Exchange Act prescribing the furnishing and content of quarterly reports and proxy statements, and officers, directors and principal shareholders are exempt from the reporting and short-swing profit recovery provisions contained in Section 16 of the Exchange Act.

I. Subsidiary Information

See Item 4.C "Information on the Company—Organizational Structure" for information about our subsidiaries.

ITEM 11—QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

We are exposed to the impact of interest rate changes, changes in foreign currency exchange rates and changes in the stock market.

Interest Rate Risk

Our exposure to market risk for changes in interest rates relates primarily to our investment portfolio. The fair value of our investment portfolio would not be significantly affected by either a 10% increase or decrease in interest rates due mainly to the short term nature of most of our investment portfolio. However, our interest income can be sensitive to changes in the general level of U.S. and China interest rates since the majority of our funds are invested in instruments with maturities of less than one year. In a declining interest rate environment, as short term investments mature, reinvestment occurs at less favorable market rates. Given the short term nature of certain investments, anticipated declining interest rates will negatively impact our investment income.

We maintain an investment portfolio of various holdings, types and maturities. We do not use derivative financial instruments. We place our cash investments in instruments that meet high credit quality standards, as specified in our investment policy guidelines. Our policy is to limit the risk of principal loss and to ensure the safety of invested funds by generally attempting to limit market risk. Funds in excess of current operating requirements are mostly invested in money market funds which are rated AAA. Our cash and cash equivalents are not subject to significant interest rate risk due to the short maturities of these instruments. As of December 31, 2013, the carrying value of our cash and cash equivalents approximated fair value.

93

Table of Contents

The table below represents carrying amounts and related weighted-average interest rates of our investment portfolio at December 31, 2013 and 2012:

|  | December 31, |
--- | --- | --- | ---
|  | 2013 |  | 2012 |
|  | (in thousands) |
Cash and cash equivalents |  | $ | 107,773 |  | $ | 179,584 |
Average interest rate |  |  | 0.47 | % |  | 1.44 | %
Restricted cash—short term |  | $ | 9,822 |  | $ | 13,806 |
Average interest rate |  |  | 0.05 | % |  | 0.20 | %
Short-term investments |  | $ | — |  | $ | 296 |
Average interest rate |  |  | — |  |  | 0.00 | %
Restricted cash long-term |  | $ | 4,857 |  | $ | 5,763 |
Average interest rate |  |  | 0.01 | % |  | 0.01 | %
Total investment securities |  | $ | 122,452 |  | $ | 199,449 |
Average interest rate |  |  | 0.42 | % |  | 1.31 | %

Equity Investment Risk

We have invested in several privately-held companies as well as investment funds which invest primarily in privately held companies, many of which can still be considered in the start-up or development stages. These investments are inherently risky, as the market for the technologies or products they have under development is typically in the early stages and may never materialize.

Foreign Exchange Rate Risk

As a multinational company, we conduct our business in a wide variety of currencies and are therefore subject to market risk for changes in foreign exchange rates. We expect to continue to expand our business globally and, as such, expect that an increasing proportion of our business may be denominated in currencies other than U.S. dollars. As a result, fluctuations in foreign currencies may have a material impact on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

In 2013, the majority of our foreign-currency denominated sales have been made in Japan, denominated in Japanese yen. The balance of our cash and cash equivalents held in Japanese Yen was $4.9 million at December 31, 2013. Historically, the exchange rate between Japanese Yen and U.S. dollar has been volatile. Additionally, the majority of our expenses are denominated in Renminbi. Due to China's currency exchange control regulations, we are limited in our ability to convert and repatriate RMB, as well as in our ability to engage in foreign currency hedging activities in China. The balance of our cash and cash equivalents held in Renminbi was $9.7 million at December 31, 2013. Since China unpegged the RMB from the U.S. dollar in July 2005 through December 31, 2013, the RMB has strengthened by approximately 26.9% versus the U.S. dollar. We also made significant sales in Indian rupees in 2013.

We may manage foreign currency exposures using forward and option contracts to hedge and thus minimize exposure to the risk of the eventual net cash inflows and outflows resulting from foreign currency denominated transactions with customers, suppliers, and non-U.S. subsidiaries; however, we are not currently hedging any such transactions. As our foreign currency balances are not currently hedged, any significant revaluation of our foreign currency exposures may materially and adversely affect our business, results of operation and financial condition. We do not enter into foreign exchange forward or option contracts for trading purposes.

94

Table of Contents

ITEM 12—DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES OTHER THAN EQUITY SECURITIES

A. Debt Securities

Not applicable.

B. Warrants and Rights

Not applicable.

C. Other Securities

Not applicable.

D. American Depositary Shares

Not applicable.

95

Table of Contents

PART II

ITEM 13—DEFAULTS, DIVIDEND ARREARAGES AND DELINQUENCIES

Not applicable.

ITEM 14—MATERIAL MODIFICATIONS TO THE RIGHTS OF SECURITY HOLDERS AND USE OF PROCEEDS

See Item 10. "Additional Information" for a description of the rights of securities holders, which remain unchanged.

ITEM 15—CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures

Our Chief Executive Officer and our Chief Financial Officer conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness of the design and operation of our disclosure controls and procedures, as such term is defined under Rule 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) promulgated under the Exchange Act. Based on this evaluation, our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer concluded that, as of December 31, 2013, our disclosure controls and procedures were not effective because of the material weakness described below under "Management's Annual Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting."

Management's Annual Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting

Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting, as such term is defined in Rule 13a-15(f) under the Exchange Act, for our Company. Internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of consolidated financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles and includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of a company's assets, (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of consolidated financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that a company's receipts and expenditures are being made only in accordance with authorizations of a company's management and directors, and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of a company's assets that could have a material effect on the consolidated financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, a system of internal control over financial reporting can provide only reasonable assurance with respect to consolidated financial statement preparation and presentation and may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

As required by Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and related rules promulgated by the Securities and Exchange Commission, our management, including our chief executive officer and chief financial officer, assessed the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2013 using the criteria set forth in the report "Internal Control—Integrated Framework (1992)" published by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (known as COSO).

A material weakness is a deficiency, or a combination of deficiencies, in internal control over financial reporting, such that there is a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of the company's annual or interim financial statements will not be prevented or detected on a timely basis.

96

Table of Contents

The following material weakness in internal control over financial reporting has been identified as of December 31, 2013.

We did not maintain effective internal controls over financial reporting as of December 31, 2013 as we lacked sufficient resources with an appropriate level of knowledge and experience of US GAAP to properly record non-routine accounting transactions under US GAAP due to staff turnover in the accounting and finance functions during the year.

The material weakness described above could result in misstatement of the Company's consolidated financial statements that would result in a material misstatement to the quarterly or annual consolidated financial statements that would not be prevented or detected.

Because of the material weakness described above, management has concluded that the Company did not maintain effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2013, based on criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework (1992) issued by COSO.

PricewaterhouseCoopers Zhong Tian LLP, our independent registered public accounting firm, has audited the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2013, as stated in its report, which appears on page F-2 of this annual report.

Management's Plan for Remediation of Material Weakness

Our management has been engaged in, and continues to be engaged in making necessary changes and improvements to the overall design of its control environment to address the material weakness in internal control over financial reporting and the ineffectiveness of the Company's disclosure controls and procedures described above.

We reported the same material weakness as described above over financial reporting process as of December 31, 2012. To remediate the material weakness described above over financial reporting process, we have engaged external consultant to review the accounting for our non-routine transactions since January 2013. However, due to the continuous downsize of the Company, we were not able to achieve a significant progress to remediate the material weakness in 2013. We will continue to: (a) provide more comprehensive training on US GAAP to our accounting team and other relevant personnel; (b) enhance our accounting manual to provide the accounting team with more comprehensive guideline on the policies and controls over financial reporting under the requirement of U.S. GAAP and SEC rules; (c) look for additional accounting personnel with appropriate knowledge and experience in US GAAP; (d) recruitment of additional personnel to closely oversee the business and financials of investees. We will continue to assess its standardized processes to further enhance the effectiveness of financial reviews including the analysis and monitoring of financial information in a consistent and thorough manner.

Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting

Other than as discussed above under "Management's Annual Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting", there have been no changes in our internal control over financial reporting during 2013 that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

ITEM 16A—AUDIT COMMITTEE FINANCIAL EXPERT

Our board of directors has determined that Mr. Sean Shao qualifies as an Audit Committee Financial Expert as defined by the applicable rules of the SEC and that Mr. Shao is "independent" as that term is defined in NASDAQ Marketplace Rule 5605(c)(2)(A). Please refer to Item 6.A for a brief biographical listing of Mr. Shao's relevant experiences.

97

Table of Contents

ITEM 16B—CODE OF ETHICS

We have adopted a Code of Business Conduct and Ethics, or Code of Ethics, that applies to all employees including our principal executive officers. The Code of Ethics is designed to promote: (i) honest and ethical conduct, including the ethical handling of actual or apparent conflicts of interest between personal and professional relationships, (ii) full, fair, accurate, timely and understandable disclosure in reports and documents that we are required to file to the SEC and in other public communications, (iii) compliance with applicable laws, rules and regulations, (iv) the prompt internal reporting of violations of the Code of Ethics to an appropriate person or entity, and (v) accountability for adherence to the Code of Ethics.

As a supplement to the Code of Ethics, we have also adopted a Code of Ethics for Chief Executive Officer and Senior Financial Officers, or Code of Ethics for Financial Officers, which is designed to highlight the legal and ethical obligations of the Chief Executive Officer and financial officers. The Code of Ethics for Financial Officers imposes upon applicable officers certain additional internal reporting requirements for acts committed in violation of the Code of Ethics and/or the securities laws.

Copies of the Code of Ethics and the Code of Ethics for Financial Officers are available on our website at http://investorrelations.utstar.com/governance.cfm. Any amendment or waiver of the Code of Ethics or Code of Ethics for Financial Officers pertaining to a member of our Board or one of our executive officers will be disclosed on our website at http://investorrelations.utstar.com/governance.cfm. Information contained in our website is not incorporated by reference into this Form 20-F and you should not consider information on our website to be part of this Form 20-F.

ITEM 16C—PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES

Disclosure of Fees Charged by Independent Accountants

The aggregate fees billed for professional accounting services by PricewaterhouseCoopers for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 are as follows:

|  | Years Ended December 31, |
--- | --- | --- | ---
|  | 2013 |  | 2012 |
|  | (in thousands) |
Audit fees(1) |  | $ | 1,686 |  | $ | 1,648 |
Audit-related fees(2) |  |  | 72 |  |  | 175 |
Tax fees(3) |  |  | 242 |  |  | 183 |
All other fees(4) |  |  | — |  |  | — |
​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​
Total |  | $ | 2,000 |  | $ | 2,006 |
​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​
​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​

(1)
  Audit fees are fees for professional services rendered for the integrated audit of our consolidated financial statements and of our internal control over financial reporting, for review of interim consolidated financial information included in quarterly reports or earnings releases, and for services that are normally provided by PricewaterhouseCoopers in connection with statutory and regulatory filings or engagements.
(2)
  Audit-related fees represent aggregate fees paid or accrued for professional services rendered for accounting consultations and other procedures performed with respect to certain UTStarcom acquisition and divestiture efforts.
(3)
  Tax fees are fees for tax services related to tax compliance, tax planning and tax advice.

98

Table of Contents

(4)
  All other fees are fees for consulting service and an online accounting research tool.

The Audit Committee has determined that the provision to us by PricewaterhouseCoopers of non-audit services as listed above is compatible with PricewaterhouseCoopers maintaining its independence.

Audit Committee Pre-approval Policies and Procedures

Our Audit Committee has adopted procedures which set forth the manner in which the committee will review and approve all audit and non-audit services to be provided by PricewaterhouseCoopers Zhong Tian CPAs Limited Company before that firm is retained for such services. The pre-approval procedures are as follows:

•
  Any audit or non-audit service to be provided to us by the independent accountant must be submitted to the Audit Committee for review and approval, with a description of the services to be performed and the fees to be charged.
•
  The Audit Committee in its sole discretion then approves or disapproves the proposed services and documents such approval, if given, through written resolutions or in the minutes of meetings, as the case may be.

ITEM 16D—EXEMPTIONS FROM THE LISTING STANDARDS FOR AUDIT COMMITTEES

Not Applicable.

ITEM 16E—PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES BY THE ISSUER AND AFFILIATED PURCHASERS

On August 12, 2011, our board of directors approved a share repurchase program of up to $20 million of its outstanding shares over the next 12 months through August 15, 2012. This program was subsequently extended by our board of directors through February 15, 2013 and was completed in August 2013 with the repurchase of approximately $15 million worth of our shares.

Period |  | Total Number of Shares (or Units) Purchased |  | Average Price Paid per Share (or Unit) |  | Total Number of Shares (or Units) Purchased as Part of Publicly Announced Plans or Programs |  | Maximum Approximate Dollar Value that May Yet Be Purchased Under the Plans |
--- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | ---
September 2011 |  |  | 375,938 |  | $ | 4.05 |  |  | 375,938 |  | $ | 18,477,450 |
October 2011 |  |  | 556,145 |  | $ | 3.81 |  |  | 556,145 |  | $ | 16,358,537 |
November 2011 |  |  | 213,393 |  | $ | 4.20 |  |  | 213,393 |  | $ | 15,462,285 |
December 2011 |  |  | 418,293 |  | $ | 4.23 |  |  | 418,293 |  | $ | 13,692,907 |
January 2012 |  |  | 13,234 |  | $ | 3.89 |  |  | 13,234 |  | $ | 13,640,909 |
February 2012 |  |  | 61,090 |  | $ | 3.88 |  |  | 61,090 |  | $ | 13,401,374 |
March 2012 |  |  | 20,319 |  | $ | 4.20 |  |  | 20,319 |  | $ | 13,315,184 |
April 2012 |  |  | 92,025 |  | $ | 4.06 |  |  | 92,025 |  | $ | 12,939,659 |
May 2012 |  |  | 188,372 |  | $ | 3.65 |  |  | 188,372 |  | $ | 12,244,844 |
June 2012 |  |  | 473,308 |  | $ | 3.70 |  |  | 473,308 |  | $ | 10,472,913 |
July 2012 |  |  | 334,271 |  | $ | 3.28 |  |  | 334,271 |  | $ | 9,362,967 |
August 2012 |  |  | 441,465 |  | $ | 3.16 |  |  | 441,465 |  | $ | 7,942,118 |
September 2012 |  |  | 339,627 |  | $ | 3.27 |  |  | 339,627 |  | $ | 6,813,585 |
October 2012 |  |  | 409,197 |  | $ | 3.01 |  |  | 409,197 |  | $ | 5,564,646 |
November 2012 |  |  | 238,195 |  | $ | 2.99 |  |  | 238,195 |  | $ | 4,850,721 |
​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​
Total |  |  | 4,174,871 |  |  |  |  |  | 4,174,871 |  |  |  |
​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​
​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​

99

Table of Contents

On November 30, 2012, we announced the commencement of a tender offer to purchase up to 8,333,333 of our ordinary shares at a price of $3.60 per share (number of shares and price per share have been adjusted to reflect the reverse stock split), representing a 30.4% premium to the November 29, 2012 closing price on the NASDAQ Global Select Market of $2.76 per share. On January 10, 2013, we announced that 21,119,182 ordinary shares were properly tendered and we accepted for purchase 8,333,333 of our ordinary shares at a price of $3.60 per share, for an aggregate cost of $30,000,000 excluding fees and expenses relating to the tender offer. Computershare Trust Company, N.A., the depositary for the tender offer, has made all payment for shares validly tendered and accepted for purchase and returned all other shares tendered. The tender offer was completed in the first quarter of 2013.

In January 2014, we repurchased 3,883,875 of our ordinary shares from SoftBank at a purchase price of $2.54 per ordinary share.

ITEM 16F—CHANGE IN REGISTRANT'S CERTIFYING ACCOUNTANT

Not applicable.

ITEM 16G—CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

We are incorporated in the Cayman Islands and our corporate governance practices are governed by applicable Cayman Islands law as well as our memorandum and articles of association. In addition, because our ordinary shares are listed on NASDAQ, we are subject to NASDAQ's corporate governance requirements.

NASDAQ Marketplace Rule 5620(a) requires each issuer to hold an annual meeting of shareholders no later than one year after the end of the issuer's fiscal year end. However, NASDAQ Marketplace Rule 5615(a)(3) permits a foreign private issuer like us to follow home country practices in lieu of certain requirements of Rule 5600, provided that such foreign private issuer discloses in its annual report filed with the SEC each requirement of Rule 5600 that it does not follow and describes the home country practice followed in lieu of such requirement. We follow home country practice with respect to annual meetings and did not hold an annual shareholder meeting in 2013. Our Cayman Islands counsel has provided a letter to NASDAQ certifying that under Cayman Islands law, we are not required to hold annual shareholder meetings. We may, however, hold annual shareholder meetings in the future if there are significant issues that require shareholders' approvals.

ITEM 16H—MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURE

Not applicable.

100

Table of Contents

PART III

ITEM 17—FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

We have elected to provide financial statements pursuant to Item 18.

ITEM 18—FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Our consolidated financial statements are included at the end of this Annual Report.

ITEM 19—EXHIBITS

Exhibit Number |  | Description |  | Form |  | Incorporated by Reference From Exhibit Number |  | Date Filed |
--- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | ---
1.1 |  | Amended and Restated Memorandum and Articles of Association. |  |  | 20-F |  |  | 1.1 |  |  | 4/26/2013 |
2.1 |  | Property Transfer and Leaseback Agreement, dated as of December 19, 2009, by and between UTStarcom Telecom Co., Ltd. and Zhejiang Zhongnan Construction Group Co., Ltd. (translation from Chinese). |  |  | 8-K |  |  | 2.1 |  |  | 12/24/2009 |
4.1 |  | Form of Indemnification Agreement (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of Form F-4 (File No. 333-173828) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on April 29, 2011 |  |  | F-4 |  |  | 10.1 |  |  | 4/29/2011 |
4.2 |  | Stockholder Rights Agreement, made as of February 1, 2010, by and between UTStarcom, Inc. and Beijing E-town International Investment and Development Co., Ltd. |  |  | 8-K |  |  | 4.1 |  |  | 2/4/2010 |
4.3 |  | Stockholder Rights Agreement, made as of February 1, 2010, by and among UTStarcom, Inc., Elite Noble Limited and Shah Capital Opportunity Fund L.P. |  |  | 8-K |  |  | 4.2 |  |  | 2/4/2010 |
4.4 |  | 2006 Equity Incentive Plan, as amended February 18, 2009. |  |  | 10-K |  |  | 10.14 |  |  | 3/2/2009 |
4.5 |  | Form of Stock Option Award Agreement for use under 2006 Equity Incentive Plan. |  |  | 10-Q |  |  | 10.2 |  |  | 8/7/2009 |
4.6 |  | Form of Stock Option Agreement for Directors and Officers for use under the 2006 Equity Incentive Plan. |  |  | 10-Q |  |  | 10.3 |  |  | 8/7/2009 |
4.7 |  | Form of Restricted Stock Agreement for use under the 2006 Equity Incentive Plan. |  |  | 10-K |  |  | 10.17 |  |  | 3/2/2009 |
4.8 |  | Form of Restricted Stock Unit Agreement for use under the 2006 Equity Incentive Plan. |  |  | 10-K |  |  | 10.18 |  |  | 3/2/2009 |
4.9 |  | Form of Stock Option Amendment Election Form executed by key executive officers and directors. |  |  | 8-K |  |  | 10.1 |  |  | 1/4/07 |

101

Table of Contents

Exhibit Number |  | Description |  | Form |  | Incorporated by Reference From Exhibit Number |  | Date Filed |
--- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | ---
4.10 |  | UTStarcom, Inc. Amended and Restated Executive Involuntary Termination Severance Pay Plan. |  |  | 10-Q |  |  | 10.2 |  |  | 5/8/2009 |
4.11 |  | Form of Performance Share Agreement for use under the 2006 Equity Incentive Plan. |  |  | 10-K |  |  | 10.33 |  |  | 3/2/2009 |
4.12 |  | Form of Performance Unit Agreement for use under the 2006 Equity Incentive Plan. |  |  | 10-K |  |  | 10.34 |  |  | 3/2/2009 |
4.13 |  | Manufacturing Agreement signed as of January 23, 2010 |  |  | 8-K |  |  | 10.1 |  |  | 1/28/2010 |
4.14 |  | Lease Contract dated as of February 1, 2010, by and between UTStarcom Telecom Co., Ltd. and Zhejiang Zhongnan Construction Group Co., Ltd. (translation from Chinese) |  |  | 8-K/A |  |  | 10.1 |  |  | 2/5/2010 |
4.15 |  | Property Lease Contract dated March 7, 2011 between UTStarcom Telecom Co., Ltd. and Zhejiang Letong Communication Equipment Co., Ltd. (translation from Chinese) |  |  | 10-Q |  |  | 10.1 |  |  | 5/9/2011 |
4.16 |  | Master Reorganization Agreement Share and Asset Purchase Agreement dated August 31, 2012 by and among UTStarcom Hong Kong Limited, the Company, Eagle Field Holdings Limited and Mr. Ying (Jack) Lu. |  |  | 20-F |  |  | 4.51 |  |  | 4/26/2013 |
4.17 |  | Share Transfer Agreement dated August 31, 2012 by and among the Company, Eagle Field Holdings Limited and UTStarcom Hong Kong Holdings Limited. |  |  | 20-F |  |  | 4.52 |  |  | 4/26/2013 |
4.18 |  | English translation of the License Agreement dated August 31, 2012 by and among the Company, UTStarcom Telecom Co., Ltd., UTStarcom Hong Kong Holding Limited. and UTStarcom China Co., Ltd. |  |  | 20-F |  |  | 4.53 |  |  | 4/26/2013 |
4.19 |  | Assignment and Assumption Agreement dated August 31, 2012 by and among the Company, UTStarcom Telecom Co., Ltd., UTStarcom India Telecom PVT. Ltd., UTStarcom Hong Kong Holding Limited., UTStarcom China Co., Ltd. and Eagle Field Holdings Limited. |  |  | 20-F |  |  | 4.54 |  |  | 4/26/2013 |
4.20 |  | Patent, Software Copyright, Trademark and Domain Name Assignment dated August 31, 2012 by and among UTStarcom Telecom Co., Ltd., UTStarcom China Co., Ltd. and UTStarcom, Inc. |  |  | 20-F |  |  | 4.55 |  |  | 4/26/2013 |

102

Table of Contents

Exhibit Number |  | Description |  | Form |  | Incorporated by Reference From Exhibit Number |  | Date Filed |
--- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | ---
4.21 |  | Convertible Bond dated August 31, 2012 issued by UTStarcom Hong Kong Holding Limited to UTStarcom Hong Kong Limited. |  |  | 20-F |  |  | 4.56 |  |  | 4/26/2013 |
4.22 |  | Purchase and Sale Agreement dated January 17, 2014 among the Company, Shah Capital Opportunity Fund LP and SoftBank America Inc. |  |  | 6-K |  |  | 10.1 |  |  | 1/21/2014 |
4.23 |  | Share Subscription Agreement dated March 11, 2014 between the Company and Shah Capital Opportunity Fund LP. |  |  | 6-K |  |  | 10.2 |  |  | 3/12/2014 |
8.1 |  | Subsidiaries of UTStarcom Holdings Corp. |  |  | Filed herewith |  |  | — |  |  | — |
12.1 |  | Certification of Chief Executive Officer Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. |  |  | Filed herewith |  |  | — |  |  | — |
12.2 |  | Certification of Chief Financial Officer Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. |  |  | Filed herewith |  |  | — |  |  | — |
13.1 |  | Certification of Chief Executive Officer Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. |  |  | Filed herewith |  |  | — |  |  | — |
13.2 |  | Certification of Chief Financial Officer Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. |  |  | Filed herewith |  |  | — |  |  | — |
15.1 |  | Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm. |  |  | Filed herewith |  |  | — |  |  | — |
101.INS* |  | XBRL Instance Document |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |
101.SCH* |  | XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |
101.CAL* |  | XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |
101.DEF* |  | XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |
101.LAB* |  | XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |
101.PRE* |  | XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |

*
  In accordance with Rule 406T of Regulation S-T, the information in these exhibits is furnished and deemed not filed or a part of a registration statement or prospectus for purposes of Sections 11 or 12 of the Securities Act of 1933, is deemed not filed for purposes of Section 18 of the Exchange Act of 1934, and otherwise is not subject to liability under these sections and shall not be incorporated by reference into any registration statement or other document filed under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, except as expressly set forth by specific reference in such filing.

103

Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

The registrant hereby certifies that it meets all of the requirements for filing on Form 20-F and that it has duly caused and authorized the undersigned to sign this annual report on its behalf.

|  | UTSTARCOM HOLDINGS CORP.
Date: April 18, 2014 |  | By: |  | /s/ WILLIAM WONG
|  |  |  | Name: William Wong
|  |  |  | Title: Chief Executive Officer

104

Table of Contents

UTSTARCOM HOLDINGS CORP.

|  | Page
--- | --- | ---
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm |  | F-2
Consolidated Balance Sheets at December 31, 2013 and 2012 |  | F-4
Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income (Loss) for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 |  | F-5
Consolidated Statements of Shareholders' Equity for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 |  | F-6
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 |  | F-7
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements |  | F-8
Schedule I—Condensed Financial Information of Registrant |  | F-72
Schedule II—Valuation and Qualifying Accounts and Reserves |  | F-76

F-1

Table of Contents

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Board of Directors and Shareholders of
UTStarcom Holdings Corp.:

In our opinion, the accompanying consolidated balance sheets and the related consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income (loss), shareholders' equity and cash flows present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of UTStarcom Holdings Corp. and its subsidiaries at December 31, 2013 and 2012, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2013 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. In addition, in our opinion, the financial statement schedules listed in the accompanying index present fairly, in all material respects, the information set forth therein when read in conjunction with the related consolidated financial statements. Also in our opinion, the Company did not maintain, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2013, based on criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework (1992) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO) because a material weakness in internal control over financial reporting related to the lack of sufficient resources with an appropriate level of knowledge and experience of US GAAP to properly record non-routine transactions under U.S. GAAP existed as of that date. A material weakness is a deficiency, or a combination of deficiencies, in internal control over financial reporting, such that there is a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of the annual or interim financial statements will not be prevented or detected on a timely basis. The material weakness referred to above is described in Management's Annual Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting appearing under Item 15. We considered this material weakness in determining the nature, timing, and extent of audit tests applied in our audit of the 2013 consolidated financial statements and our opinion regarding the effectiveness of the Company's internal control over financial reporting does not affect our opinion on those consolidated financial statements. The Company's management is responsible for these financial statements and financial statement schedules, for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting included in management's report referred to above. Our responsibility is to express opinions on these financial statements, on the financial statement schedules, and on the Company's internal control over financial reporting based on our integrated audits. We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement and whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audits of the financial statements included examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. Our audit of internal control over financial reporting included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audits also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinions.

A company's internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company's internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (i) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (ii) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally

F-2

Table of Contents

accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (iii) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company's assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

We do not express an opinion or any other form of assurance on management's statements referring to management's actions and plans of remediation of the identified material weakness included in the Management's Annual Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting.

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers Zhong Tian LLP

Shanghai, the People's Republic of China
April 19, 2014

F-3

Table of Contents

UTSTARCOM HOLDINGS CORP.
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

|  | December 31, 2013 |  | December 31, 2012 |
--- | --- | --- | --- | --- | ---
|  | In thousands |
ASSETS |  |  |  |  |  |  |
Current assets: |  |  |  |  |  |  |
Cash and cash equivalents |  | $ | 107,773 |  | $ | 179,584 |
Short-term investments |  |  | — |  |  | 296 |
Accounts receivable, net of allowances for doubtful accounts of $11,063 and $10,796, respectively |  |  | 23,260 |  |  | 15,000 |
Inventories |  |  | 23,355 |  |  | 26,028 |
Deferred costs |  |  | 86,723 |  |  | 125,472 |
Prepaids and other current assets |  |  | 21,552 |  |  | 27,154 |
Short-term restricted cash |  |  | 9,822 |  |  | 13,806 |
​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​
Total current assets |  |  | 272,485 |  |  | 387,340 |
Property, plant and equipment, net |  |  | 4,771 |  |  | 8,866 |
Long-term investments |  |  | 74,588 |  |  | 62,443 |
Long-term deferred costs |  |  | 8,539 |  |  | 20,556 |
Long-term deferred tax assets |  |  | 590 |  |  | 283 |
Other long-term assets |  |  | 5,994 |  |  | 8,603 |
​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​
Total assets |  |  | 366,967 |  |  | 488,091 |
​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​
​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​
LIABILITIES AND EQUITY |  |  |  |  |  |  |
Current liabilities: |  |  |  |  |  |  |
Accounts payable |  |  | 24,953 |  |  | 24,991 |
Income taxes payable |  |  | 11,827 |  |  | 8,735 |
Customer advances |  |  | 75,670 |  |  | 89,362 |
Deferred revenue |  |  | 29,093 |  |  | 41,461 |
Deferred tax liabilities |  |  | 577 |  |  | 219 |
Other current liabilities |  |  | 22,430 |  |  | 26,200 |
​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​
Total current liabilities |  |  | 164,550 |  |  | 190,968 |
Long-term deferred revenue |  |  | 35,251 |  |  | 59,530 |
Other long-term liabilities |  |  | 16,786 |  |  | 20,937 |
​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​
Total liabilities |  |  | 216,587 |  |  | 271,435 |
​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​
Commitments and contingencies (Note 12) |  |  |  |  |  |  |
UTStarcom Holdings Corp. shareholders' equity: |  |  |  |  |  |  |
Ordinary share: $0.00375 par value; 250,000 authorized shares; 45,444 and 53,322 shares issued at December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively; 39,778 and 47,656 shares outstanding at December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively (Note 1)(1) |  |  | 151 |  |  | 182 |
Additional paid-in capital |  |  | 1,280,810 |  |  | 1,309,761 |
Treasury stock, at cost: 5,666 and 5,666 shares at December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively(1) |  |  | (20,421 | ) |  | (20,421 | )
Accumulated deficit |  |  | (1,176,022 | ) |  | (1,153,301 | )
Accumulated other comprehensive income |  |  | 65,862 |  |  | 79,621 |
​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​
Total UTStarcom Holdings Corp. shareholders' equity |  |  | 150,380 |  |  | 215,842 |
​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​
Noncontrolling interests |  |  | — |  |  | 814 |
​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​
Total equity |  |  | 150,380 |  |  | 216,656 |
​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​
Total liabilities and equity |  | $ | 366,967 |  | $ | 488,091 |
​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​
​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​

(1)
  Authorized share capital of the company was amended by the consolidation of the existing 750,000,000 Ordinary Shares of US$0.00125 par value each into 250,000,000 Ordinary Shares of US$0.00375 par value each effective from March 21,2013. The authorized shares, issued shares, outstanding shares, and treasury stock shares for 2012 have been adjusted retroactively to reflect the one for three reverse share split.

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements

F-4

Table of Contents

UTSTARCOM HOLDINGS CORP.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS AND COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS)

|  | Years ended December 31, |
--- | --- | --- | ---
|  | 2013 |  | 2012 |  | 2011 |
|  | (In thousands, except per share amounts) |
Net sales |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |
Products |  | $ | 141,138 |  | $ | 160,688 |  | $ | 285,493 |
Services |  |  | 23,301 |  |  | 26,040 |  |  | 35,083 |
​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​
|  |  | 164,439 |  |  | 186,728 |  |  | 320,576 |
Cost of net sales |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |
Products |  |  | 99,888 |  |  | 95,854 |  |  | 178,463 |
Services |  |  | 24,331 |  |  | 22,716 |  |  | 27,779 |
​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​
Gross profit |  |  | 40,220 |  |  | 68,158 |  |  | 114,334 |
​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​
Operating expenses: |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |
Selling, general and administrative |  |  | 37,626 |  |  | 52,457 |  |  | 63,857 |
Research and development |  |  | 14,520 |  |  | 28,131 |  |  | 30,123 |
Amortization of intangible assets |  |  | — |  |  | 516 |  |  | 1,239 |
Restructuring |  |  | — |  |  | 358 |  |  | 2,386 |
Net loss (gain) on divestitures |  |  | 1,307 |  |  | 16,239 |  |  | (4,546 | )
​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​
Total operating expenses |  |  | 53,453 |  |  | 97,701 |  |  | 93,059 |
​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​
Operating income (loss) |  |  | (13,233 | ) |  | (29,543 | ) |  | 21,275 |
​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​
Interest income |  |  | 511 |  |  | 2,612 |  |  | 2,313 |
Interest expense |  |  | (151 | ) |  | (240 | ) |  | (252 | )
Other income (expense), net |  |  | 11,480 |  |  | (2,973 | ) |  | (8,165 | )
Equity pick up of losses of an associate |  |  | (9,586 | ) |  | — |  |  | — |
Investment Impairment |  |  | (9,400 | ) |  | (3,043 | ) |  | (476 | )
​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​
Income (loss) before income taxes |  |  | (20,379 | ) |  | (33,187 | ) |  | 14,695 |
​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​
Income tax expense |  |  | (2,351 | ) |  | (2,392 | ) |  | (2,918 | )
​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​
Net income (loss) |  |  | (22,730 | ) |  | (35,579 | ) |  | 11,777 |
​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​
Net loss attributable to noncontrolling interests |  |  | 9 |  |  | 1,194 |  |  | 1,610 |
​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​
Net income (loss) attributable to UTStarcom Holdings Corp. |  | $ | (22,721 | ) | $ | (34,385 | ) | $ | 13,387 |
​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​
​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​
Net income (loss) per share attributable to UTStarcom Holdings Corp.—Basic(1) |  | $ | (0.58 | ) | $ | (0.71 | ) | $ | 0.26 |
Net income (loss) per share attributable to UTStarcom Holdings Corp.—Diluted(1) |  | $ | (0.58 | ) | $ | (0.71 | ) | $ | 0.26 |
​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​
Weighted average shares outstanding—Basic |  |  | 39,127 |  |  | 48,513 |  |  | 51,491 |
​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​
​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​
Weighted average shares outstanding—Diluted |  |  | 39,127 |  |  | 48,513 |  |  | 51,641 |
​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​
​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​
Other comprehensive (loss) Income, net of tax |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |
Foreign currency translation adjustment |  |  | (13,759 | ) |  | (3,272 | ) |  | 13,470 |
​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​
Other comprehensive (loss) Income, net of tax |  |  | (13,759 | ) |  | (3,272 | ) |  | 13,470 |
​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​
Comprehensive income (loss) |  |  | (36,489 | ) |  | (38,851 | ) |  | 25,247 |
​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​
Comprehensive loss attributable to noncontrolling interests |  |  | 9 |  |  | 1,194 |  |  | 1,610 |
​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​
Comprehensive income (loss) attributable to UTStarcom Holding Corp. |  | $ | (36,480 | ) | $ | (37,657 | ) | $ | 26,857 |
​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​
​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​

(1)
  Authorized share capital of the company was amended by the consolidation of the existing 750,000,000 Ordinary Shares of US$0.00125 par value each into 250,000,000 Ordinary Shares of US$0.00375 par value each effective from March 21, 2013. The Net income (loss) per share attributable to UTStarcom Holding Corp basic and diluted for 2012 and 2011 have been recomputed retroactively to reflect the one for three reverse share split.

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements

F-5

Table of Contents

UTSTARCOM HOLDINGS CORP.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY

|  | Common Stock |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |
--- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | ---
|  |  |  |  |  |  |  | Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income |  |  |  |  |
|  | Shares outstanding(1) |  | Amount |  | Additional Paid-in Capital |  | Treasury Stock |  | (Accumulated Deficit) |  | Non- controlling interest |  | Total Stockholders' Equity |
|  | (In thousands, except number of shares) |
Balance at December 31, 2010 |  |  | 51,775,739 |  |  | 182 |  |  | 1,303,627 |  |  | — |  |  | (1,132,303 | ) |  | 69,423 |  |  | 8,011 |  |  | 248,940 |
​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​
Common stock issued upon option exercises |  |  | 19,777 |  |  | — |  |  | 124 |  |  | — |  |  | — |  |  | — |  |  | — |  |  | 124 |
Repurchase of ordinary shares |  |  | (1,563,769 | ) |  | — |  |  | — |  |  | (6,301 | ) |  | — |  |  | — |  |  | — |  |  | (6,301 | )
Restricted stock issued and restricted stock units released |  |  | 378,964 |  |  | — |  |  | — |  |  | — |  |  | — |  |  | — |  |  | — |  |  | — |
Restricted stock cancellation |  |  | (5,329 | ) |  | — |  |  | — |  |  | — |  |  | — |  |  | — |  |  | — |  |  | — |
Stock-based compensation |  |  | — |  |  | — |  |  | 3,029 |  |  | — |  |  | — |  |  | — |  |  | — |  |  | 3,029 |
Net Income |  |  | — |  |  | — |  |  | — |  |  | — |  |  | 13,387 |  |  | — |  |  | (1,610 | ) |  | 11,777 |
Other comprehensive income: |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |
Foreign currency translation |  |  | — |  |  | — |  |  | — |  |  | — |  |  | — |  |  | 13,470 |  |  | — |  |  | 13,470 |
​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​
Balance at December 31, 2011 |  |  | 50,605,382 |  |  | 182 |  |  | 1,306,780 |  |  | (6,301 | ) |  | (1,118,916 | ) |  | 82,893 |  |  | 6,401 |  |  | 271,039 |
​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​
Repurchase of ordinary shares |  |  | (2,611,102 | ) |  | — |  |  | — |  |  | (8,842 | ) |  | — |  |  | — |  |  | — |  |  | (8,842 | )
Repurchase of ordinary share from iTV shareholder |  |  | (1,491,091 | ) |  | — |  |  | — |  |  | (5,278 | ) |  | — |  |  | — |  |  | — |  |  | (5,278 | )
Restricted stock issued and restricted stock units released |  |  | 1,271,014 |  |  | — |  |  | — |  |  | — |  |  | — |  |  | — |  |  | — |  |  | — |
Stock-based compensation |  |  | — |  |  | — |  |  | 2,981 |  |  | — |  |  | — |  |  | — |  |  | — |  |  | 2,981 |
Restricted stock cancellation |  |  | (118,111 | ) |  | — |  |  | — |  |  | — |  |  | — |  |  | — |  |  | — |  |  | — |
Net loss |  |  | — |  |  | — |  |  | — |  |  | — |  |  | (34,385 | ) |  | — |  |  | (1,194 | ) |  | (35,579 | )
Derecognition of non-controlling interests on deconsolidation of a subsidiary |  |  | — |  |  | — |  |  | — |  |  | — |  |  | — |  |  | — |  |  | (4,393 | ) |  | (4,393 | )
Other comprehensive income: |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |
Foreign currency translation |  |  | — |  |  | — |  |  | — |  |  | — |  |  | — |  |  | (3,272 | ) |  | — |  |  | (3,272 | )
​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​
Balance at December 31, 2012 |  |  | 47,656,092 |  | $ | 182 |  | $ | 1,309,761 |  | $ | (20,421 | ) | $ | (1,153,301 | ) | $ | 79,621 |  | $ | 814 |  | $ | 216,656 |
​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​
​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​
Repurchase of ordinary shares |  |  | (8,333,333 | ) |  | (31 | ) |  | (30,649 | ) |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | (30,680 | )
Restricted stock issued and restricted stock units released |  |  | 455,095 |  |  | — |  |  | — |  |  | — |  |  | — |  |  | — |  |  | — |  |  | — |
Stock-based compensation |  |  | — |  |  | — |  |  | 1,698 |  |  | — |  |  | — |  |  | — |  |  | — |  |  | 1,698 |
Net loss |  |  | — |  |  | — |  |  | — |  |  | — |  |  | (22,721 | ) |  | — |  |  | (9 | ) |  | (22,730 | )
Elimination of the non-controlling interest as a result of liquidation of a subsidiary. |  |  | — |  |  | — |  |  | — |  |  | — |  |  | — |  |  | — |  |  | (805 | ) |  | (805 | )
Other comprehensive income: |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |
Foreign currency translation |  |  | — |  |  | — |  |  | — |  |  | — |  |  | — |  |  | (6,671 | ) |  | — |  |  | (6,671 | )
CTA recognition on liquidation of the subsidiaries |  |  | — |  |  | — |  |  | — |  |  | — |  |  | — |  |  | (7,088 | ) |  | — |  |  | (7,088 | )
​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​
Balance at December 31, 2013 |  |  | 39,777,854 |  | $ | 151 |  | $ | 1,280,810 |  | $ | (20,421 | ) | $ | (1,176,022 | ) | $ | 65,862 |  | $ | — |  | $ | 150,380 |
​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​
​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​

(1) Authorized share capital of the company was amended by the consolidation of the existing 750,000,000 Ordinary Shares of US$0.00125 par value each into 250,000,000 Ordinary Shares of US$0.00375 par value each effective from March 21, 2013. The outstanding common shares and treasury stock shares for 2012 and 2011 have been adjusted retroactively to reflect the one for three reverse share split.

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements

F-6

Table of Contents

UTSTARCOM HOLDINGS CORP.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

|  | Years ended December 31, |
--- | --- | --- | ---
|  | 2013 |  | 2012 |  | 2011 |
|  | (In thousands) |
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES: |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |
Net income (loss) |  | $ | (22,730 | ) | $ | (35,579 | ) | $ | 11,777 |
Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash used in operating activities: |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |
Depreciation and amortization |  |  | 3,464 |  |  | 3,951 |  |  | 3,082 |
Amortization of deferred gain on sale-leaseback |  |  | — |  |  | — |  |  | (625 | )
Net loss (gain) on divestitures |  |  | 1,307 |  |  | 16,239 |  |  | (4,546 | )
Net loss (gain) on disposal of assets |  |  | 3,553 |  |  | 879 |  |  | (492 | )
Gain on CTA recognition from liquidation of subsidiaries |  |  | (7,088 | ) |  | — |  |  | — |
Tax provision reversal |  |  | (1,240 | ) |  | — |  |  | — |
Equity pick up of losses of an associate |  |  | 9,586 |  |  | — |  |  | — |
Investment Impairment |  |  | 9,400 |  |  | 3,043 |  |  | 476 |
Stock-based compensation expense |  |  | 1,698 |  |  | 2,982 |  |  | 3,029 |
Provision for (recovery of) doubtful accounts |  |  | (75 | ) |  | (1,154 | ) |  | 2,212 |
Deferred income taxes |  |  | (380 | ) |  | (2,211 | ) |  | 345 |
Changes in operating assets and liabilities, net of effect of iTV deconsolidation and IPTV divestiture |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |
Accounts receivable |  |  | (14,058 | ) |  | 664 |  |  | 8,080 |
Inventories and deferred costs |  |  | 45,875 |  |  | (4,231 | ) |  | 94,916 |
Other assets |  |  | 6,058 |  |  | 17,455 |  |  | 11,261 |
Accounts payable |  |  | 7,110 |  |  | 9,506 |  |  | (4,857 | )
Income taxes payable |  |  | 110 |  |  | 6,393 |  |  | 3,102 |
Customer advances |  |  | (12,005 | ) |  | 9,749 |  |  | 1,488 |
Deferred revenue |  |  | (29,524 | ) |  | (37,760 | ) |  | (132,575 | )
Other liabilities |  |  | (2,976 | ) |  | (15,544 | ) |  | (38,390 | )
​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​
Net cash used in operating activities |  |  | (1,915 | ) |  | (25,618 | ) |  | (41,717 | )
​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES: |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |
Additions to property, plant and equipment |  |  | (3,766 | ) |  | (5,445 | ) |  | (9,347 | )
Purchase of intangible assets |  |  | — |  |  | (54 | ) |  | — |
Payment on the NGN divestiture |  |  | (2,369 | ) |  | — |  |  | — |
Net proceeds from divestitures |  |  | 2,000 |  |  | 220 |  |  | 215 |
Payment for the non-controlling interest on the liquidation of a subsidiary |  |  | (898 | ) |  | — |  |  | — |
Proceeds from settlement of an investment interest, net |  |  | 569 |  |  | — |  |  | — |
Change in restricted cash |  |  | 2,209 |  |  | (1,129 | ) |  | 5,478 |
Purchase of investment interests |  |  | (26,592 | ) |  | (15,602 | ) |  | (1,181 | )
Contribution of equity investment through a shareholder loan |  |  | — |  |  | — |  |  | (7,119 | )
Purchase of short-term investments |  |  | (81 | ) |  | (2,267 | ) |  | (8,365 | )
Proceeds from sale of short-term investments |  |  | 379 |  |  | 4,300 |  |  | 9,039 |
Cash decrease due to deconsolidation of a subsidiary |  |  | — |  |  | (6,841 | ) |  | — |
Payment on divestiture of IPTV business and investment in IPTV convertible bond |  |  | (503 | ) |  | (56,010 | ) |  | — |
Other |  |  | 162 |  |  | 80 |  |  | 519 |
​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​
Net cash used in investing activities |  |  | (28,890 | ) |  | (82,748 | ) |  | (10,761 | )
​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES: |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |
Issuance of ordinary shares upon ESPP purchases and option exercises |  |  | — |  |  | — |  |  | 124 |
Repurchase of ordinary shares |  |  | (30,680 | ) |  | (8,842 | ) |  | (6,301 | )
​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​
Net cash used in financing activities |  |  | (30,680 | ) |  | (8,842 | ) |  | (6,177 | )
​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents |  |  | (10,326 | ) |  | (4,834 | ) |  | 8,774 |
​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​
Net decrease in cash and cash equivalents |  |  | (71,811 | ) |  | (122,042 | ) |  | (49,881 | )
​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year |  |  | 179,584 |  |  | 301,626 |  |  | 351,507 |
​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year |  | $ | 107,773 |  | $ | 179,584 |  | $ | 301,626 |
​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​
​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​
Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information: |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |
Cash paid: |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |
Interest |  | $ | 151 |  | $ | 240 |  | $ | 252 |
Income taxes |  | $ | 1,600 |  | $ | 3,000 |  | $ | 530 |
Non-cash operating activities |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |
Purchase iTV convertible bond through converting of outstanding receivables |  | $ | 7,114 |  |  | — |  |  | — |
Non-cash investing activities |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |
Repurchase of ordinary shares from iTV shareholder |  |  | — |  | $ | (5,278 | ) |  | — |
Accrual related to purchase of property, plant and equipment |  | $ | 530 |  | $ | 1,911 |  | $ | (2,475 | )
Purchase iTV convertible bond through converting of outstanding receivables |  | $ | (7,114 | ) |  | — |  |  | — |

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements

F-7

Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 1—BASIS OF PRESENTATION AND LIQUIDITY

UTStarcom Holdings Corp., or the Company, a Cayman Islands corporation incorporated in 2011, is a global telecom infrastructure provider dedicated to developing technology that will serve the rapidly growing demand for bandwidth from cloud-based services, mobile, streaming and other applications. The Company works with carriers globally, from Asia to the Americas, to meet this demand through a range of innovative broadband packet optical transport and wireless/fixed-line access products and solutions.

UTStarcom was founded in 1991 and started trading on NASDAQ in 2000. On June 24, 2011, the stockholders of UTStarcom Inc. approved the proposed merger, or the Merger, to reorganize UTStarcom, Inc. as a Cayman Islands company. Pursuant to the approval of the shareholders, UTSI Mergeco Inc., a Delaware corporation and a wholly-owned subsidiary of UTStarcom Holdings Corp., merged with and into the existing public company, UTStarcom, Inc., which is incorporated under the laws of the State of Delaware. As a result of the reorganization, UTStarcom Holdings Corp. became the parent company of UTStarcom, Inc. and its subsidiaries.

Also pursuant to the Merger, the Company issued an equal number of ordinary shares in exchange for the common stock of UTStarcom Inc. The Company's business is conducted in substantially the same manner as was conducted by UTStarcom, Inc. The transaction was accounted for as a legal re-organization of entities under common control. Accordingly, the accompanying consolidated financial statements of the Company have been prepared with the assumption that the current corporate structure has been in existence throughout all relevant periods. The consolidated financial statements of the Company prior to the Merger in 2011 reflect the financial position, results of operations and cash flows of UTStarcom, Inc. and its subsidiaries. The consolidated financial statements as of December 31, 2013 and 2012 and for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 reflect the financial position, results of operations and cash flows of the Company.

The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its wholly- and majority-owned subsidiaries. All significant intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated in the preparation of the consolidated financial statements. The noncontrolling interests in consolidated subsidiaries are shown separately in the consolidated financial statements.

The accompanying consolidated balance sheets as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, and the Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income (Loss) for each of the three years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 have been prepared by the Company pursuant to the rules and regulations of the SEC and in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles in the U.S. ("US GAAP").

The accompanying consolidated financial statements are presented on the basis that the Company is a going concern. The going concern assumption contemplates the realization of assets and the satisfaction of liabilities in the normal course of business.

The Company has incurred a net loss of $22.7 million during the year ended December 31, 2013, a net loss and a net income of $34.4 million and $13.4 million during the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively. As of December 31, 2013, the Company had an accumulated deficit of $1,176.0 million. The Company incurred net cash outflow from operations of $1.9 million, $25.6 million and $41.7 million during the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 respectively.

As of December 31, 2013, the Company had cash and cash equivalents of $107.8 million, of which $11.5 million was held by subsidiaries in China. China imposes currency exchange controls on certain transfers of funds to and from China. The Company's China subsidiaries are subjected to pre-approval from the State Administration of Foreign Exchange ("SAFE") for non-domestic financing. Additionally,

F-8

Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

NOTE 1—BASIS OF PRESENTATION AND LIQUIDITY (Continued)

the amount of cash available for transfer from the China subsidiaries for use by the Company's non-China subsidiaries is also limited both by the liquidity needs of the subsidiaries in China and the restriction on currency exchange by Chinese-government mandated limitations including currency exchange controls on certain transfers of funds outside of China. Our China subsidiaries have no accumulated profit as of December 31, 2013 determined in accordance with Chinese accounting standards that can be paid as dividends. In the years 2011, 2012 and 2013, our China subsidiaries did not pay dividends to our parent company.

Global economies have experienced a significant downturn driven by a financial and credit crisis that will continue to challenge such economies for some period of time. Under the current macroeconomic environment, there are significant risks and uncertainties inherent in management's ability to forecast future results. The operating environment confronting the Company, both internally and externally, raises significant uncertainties.

In the past years, the Company took a number of actions to improve its liquidity. Starting in June 2009, management expanded the initiatives to include a worldwide reduction in workforce and optimizing R&D spending with a focus on selected products. The Company's year-over-year selling, general and administrative and R&D operating expenses decreased significantly both in 2012 and 2013 and management believes the continuing efforts to stream-line operations will enable the Company's fixed cost base to be better aligned with operations, market demand and projected sales levels. If projected sales do not materialize, the Company will need to take further actions to reduce costs and expenses or explore other cost reduction options.

In December 2009, the Company entered into a Sale Leaseback Agreement for the sale of its manufacturing, R&D, and administrative offices facility in Hangzhou, China to a third party for approximately $138.8 million and leaseback of a portion of the facility. As of May 31, 2010, the Company had received all of the sales proceeds and met all criteria for consummation of the sale of the Hangzhou facility. See Note 7 for additional information on the sale-leaseback transaction. On May 31, 2010, the Company and the buyer agreed that all conditions precedent to the closing had been met and the leaseback commenced on June 1, 2010. However, the Company decided to terminate the lease of the Hangzhou facility in June 2011 and notified the landlord on December 8, 2010, six months in advance, according to the termination clause in the Sale Leaseback Agreement. The termination agreement was signed between the landlord and the Company in June 2011 and both parties agreed to terminate the lease on June 30, 2011. The Company paid early termination penalties of approximately $9.8 million in total to the landlord in 2010 and 2011.

On October 16, 2010, the Company invested in iTV Media Inc. or iTV, by entering an Ordinary Shares Purchase Agreement with iTV and Smart Frontier, the sole shareholder of iTV, to purchase 5,100,000 ordinary shares at a total price of $10.0 million, which consisted of 51% of iTV's total shares which were held by Smart Frontier, the purchase price was paid by the Company's ordinary shares, which would be repurchased back in future by the Company according to the Ordinary Shares Purchase Agreement. Concurrent with entering into the Ordinary Shares Purchase Agreement, the Company also entered into a Series A Preference Shares Purchase Agreement to purchase from iTV 9,600,000 Series A Preference Shares for an aggregate cash consideration of $20.0 million. The Purchase Shares and the Series A Preference Shares together constitute 75% of the total shares of iTV which gave the Company control over iTV. The Company recorded this transaction as an acquisition of a business. The transactions closed on November 8, 2010. The Company issued 4,473,272 (or 1,491,091 after reverse share split) ordinary shares to Smart Frontier with a fair value of

F-9

Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

NOTE 1—BASIS OF PRESENTATION AND LIQUIDITY (Continued)

$9.8 million based on the market price of the Company's ordinary share as at November 8, 2010 for the purchase price of $10.0 million for the iTV ordinary shares and made cash payments of $20.0 million to iTV for the purchase of Series A Preference Shares.

On April 15, 2012, the Share Exchange Agreement was entered into by the Company and the iTV shareholders to exercise the repurchase right. The transaction was effective on June 4, 2012 and the transfer was completed on June 21, 2012. Upon the execution of the Share Exchange Agreement, 4,473,272 (or 1,491,091 after reverse share split) UTStarcom ordinary shares previously held by Smart Frontier were transferred back to the Company as treasury shares and the 5,100,000 ordinary shares of Stage Smart Limited previously held by UTStarcom were transferred back to Smart Frontier Holdings Limited. After the repurchase, the Company decreased its ownership in iTV from 75% to approximately 49% and reduced its representation on the iTV board of directors from three to two out of a total of five board seats, which triggered deconsolidation of iTV from its consolidated financial statements starting from June 21, 2012. Since the remaining Series A Preference Shares of iTV invested by the Company did not qualify as the in-substance common stock due to their substantive liquidation preference, the Company uses the cost method to account for the investment the iTV Series A preference shares after the deconsolidation.

On December 3, 2012, iTV issued a convertible bond to the Company for cash in the principal amount of $3.0 million which bears interest at 6.5% per annum and matured on December 31, 2013 and subsequently the maturity date was extended to December 31, 2015. The convertible bond is classified as available-for-sale securities subject to fair value accounting.

On January 2, 2013, iTV issued another convertible bond to the Company for cash in the principal amount of $5.0 million with a maturity date of December 31, 2013, and also subsequently extended the maturity date to December 31, 2015. The issuance of these additional convertible bonds triggered a reassessment of the Company's previous cost method accounting for its investment in the preference shares. Due to the additional convertible bond investment and the decreasing fair value of the ordinary shares of iTV in relation to the total fair value of that company, it was determined the preference shares of iTV Media owned by the Company now substantively participated in the risks and rewards of iTV Media, irrespective of the liquidation preferences, and were considered as in-substance common stock. Therefore, the Company concluded the equity method criteria had been met and the equity accounting commenced in the first quarter of 2013. As a result, the Company recorded total $9.6 million losses for this equity investment in 2013 equivalent to 49% of iTVs losses for the year. As of December 31, 2013, the remaining balance in the preferred stock is $5.3M.

In the second quarter of 2013, the Company further invested in an additional $15.0 million convertible bond issued by iTV Media with a maturity date of May 31, 2014. In the fourth quarter of 2013, the Company further invested in an additional $12.1 million convertible bond issued by iTV Media of which $5.0 million was invested through cash with a maturity date of August 31, 2014 and $7.1 million through the conversion of outstanding receivables with a maturity date of December 31, 2015. No significant gain or loss was generated from the conversion of receivables to convertible bonds because it was converted at the book value of the receivables.

Through December 31, 2013, the Company has invested $20.0 million preference shares and $35.1 million convertible bonds in iTV Media. If converted, these investments represent approximately 73% of the equity of iTV Media. Nevertheless, the Company does not have control over iTV Media because the founder and CEO of iTV Media retains the right to elect three of the five board members of iTV Media unless the voting interests controlled by him falls below 10% of the total voting interests

F-10

Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

NOTE 1—BASIS OF PRESENTATION AND LIQUIDITY (Continued)

of iTV Media. As the iTV Media board of directors has the power to elect or dismiss officers, approve the budget, make strategic decisions and evaluate possible merger and acquisition opportunities of that company, the founder and CEO of iTV Media controls that company. iTV Media is considered as a Variable Interest Entity because it is thinly capitalized. Management has concluded the founder and CEO of iTV Media was the primary beneficiary of iTV Media for the year ended December 31, 2013, because he met the power criterion and loss/benefits criterion in accordance to ASC 81010-25. For the above reasons, the company did not consolidate iTV Media as of December 31, 2013 and for the year ended December 31, 2013. After recognizing an impairment charge of $9.1 million impairment charge in 2013, the convertible bond investments balance at December 31, 2013 was $26.0 million. If iTV Media can not obtain funding that is more senior than the convertible bonds from other parties, once the preferred shares book value is reduced to zero due to 49% equity loss pick up, the Company will recognize 100% of iTV Media's losses until its convertible bond investment balance has been depleted.

On July 27, 2012, the Company announced strategic initiatives to divest its IPTV equipment business, which became a privately-held standalone company. On August 31, 2012, the Company successfully closed the divestiture of its IPTV business and paid a total consideration of approximately $30.0 million related to the net liabilities transferred and also purchased a convertible bond in the principal amount of $20.0 million issued by the privately-held standalone company. See "Note 3—Divestiture".

Management believes that the continuing efforts to stream-line its operations will enable its fixed cost base to be better aligned with operations, market demand and projected sales level. Management believes both the Company's China and non-China operations will have sufficient liquidity to finance working capital and capital expenditure needs in excess of 12 months. Furthermore, the Company has concentrated its business in Asia, particularly Taiwan and Japan. Any unforeseen prolonged economic and /or political risks in these markets could impact the Company's customers in making their respective investment decisions and could have a material impact on the foregoing assessment. There can be no assurance that additional financing, if required, will be available on terms satisfactory to the Company or at all, and if funds are raised in the future through issuance of preferred stock or debt, these securities could have rights, privileges or preference senior to those of the Company's ordinary share and newly issued debt could contain debt covenants that impose restrictions on the Company's operations. Further, any sale of newly issued debt or equity securities could result in additional dilution to the Company's current shareholders.

On March 21, 2013, shareholders of the Company approved the consolidation for the authorized share capital of the Company from the existing 750,000,000 Ordinary Shares of $0.00125 par value each into 250,000,000 Ordinary Shares of $0.00375 par value each. As a result, the one-for-three reverse split of the Company's ordinary shares became effective on March 21, 2013 with trading of the post-reverse split-adjusted basis on the NASDAQ Global Select Market as of the opening of trading on Friday, March 22, 2013. All shares/per share related data in the presentation of these financial statements have been adjusted retroactively to reflect the one for three reverse share split.

The Company has reclassified the prior year presentation of investment impairment loss to present on a separate line consistent with the 2013 presentation in the Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income (Loss). We consider this adjustment immaterial to the Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income (Loss) of 2012 and 2011.

F-11

Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

NOTE 2—SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Use of Estimates:

The preparation of consolidated financial statements in conformity with generally US GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Significant judgment and estimates are used for revenue recognition, allowance for doubtful accounts and sales returns, tax valuation allowances, inventory write-down, deferred costs, accrued product warranty costs, provisions for contract losses, recoverability of goodwill and intangible assets, investment impairments, stock-based compensation expense, loss contingencies and restructuring expenses among others. Actual results could differ materially from those estimates.

Cash and Cash Equivalents:

Cash and cash equivalents consist of highly liquid instruments with original maturities of three months or less. Approximately 48%, $51.3 million of cash and cash equivalents were held by the Company's subsidiaries in the U.S. as of December 31, 2013. The remainder was held by the other UTStarcom entities throughout the world. As of December 31, 2013, approximately 11%, $11.5 million of the Company's cash and cash equivalents were held by its subsidiaries in China and China imposes currency exchange controls on transfers of funds outside of China. Cash and cash equivalents are invested in short-term bank deposits and similar short duration instruments with fixed maturities from overnight to three months.

Restricted Cash:

As of December 31, 2013, the Company had short-term restricted cash of $9.8 million, and had long-term restricted cash of $4.9 million included in other long-term assets. As of December 31, 2012, the Company had short-term restricted cash of $13.8 million, and had long-term restricted cash of $5.8 million included in other long-term assets. These amounts primarily collateralize the Company's issuances of performance bonds, warranty bonds, standby and commercial letters of credit.

Investments:

The Company's investments consist principally of bank notes, debt securities classified as available for sale and cost and equity method investments in privately held companies. The investments in equity securities of privately held companies in which the Company holds less than 20% voting interest and on which the Company does not have the ability to exercise significant influence are accounted for under ASC 325, "Investments—Other" using the cost method. Under the cost method, these investments are carried at the lower of cost or fair market value. The investments in equity securities of privately held companies in which the Company holds at least 20% but less than 50% voting interest and on which the Company has the ability to exercise significant influence are accounted for under ASC 323, "Investments—Equity Method and Joint Ventures" using the equity method. Investments in debt securities that are classified as available for sale are measured at fair value in the statement of financial position under ASC 320, "Investments—Debt and Equity Securities". Unrealized holding gains and losses for available-for-sale securities (including those classified as current assets) will be excluded from earnings and reported in other comprehensive income until realized except as indicated in the following paragraph.

F-12

Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

NOTE 2—SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

The Company recognizes an impairment charge when a decline in the fair value of its investments below the cost basis is judged to be other-than-temporary. In making this determination, the Company reviews several factors to determine whether the losses are other-than-temporary, including but not limited to: (i) the length of time the investment was in an unrealized loss position, (ii) the extent to which fair value was less than cost, (iii) the financial condition and near term prospects of the issuer, and (iv) the Company's intent and ability to hold the investment for a period of time sufficient to allow for any anticipated recovery in fair value.

Revenue Recognition:

The Company recognizes revenue when persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, delivery has occurred, the fee is fixed or determinable and collectability is probable. The Company assesses collectability based on a number of factors, including payment history and the credit-worthiness of the customer. The Company does not request collateral from its customers. In international sales, the Company may require letters of credit from its customers that can be drawn on demand if the customer defaults on its payment. If the Company determines that collection of a payment is not reasonably assured, the Company defers revenue recognition until collection becomes reasonably assured, which is generally upon receipt of cash. If the payment due from the customer is not fixed or determinable due to extended payment terms, revenue is recognized as payments become due and payable by the customer, assuming all other criteria for revenue recognition are met. Any payments received prior to revenue recognition are recorded as customer advances. Normal payment terms differ for various reasons amongst different customer regions, depending upon common business practices for customers within a region. Billing to customers for shipping and handling are recorded as revenues and the associated costs are recorded as costs of revenues. Any expected losses on contracts are recognized when identified on an individual basis in accordance with the prevailing accounting guidance for the respective contract.

In September 2009, the FASB amended the accounting standards for multiple element arrangements to:

(i)
  provide updated guidance on how the deliverables in a multiple element arrangements should be separated, and how the consideration should be allocated;
(ii)
  allow the use of management's best estimate of selling prices, or BESP, for individual elements of an arrangement when vendor-specific objective evidence, or VSOE, of selling price or third-party evidence, or TPE, of selling price is not available; and
(iii)
  eliminate the use of the residual method and require an entity to allocate revenue using the relative selling price method.

In September 2009, the FASB also amended the accounting standards to remove non-software components and software components of tangible products that function together to deliver the product's essential functionality from the scope of pre-existing software revenue recognition guidance.

The Company adopted these standards beginning in January 2011 on a prospective basis for applicable transactions originating or materially modified after December 31, 2010.

The amended standards did not generally change the units of accounting for the Company's revenue transactions. Most of the Company's non-software products and services qualify as separate units of accounting because they have value to the customer on a standalone basis and the Company's

F-13

Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

NOTE 2—SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

revenue arrangements generally do not include a general right of return relative to delivered products after receipt of the final acceptance certificate.

A majority of these non-software products are hardware systems such as telecommunications equipment and terminal equipment containing software components that function together to provide the essential functionality of the product and are considered non-software deliverables. Therefore, revenue transactions related to the sale of these telecommunications equipment, which until December 31, 2010, have been accounted for under pre-existing software revenue recognition guidance are now accounted for under the amended guidance for arrangements with multiple deliverables.

When a sales arrangement contains multiple deliverable elements, or multiple element arrangements, and software and non-software components function together to deliver the tangible products' essential functionality, the Company allocates revenue to each element based on the relative selling price of each element. Under this approach, the selling price of a deliverable is determined by using a selling price hierarchy that requires the use of VSOE of fair value, if available, TPE of selling price if VSOE is not available or management's BESP if neither VSOE nor TPE is available.

The Company establishes VSOE of selling price using the price charged for a deliverable when sold separately. When the Company is unable to establish selling price using VSOE, the Company uses management's BESP in the allocation of arrangement consideration. The Company typically is not able to determine TPE for its products or services. TPE of selling price is determined by evaluating similar competitor deliverables when sold separately to similarly situated customers. Generally, the Company's products differ from that of its peers, in that its product offerings are directed towards the integration of telecom, broadband and cable television networks and as such, usually entail a significant level of differentiation or customization for its customers such that the comparable pricing of products with similar functionality cannot be obtained. Furthermore, the Company is unable to reliably determine what similar competitor products' selling prices are on a stand-alone basis.

The objective of BESP is to determine the price at which the Company would transact a sale if the product or service were sold on a stand-alone basis. Management applies judgment in establishing pricing strategies and determines its BESP for a product or service using historical selling price trends and by considering multiple factors including, but not limited to, cost of products, gross margin objectives, geographies, customer classes, customer segment pricing practices and distribution channels. The determination of BESP is performed through consultation with the Company's product management and marketing department and includes review and approval by Management. Management regularly reviews VSOE and BESP and maintain internal controls over the establishment and updates of these estimates.

The Company may modify or develop new pricing practices and strategies in the future. As these pricing strategies evolve, the Company may modify its pricing practices in the future, which may result in changes in selling prices, including both VSOE and BESP. As a result, future revenue recognition may result in a different allocation of revenue to the deliverables in multiple element arrangements from the results of the current period, which may change the pattern and timing of revenue recognition for these elements but will not change the total revenue recognized for the arrangement.

Multiple element arrangements primarily involve the sale of hardware systems, installation and training. In addition, while not separately sold, the arrangement may include extended warranties that cover product repairs, maintenance services, and software updates for the software components that are essential to the functionality of the hardware systems or equipment. Revenue consideration allocated to

F-14

Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

NOTE 2—SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

each element under the relative selling price method is recognized as each element is earned, namely upon installation and acceptance of equipment or delivery of terminals, the delivered element(s) has stand-alone value, there is no right of return on delivered element(s), and the Company is in control of the undelivered element(s). For arrangements that include service elements, including technical support and installation and also training, revenue is deferred until such services are deemed complete. Revenue from extended warranties is recognized ratably over the contract period of the extended warranty services.

Final acceptance is required for revenue recognition when installation services are not considered perfunctory. Final acceptance indicates that the customer has fully accepted delivery and installation, if any, of equipment and the Company is entitled to full payment. The Company does not recognize revenue before final acceptance is granted by the customer if acceptance is considered substantive to the transaction. The sales contracts the Company enters into typically include customer acceptance provisions and require the customer to issue a final acceptance certificate to evidence the customer's acceptance of the products and services. In those circumstances, the Company is unable to enforce payment terms until after the receipt of the final acceptance certificate because the payment conditions are dependent on the issuance of the final acceptance certificate. The Company's products are generally deployed within the core network of its telecommunications and cable operations customers. The acceptance terms for the products and services include initial test, on-site testing and trial period. Based on the Company's past experience, the customer's acceptance process for larger and complex projects may take longer than twelve months. As a result, the customer run prolonged and rigorous tests to ensure the Company's products work seamlessly with the customer's existing network. Each customer runs its unique tests, as the equipment performance can vary based on how the equipment works in combination with the customer's other equipment, software and other conditions. Given that there is uncertainty about customer acceptance until the customer completes its internal testing and procedures, the Company waits until the issuance of the final acceptance certificate to support its assertion that the delivery of products and services has occurred. For significant customer contracts involving larger and complex projects where there is on-site testing at multiple locations and the taking over of product warranty and product title occurs after the acceptance of the products and services, acceptance is substantive to the transaction.

Certain arrangements with multiple deliverables may continue to have stand-alone software deliverables that are subject to the existing software revenue recognition guidance along with non-software deliverables that are subject to the amended revenue accounting guidance. The revenue for these multiple element arrangements is allocated to the stand-alone software deliverables as a group and the non-software deliverables based on the relative selling prices of all of the deliverables in the arrangement using the fair value hierarchy in the amended revenue accounting guidance. For stand-alone software sales after December 31, 2010 and for all transactions entered into prior to the first quarter of 2011, the Company recognizes revenue based on the software revenue recognition guidance. Under the software revenue recognition guidance, the Company uses the residual method to recognize revenue when an arrangement includes one or more elements to be delivered at a future date and VSOE of the fair value of all the undelivered elements exists. VSOE of fair value of each element is based on the price charged when the element is sold separately. Under the residual method, the fair value of the undelivered elements is deferred and the remaining portion of the contract price is recognized as revenue when all other revenue recognition criteria are met. If VSOE of fair value of one or more undelivered elements does not exist, all revenue for delivered and undelivered elements is deferred until delivery of all elements occurs or when VSOE of fair value of the undelivered elements

F-15

Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

NOTE 2—SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

can be established. In some cases the Company has agreed to give software upgrade rights on a "when and if made available" basis for no additional consideration and for an unspecified period which could extend over the term of the contract. This additional contract obligation is an element of "post-contract support", or PCS. The Company has not established VSOE for such contract element. Accordingly, the revenues from such contracts are recognized ratably over the expected period of PCS, which is generally the term of the contract. In some cases where there is no stated contractual term, revenue is recognized ratably over the estimated period of PCS. The Company reviews assumptions regarding the estimated PCS periods on a regular basis. If the Company determines that it is necessary to revise the Company's estimates of the PCS periods, the amount of revenue recognized over the life of the contract would not be affected. However, to the extent the new assumptions regarding the PCS periods were different from the original assumptions, the contract revenues would be recognized over the remaining expected PCS period.

In connection with the restructuring of the telecommunication industry in China and the launch of 3G services in China, MIIT announced that PAS services in China would be phased out by January 1, 2012. In the second and third quarter of 2009, the Company streamlined its sales, service and R&D operations for PAS handsets and infrastructure equipment. The Company did not perform any new R&D of PAS products and it maintained a small support team to assist its customers with warranty matters. In the later part of the third quarter of 2009 and the early part of the fourth quarter of 2009, the Company contacted its PAS infrastructure customers and held discussions with them on the future of PAS products. In October 2009, the Company notified its PAS infrastructure customers in China that it would no longer provide upgrades or support of PAS products beyond December 31, 2011. Consequently, the Company determined the remaining expected period of support as 2 years from the fourth quarter of 2009 and hence deferred revenue associated with PAS infrastructure was recognized ratably beginning in the fourth quarter of 2009 through the fourth quarter of 2011. In 2011, deferred revenue of $95.3 million was released to revenue associated with PAS infrastructure sales, realizing profit of approximated $33.1 million on a full year basis. As of December 31, 2011, the Company completed the amortization of deferred revenue associated with PAS infrastructure sales. The Company still had a remaining balance of deferred revenue associated with unfulfilled contractual obligations for its historical PAS infrastructure contracts as of December 31, 2011. Such amounts were deferred at its VSOE of fair value according to the terms of the contracts. Upon the phasing out of the PAS services as required by the MIIT announcement, the Company has been taking appropriate actions, such as communicating with its customers regarding the termination of such services, to legally release those obligations. Accordingly, approximately $8.1 million of the deferred revenue had been released in 2012 upon the completion of the appropriate legal actions. The remaining balance of $5.1 million was included as the part of the liabilities transferred to the buyer on the IPTV divestiture. See "Note 3—Divestiture".

Revenue from fixed price contracts that include a requirement for significant software modification or customization is recognized using the completed contract method of accounting whereby no revenue is recognized prior to the completion of the project, because for contracts involving unique requirements the Company is unable to make reasonably dependable estimates of progress towards meeting contractual requirements. In the event estimated total project costs exceed estimated total project revenues, the entire estimated loss is charged to operations in the period in which the loss becomes probable and can be reasonably estimated. The complexity of the estimation process and judgments about internal and external factors including labor utilization, changes to specifications and

F-16

Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

NOTE 2—SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

testing requirements, time required for performance and resulting incurrence of contract penalties, and the performance of subcontractors affect the estimation process.

The Company recognizes revenue for system integration, installation and training upon completion of performance and if all other revenue recognition criteria are met. Other service revenue, principally related to maintenance and support contracts, is recognized ratably over the maintenance term.

The Company will recognize gross revenue based on the amount billed to customers, when all revenue recognition criteria have been met for transactions where the Company is a reseller. For these transactions the Company is responsible to fulfill the contracts' obligations, and assumes both the general inventory risk as well as the credit risk.

The assessment of collectability is also a factor in determining whether revenue should be recognized. The Company assesses collectability based on a number of factors, including payment history and the credit-worthiness of the customer. The Company does not request collateral from its customers. In international sales, the Company may require letters of credit from its customers that can be drawn on demand if the customer defaults on its payment. If the Company determines that collection of a payment is not reasonably assured, the Company defers revenue recognition until collection becomes reasonably assured, which is generally upon receipt of cash.

Occasionally, the Company enters into revenue sharing arrangements. Under these arrangements, the Company collects payment only after its customer, the telecommunications service provider, collects service revenues. When the Company enters into a revenue sharing arrangement, the Company does not recognize revenue until collection is reasonably assured.

On August 31, 2012, the Company completed the divestiture of its IPTV business. As a result, the Company divested the IPTV business, transferring all assets, liabilities and managerial duties to the buyer. However, due to the delay of customer contract assignments, the Company was still the primary obligor for most of the contracts as of the divestiture completion date as they were not legally assigned to the buyer. Therefore, the Company was not able to derecognize the customer advances and deferred revenue related to those un-assigned contracts. Since all of the economic risks and benefits of the un-assigned contracts had been transferred to the buyer of the IPTV business, the Company had recorded a portion of the payment ($22.7 million) made to the buyer at the time of the divestiture as deferred service costs to offset the remaining liabilities (deferred revenue and customer advances) related to those un-assigned contracts. Although the deferred costs and related deferred revenue and customer advances had not been transferred to the buyer at the time of sale, those costs, and this $22.7 million, had been included in the calculation of the loss on divestiture discussed above. As of December 31, 2012, the Company had both liabilities and deferred costs of $47.3 million related to those un-assigned contracts. The Company would continue to recognize revenue for those unassigned contracts when they meet the revenue recognition criteria as mentioned above. At the same time, the Company would recognize an equal amount of the deferred costs associated with those contracts. Therefore, there would be no gross margin impact from the future revenue recognition of these unassigned contracts. The Company would continue to derecognize both the liabilities and deferred costs when the related contracts were legally assigned subsequently. During the post divestiture period in 2012, the Company recorded $2.2 million in revenues and related costs in the statements of operations relating to these unassigned contracts. During the year ended December 31, 2013, the Company recorded $1.4 million in revenues and related costs in the Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income (Loss) due to meeting the revenue recognition criteria. As of

F-17

Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

NOTE 2—SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

December 31, 2013, the Company still had both liabilities and deferred costs of $29.3 million related to those un-assigned contracts. See "Note 3—Divestiture".

Because of the nature of doing business in China and other emerging markets, the Company's billings and/or customer payments may not correlate with the contractual payment terms and the Company generally does not enforce contractual payment terms prior to final acceptance. Accordingly, accounts receivable are not recorded until the Company recognizes the related customer revenue. Advances from customers are recognized when the Company has collected cash from the customer, prior to recognizing revenue. Deferred revenue is recorded if there are undelivered elements after final acceptance has been obtained. The Company had current deferred revenue of $29.1 million and $41.5 million, and long-term deferred revenue of $35.3 million and $59.5 million at December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively. Costs related to deferred revenue are also deferred until revenue is recognized. See "Deferred Costs" below.

Product Warranty:

The Company provides a warranty on its equipment and terminal sales for a period generally ranging from one to two years from the time of final acceptance. At times, the Company has entered into arrangements to provide limited warranty services for periods longer than two years. The Company provides for the expected cost of product warranties at the time that revenue is recognized based on an assessment of past warranty experience and when specific circumstances dictate. The Company assesses the adequacy of its recorded warranty liability every quarter and makes adjustments to the liabilities if necessary. Specific warranty accruals are reversed upon the expiration of the warranty period and are recorded as reduction of cost of sales. Warranty accrual reversals were $0.1 million, $0.3 million and $1.4 million in 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively. From time to time, the Company may be subject to additional costs related to non-standard warranty claims from its customers. If and when this occurs, the Company estimates additional accruals based on historical experience, communication with its customers and various assumptions that the Company believes to be reasonable under the circumstances. Such additional warranty accruals are recorded in the period in which the additional costs are identified.

Receivables:

Although the Company evaluates customer credit worthiness prior to a sale, the Company provides an allowance for doubtful accounts for the estimated loss on trade and notes receivable when collection may no longer be reasonably assured. The Company assesses collectability of receivables based on a number of factors including analysis of creditworthiness, the Company's historical collection history and current economic conditions, its ability to collect payment and on the length of time an individual receivable balance is outstanding. The Company's policy for determining the allowance for doubtful accounts includes both specific allowances for balances known to be uncollectible and a formula-based portfolio approach, based on aging of the accounts receivable, as a precursor to a management review of the overall allowance for doubtful accounts. This formula-based approach involves aging of the Company's accounts receivable and applying a percentage based on the Company's historical experience; this approach results in the allowance being computed based on the aging of the receivables. The Company evaluates the percentages applied to each category of aged accounts receivable periodically based on actual history of write-offs and collections and refines this formula-based approach accordingly for use in future periods. Receivable balances are written off when the Company has sufficient evidence to prove that they are uncollectible.

F-18

Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

NOTE 2—SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

Inventories:

Inventories consist of product held at the Company's manufacturing facility and warehouses, as well as finished goods at customer sites for which the customer has taken possession, but based on specific contractual terms, title has not yet passed to the customer. The Company may ship inventory to existing customers that require additional equipment to expand their existing networks prior to the signing of an expansion contract. Inventories are stated at the lower of cost or market value, based on the FIFO method of accounting. Write-downs are based on the assumptions about future market conditions and customer demand, including projected changes in average selling prices resulting from competitive pricing pressures. The Company continually monitors inventory valuation for potential losses and obsolete inventory at its manufacturing facilities as well as at customer sites. If actual market conditions are less favorable than those projected by management, additional write-downs may be required. If actual market conditions are more favorable than anticipated, inventory previously written down may be sold to customers, resulting in lower cost of sales and higher income from operations than expected in that period.

Deferred costs:

Deferred costs consist of product shipped to the customer for which the rights and obligations of ownership have passed to the customer but revenue has not yet been recognized due to prolonged acceptance periods for tests and the existence of undelivered elements, such as post-contract support including software update rights for which the Company does not have a vendor specific objective evidence of fair value. All deferred costs are stated at cost. Management periodically assesses the recoverability of deferred costs and provides reserves against deferred cost balances when recovery of deferred costs is not probable. Recoverability is evaluated based on various factors including the length of time the product has been held at the customer site, the viability of payment, including assessment of product demand if a revenue sharing arrangement exists and/or the evaluation if a related transaction will result in a gross margin loss. In a loss situation for a transaction, the deferred cost balance is adjusted for impairment equal to the value of the excess of cost over the amount of revenue that will be eventually recognized for the transaction. Revenue and cost of sales are recorded when final acceptance is received from the customer. With greater concentration of product at customer sites under contract with specific or individual customers, the financial conditions of such specific or individual customers may result in increased concentration risk exposure for the Company's inventory. For any post contract support services where the revenue is deferred, due to lack of VSOE for post contract support, the entire related deferred direct costs are classified as a noncurrent asset, consistent with the definition of a current asset.

Research and Development and Capitalized Software Development Costs:

R&D costs are charged to expense as incurred. The Company capitalizes software development costs incurred in the development of software that will ultimately be sold, between the time technological feasibility has been attained and the related product is ready for general release. Management judgment is required in assessing technological feasibility, expected future revenues, estimated product lives and changes in product technologies, and the ultimate recoverability of the Company's capitalized software development costs. Direct costs of software developed for internal use are expensed during the preliminary project stage and capitalized during the application development stage. The Company did not capitalize any software development costs during year 2013, 2012, and 2011.

F-19

Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

NOTE 2—SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

Property, Plant and Equipment:

Property, plant and equipment are recorded at cost and are stated net of accumulated depreciation. Depreciation is provided for on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives of the related assets. Leasehold improvements are amortized on a straight-line basis over the shorter of the estimated useful life or the term of the lease. When assets are disposed of, the cost and related accumulated depreciation are removed from the accounts and the resulting gains or losses are included in results of operations. The Company capitalizes interest incurred related to construction of property, plant or equipment until it is ready for use. No capitalized interest was recorded during the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011.

The Company generally depreciates its assets over the following periods:

|  | Years |
--- | --- | --- | ---
Furniture, test or manufacturing equipment |  |  | 5 |
Computers and software |  |  | 2 - 3 |
Buildings |  |  | 20 |
Automobiles |  |  | 5 |
Leasehold improvements |  |  | Lesser of the term of the lease or the estimated useful lives of the assets |

Depreciation expense was $5.4 million, $4.4 million, and $1.8 million, for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively, which included accelerated amortization of leasehold improvements amounting to $2.0 million for the Beijing and Hangzhou offices, $0.9 million for the Beijing office and Nil due to the early termination of leases for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

Goodwill and Intangible Assets:

Goodwill represents the excess of the purchase price over the fair value of the net tangible and identifiable intangible assets acquired in a business combination. Goodwill is not amortized and is tested annually for impairment during the fourth quarter of the fiscal year and between annual tests if an event occurs or circumstances change in accordance with ASC 350 that would more likely than not reduce the fair value below its carrying amount. Impairment testing of goodwill is performed at a reporting unit level. In 2012, the Company adopted the Financial Accounting Standards Board ("FASB") revised guidance on "Testing of Goodwill for Impairment." Under this guidance, the Company has the option to choose whether it will apply the qualitative assessment first and then the quantitative assessment, if necessary, or to apply the quantitative assessment directly. For reporting units applying a qualitative assessment first, the Company starts the goodwill impairment test by assessing qualitative factors to determine whether it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount. If the Company determines that it is more likely than not the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount, the quantitative impairment test is mandatory. Otherwise, no further testing is required. The quantitative impairment test consists of a comparison of the fair value of goodwill with its carrying value. For reporting units directly applying a quantitative assessment, the Company performs the goodwill impairment test by quantitatively comparing the fair values of those reporting units to their carrying amounts.

Fair value of reporting units is generally determined using a discounted cash flow analysis. This approach uses significant estimates and assumptions including projected future cash flows, the timing of

F-20

Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

NOTE 2—SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

such cash flows, discount rates reflecting the risk inherent in future cash flows, perpetual growth rates, determination of appropriate comparable entities and the determination of whether a premium or discount should be applied to comparables. In addition to the estimates of future cash flows, two of the most significant estimates involved in the determination of fair value of the reporting units are the discount rates and perpetual growth rate applied to terminal values used in the discounted cash flow analysis. The discount rates used in the cash flow models for the goodwill impairment testing considers market and industry data as well as specific risk factors for each reporting unit. The perpetual growth rates for the individual reporting units, for purposes of the terminal value determination, are generally set after an initial three-year forecasted period, although certain reporting units utilized longer forecasted periods, and are based on historical experience, market and industry data. The Company conducts its annual impairment test as of November 1 of each year.

Intangible assets resulting from the acquisitions of entities accounted for using the acquisition method of accounting are estimated by management based on the fair value of assets received. Intangible assets with finite useful lives mainly consist of technologies and non-compete agreement and are amortized on a straight-line basis, generally, over four years. Intangible assets are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not be recoverable. If undiscounted expected future cash flows are less than the carrying value of the assets, an impairment loss is recognized based on the excess of the carrying amount over the fair value of the assets.

Due to deconsolidation of iTV in 2012, there were no intangible assets or goodwill balance as of December 31, 2012. Therefore, no amortization was incurred in 2013. For the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011, the amortization was $0.5 million and $1.2 million, respectively. See "Note 6—Cash, Cash Equivalents and Investments" and "Note 8—Goodwill and Purchased Intangible Assets."

Other than Temporary Impairment on Investment:

The Company reviews its investments for an other-than-temporary impairment whenever events or changes in business circumstances indicate that the carrying value of the investment may not be fully recoverable. Investments identified as having an indication of impairment are subject to further analysis to determine if the impairment is other-than-temporary and this analysis requires estimating the fair value of the investment. In making this determination, the Company reviews several factors to determine whether the losses are other-than-temporary, including but not limited to: (i) the length of time the investment was in an unrealized loss position, (ii) the extent to which fair value was less than cost, (iii) the financial condition and near term prospects of the issuer, and (iv) the Company's intent and ability to hold the investment for a period of time sufficient to allow for any anticipated recovery in fair value. The determination of fair value of the investment involves considering factors such as current economic and market conditions, the operating performance of the companies including current earnings trends and forecasted cash flows, and other company and industry specific information.

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets:

Long-lived assets are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not be recoverable. If undiscounted expected future cash flows are less than the carrying value of the assets, an impairment loss is recognized based on the excess of the carrying amount over the fair value of the assets. Long-lived assets that are to be disposed of by

F-21

Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

NOTE 2—SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

sale are measured at the lower of book value or fair value less cost to sell. See "Note 7—Long-Lived Assets."

Advertising Costs:

The Company expenses all advertising costs as incurred. Payment to customers for marketing development costs are accounted for as a reduction of the revenue associated with customers as incurred. For the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, advertising costs totaled $0.1 million, $0.2 million, and $0.5 million, respectively.

Restructuring Liabilities, Litigation and Other Contingencies:

The Company accounts for its restructuring plans using the guidance provided in ASC 420 "Exit or Disposal Cost Obligations" and ASC 712 "Compensation—Nonretirement Postemployment Benefits". The Company accounts for litigation and contingencies in accordance with ASC 450, "Contingencies", which requires that the Company record an estimated loss from a loss contingency when information available prior to issuance of the Company's financial statements indicates that it is probable that an asset has been impaired or a liability has been incurred at the date of the financial statements and the amount of loss can be reasonably estimated.

Third Party Commissions:

The Company records accruals for commissions payable to third parties in the normal course of business. Such commissions are recorded based on the terms of the contracts between the Company and the third parties and paid pursuant to such contracts. Consistent with the Company's accounting policies, these commissions are recorded as cost of net sales in the period in which the liability is incurred. Management has performed, and continues to perform, follow-up procedures with respect to these accrued commissions. Upon completion of such follow-up procedures, if the accrued commissions have not been claimed and the statute of limitations, if any, has expired, the Company reverses such accruals. Such reversals are recorded in the Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income (Loss) during the period management determines that the accruals are no longer necessary. During the year ended December 31, 2011, the Company did not release any accruals to cost of net sales as a result of the expiration of statute of limitations. During the year ended December 31, 2012, approximately $0.5 million was released to cost of net sales as a result of the expiration of statute of limitations. During the year ended December 31, 2013, the Company did not release any accruals to offset the cost of net sales as a result of the expiration of status of limitations, and continues to carry a balance of $0.1 million as of December, 31, 2013.

Stock-Based Compensation:

Stock-based compensation expense for all share-based payment awards granted is determined based on the grant-date fair value. Stock-based compensation expense for restricted stock awards is measured based on the closing fair market value of the Company's ordinary shares on the date of grant. Stock-based compensation expense for stock options is estimated at the grant date based on each option's fair value as calculated by Black-Scholes model. Stock-based compensation is expensed ratably on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period, which is generally the vesting term of the share-based payment awards. The performance-based restricted stock units are subject to the attainment of goals determined by the Compensation Committee of the Company's Board of Directors.

F-22

Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

NOTE 2—SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

The Company records the relevant stock-based compensation for the performance-based restricted stock units based on the probability of meeting the performance conditions.

Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (AOCI):

Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income mainly consisted of foreign currency translation. The changes in AOCI, including the amounts reclassified to income, were as follows:

|  | Foreign currency translation, net of tax |
--- | --- | --- | ---
|  | (in thousands) |
Balance at December 31, 2011 |  | $ | 82,893 |
Gain (Loss) recorded in other comprehensive income |  |  | (3,272 | )
Less: Gain (loss) reclassified from AOCI to income |  |  | — |
​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​
Balance at December 31, 2012 |  |  | 79,621 |
​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​
Gain (Loss) recorded in other comprehensive income |  |  | (6,671 | )
Less: Gain (loss) reclassified from AOCI to income |  |  | (7,088 | )
​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​
Balance at December 31, 2013 |  | $ | 65,862 |
​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​
​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​

No accumulated other comprehensive income attributable to non-controlling interests.

The Company reclassifies foreign currency translation adjustments from AOCI to income upon sale or upon complete or substantially complete liquidation of investments in foreign entities, with the amounts attributable to the entities and accumulated in the translation adjustment component of equity is both: (a) Removed from the separate component of equity; and (b) reported as part of the gain or loss on sale or liquidation of the investment for the period during which the sale or liquidation occurs.

During fiscal 2013, the Company recognized $7.1 million to net income from the cumulative translation adjustment previously recorded in accumulated other comprehensive income upon the liquidation of two previously inactive Chinese entities. The prior cumulative translation adjustment primarily resulted from the different between local functional currency and the Company's reporting currency.

Income Taxes:

The Company is subject to income taxes in both the United States and numerous foreign jurisdictions. Significant judgment is required in evaluating the Company's tax positions and determining its provision for income taxes. During the ordinary course of business, there are many transactions and calculations for which the ultimate tax determination is uncertain. The Company recognizes the tax benefit (expense) from an uncertain tax position only if it is more likely than not the tax position will be sustained on examination by the taxing authorities, based on the technical merits of the position. The Company recognizes interest expense and penalties related to income tax matters as part of the provision for income taxes.

The Company recognizes deferred income taxes as the difference between the tax bases of assets and liabilities and their financial statement amounts based on enacted tax rates. Management judgment is required in the assessment of the recoverability of the Company's deferred tax assets based on its assessment of projected taxable income. Numerous factors could affect the Company's results of

F-23

Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

NOTE 2—SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

operations in the future. If there was a significant decline in the Company's future operating results, its assessment of the recoverability of its deferred tax assets would need to be revised, and any such adjustment to its deferred tax assets would be charged to income in that period. If necessary, the Company records a valuation allowance to reduce deferred tax assets to an amount management believes is more likely than not to be realized. Changes in estimates of taxable income in the future could result in reversal of the valuation allowances which would be credited to income in the year of reversal.

The Company provides U.S. taxes on foreign undistributed earnings that are not considered to be permanently reinvested outside the United States.

Financial Instruments and Derivatives:

Financial instruments consist of cash and cash equivalents, short and long-term investments, notes receivable, accounts receivable and payable and accrued liabilities. The carrying amounts of cash and cash equivalents, bank notes, accounts receivable and payable, notes receivable, and accrued liabilities approximate their fair values because of the short-term nature of those instruments. The fair value of long term investments in debt and equity securities is determined based on quoted market prices or available information about investees.

The Company may use derivative financial instruments to manage its exposures to foreign currency exchange rate changes. The objectives for holding derivatives include reducing, eliminating, and efficiently managing the economic impact of these exposures as effectively as possible. Derivative instruments are recognized as either assets or liabilities on the consolidated balance sheets. The Company measures those instruments at fair value and recognizes changes in the fair value of derivatives in earnings in the period of change unless the derivative qualifies as an effective hedge that offsets certain exposures. Such contracts are designated at inception to the related foreign currency exposures being hedged. The Company has not hedged any such transactions in 2013, 2012 and 2011.

Foreign Currency Translation:

The Company's operations are conducted through international subsidiaries where the local currency is the functional currency and the financial statements of those subsidiaries are translated from their respective functional currencies into U.S. Dollars. All foreign currency assets and liabilities are translated at the period-end exchange rate and all revenues and expenses are translated at the average exchange rate for the period. The effects of translating the financial statements of foreign subsidiaries into U.S. Dollars are reported as a cumulative translation adjustment, a separate component of comprehensive income in stockholders' equity. During fiscal 2013, the Company recognized $7.1 million to net income from the cumulative translation adjustment previously recorded in accumulated other comprehensive income upon the liquidation of two previously inactive Chinese entities. The prior cumulative translation adjustment primarily resulted from the different between local functional currency and the Company's reporting currency.

The foreign currency translation gain/loss related to the remeasurement of transactions denominated in other than the functional currency is included in other income, net on the Company's Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income (Loss). In connection with this remeasurement process, the Company recorded gains of $3.9 million and losses of $4.7 million and $8.9 million in 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

F-24

Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

NOTE 2—SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

Earnings per Share:

Basic earnings per share, or EPS, is computed by dividing net income (loss) available to holders of ordinary shares or common stockholders, by the weighted average number of the Company's ordinary shares outstanding, as applicable, during the period, which excludes unvested restricted stock. Diluted EPS presents the amount of net income (loss) available to each ordinary share, outstanding during the period plus each ordinary share that would have been outstanding assuming the Company had issued ordinary shares, for all dilutive potential ordinary shares outstanding during the period. The Company's potentially dilutive ordinary shares include outstanding stock options, unvested restricted stock and restricted stock units. For the years ended December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, no potential ordinary shares were dilutive because of the net loss incurred in those years, therefore basic and dilutive EPS were the same. For the year ended December 31, 2011, 719,603 ordinary shares were dilutive. The following table summarizes the total potential ordinary shares that were excluded from the diluted per share calculation, because to include them would have been anti-dilutive for the period.

|  | Years ended December 31, |
--- | --- | --- | ---
|  | 2013 |  | 2012 |  | 2011 |
|  | (in thousands) |
Anti-dilutive stock options and awards/units outstanding(2) |  |  | 1,734 |  |  | 2,002 |  |  | — |
​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​
Total(1) |  |  | 1,734 |  |  | 2,002 |  |  | — |
​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​
​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​

The following table shows the calculation of dilutive shares used in calculation diluted earnings per share:

|  | Years ended December 31, |
--- | --- | --- | ---
|  | 2013 |  | 2012 |  | 2011 |
|  | (in thousands) |
Shares used in computation of basic earnings per share(2) |  |  | 39,127 |  |  | 48,513 |  |  | 51,491 |
Total dilutive effect of outstanding stock awards(1) |  |  | — |  |  | — |  |  | 150 |
​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​
Shares used in computation of diluted earnings per share(2) |  |  | 39,217 |  |  | 48,513 |  |  | 51,641 |
​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​
​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​

(1)
  Calculated using the treasury stock method, which assumes proceeds are used to reduce the dilutive effect of outstanding stock awards. Assumed proceeds include the unrecognized deferred compensation of share awards, and assumed tax proceeds from excess stock-based compensation deductions.
(2)
  Authorized share capital of the Company was amended by the consolidation of the existing 750,000,000 Ordinary Shares of US$0.00125 par value each into 250,000,000 Ordinary Shares of US$0.00375 par value each effective from March 21, 2013. The shares used in computation of basic earnings per share and diluted earnings per share for 2012 and 2011 have been adjusted retroactively to reflect the one for three reverse share split.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements:

In February 2013, the FASB issued ASU 2013-04, "Obligations Resulting from Joint and Several Liability Arrangements for Which the Total Amount of the Obligation is Fixed at the Reporting Date". This update provides guidance for the recognition, measurement, and disclosure of obligations resulting

F-25

Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

NOTE 2—SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

from joint and several liability arrangements for which the total amount of the obligation within the scope of this update is fixed at the reporting date, except for obligations addressed within existing guidance in U.S. GAAP. The guidance requires an entity to measure those obligations as the sum of the amount the reporting entity agreed to pay on the basis of its arrangement among its co-obligors and any additional amount the reporting entity expects to pay on behalf of its co-obligors. The guidance in this update also requires an entity to disclose the nature and amount of the obligation as well as other information about those obligations. This update is effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those years, beginning after December 15, 2013. For nonpublic entities, the amendments are effective for fiscal years ending after December 15, 2014, and interim periods and annual periods thereafter. This update should be applied retrospectively to all prior periods presented for those obligations resulting from joint and several liability arrangements within the Update's scope that exist at the beginning of an entity's fiscal year of adoption. An entity may elect to use hindsight for the comparative periods (if it changed its accounting as a result of adopting the amendments in this Update) and should disclose that fact. Early adoption is permitted. However the Company has not elected to adopt this ASU earlier than the effective date. The Company believes the adoption of this ASU will not have a material effect on the Company's financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

In March 2013, the FASB issued ASU 2013-05, "Parent's Accounting for the Cumulative Translation Adjustment upon Derecognition of Certain Subsidiaries or Groups of Assets within a Foreign Entity or of an Investment in a Foreign Entity". This update provides that when a reporting entity (parent) ceases to have a controlling financial interest in a subsidiary or group of assets that is a nonprofit activity or a business (other than a sale of in substance real estate or conveyance of oil and gas mineral rights) within a foreign entity, the parent is required to apply the guidance in Subtopic 830-30 to release any related cumulative translation adjustment into net income. Accordingly, the cumulative translation adjustment should be released into net income only if the sale or transfer results in the complete or substantially complete liquidation of the foreign entity in which the subsidiary or group of assets had resided. For an equity method investment that is a foreign entity, a pro rata portion of the cumulative translation adjustment should be released into net income upon a partial sale of such an equity method investment. However, this treatment does not apply to an equity method investment that is not a foreign entity. In those instances, the cumulative translation adjustment is released into net income only if the partial sale represents a complete or substantially complete liquidation of the foreign entity that contains the equity method investment. Additionally, the amendments in this update clarify that the sale of an investment in a foreign entity includes both (1) events that result in the loss of a controlling financial interest in a foreign entity (that is, irrespective of any retained investment) and (2) events that result in an acquirer obtaining control of an acquire in which it held an equity interest immediately before the acquisition date (sometimes also referred to as a step acquisition). Accordingly, the cumulative translation adjustment should be released into net income upon the occurrence of those events. This update is effective prospectively for fiscal years (and interim reporting periods within those years) beginning after December 15, 2013. Early adoption is permitted. However the Company has not elected to adopt this ASU earlier than the effective date. The Company believes the adoption of this ASU will not have a material effect on the Company's financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

In July 2013, the FASB issued ASU 2013-11, "Income Taxes." Current U.S. GAAP does not include explicit guidance on the financial statement presentation of an unrecognized tax benefit when a net operating loss carryforward, a similar tax loss, or a tax credit carryforward exists. The amendments

F-26

Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

NOTE 2—SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

in this Update are an improvement to current U.S. GAAP because they are expected to reduce diversity in practice by providing guidance on the presentation of unrecognized tax benefits and will better reflect the manner in which an entity would settle at the reporting date any additional income taxes that would result from the disallowance of a tax position when net operating loss carryforwards, similar tax losses, or tax credit carryforwards exist. The amendments in this Update are effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those years, beginning after December 15, 2013. Early adoption is permitted. However the Company has not elected to adopt this ASU earlier than the effective date.

The amendments should be applied prospectively to all unrecognized tax benefits that exist at the effective date. Retrospective application is permitted. The Company is currently evaluating the impact on its financial statements of adopting this Update.

In January 2014, the FASB issued ASU 2014-01, "Investments (Topic 323)." The amendments in this Update provide guidance on accounting for investments by a reporting entity in flow-through limited liability entities that manage or invest in affordable housing projects that qualify for the low-income housing tax credit. The amendments permit reporting entities to make an accounting policy election to account for their investments in qualified affordable housing projects using the proportional amortization method if certain conditions are met.

NOTE 3—DIVESTITURES

During the year ended 2010, the Company completed its divestitures of China Packet Data Services Node ("PDSN") Assets, EMEA operations, IP Messaging and US PDSN Assets, and the Remote Access Server Product Line. During the year ended 2012, the Company completed its divestiture of the IPTV equipment business. During the year ended 2013, the Company completed its divestitures of the Next Generation Network ("NGN") equipment business and DOCSIS-EOC product line.

China PDSN Assets

In the third quarter of 2010, the Company completed a sale of its China PDSN assets. The divested assets were part of the Multimedia Communications segment. After the close of the transactions, the Company remained the primary obligor for certain sales contracts that were in place prior to the close of the transaction. The Company allocated proceeds to each component of the sales agreement based on relative fair values and recorded a gain of $1.6 million upon closing of the transaction in September 2010. The Company determined that the sale of this product line did not meet the criteria for presentation as a discontinued operation because of the Company's continuing involvement. In the third quarter of 2011, the Company entered into a three-party assignment agreement to transfer and release substantially all of the remaining obligations in connection with the sale of China PDSN assets. The Company recognized a gain on divestiture of approximately $4.3 million in year 2011. The Company reassessed and concluded that the three-party assignment agreement was executed beyond the one year reassessment period after its completion of disposal, and there was no triggering event requiring an extension of the reassessment period beyond one year. Therefore, presentation of discontinued operations is not appropriate. In 2012, the Company recognized a gain of $0.8 million as it successfully assigned all the remaining obligations associated with the China PDSN assets and released the related deferred gain. As of December 31, 2012, the Company had no remaining China PDSN deferred gain.

F-27

Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

NOTE 3—DIVESTITURES (Continued)

EMEA Operations

In September 2010, the Company entered into an agreement to transfer its EMEA, or Europe, Middle East and Africa, operations for no consideration. In 2010, the Company recognized expenses of approximately $0.9 million as a divestiture loss for its obligations primarily arising out of local statutory requirements such as severance fund for transferred employees and other miscellaneous operational costs. The Company had paid approximately $0.7 million to the buyer in 2010 and $1.0 million remains in the accrual balance.

On May 20, 2011, the Company received a Summary Summons from the High Court of Ireland filed by the buyer, which alleged that the Company owed the buyer certain amounts under the original transfer agreement. On September 17, 2012, the High Court of Ireland accepted the Notice of Discontinuance submitted by the buyer and with the payment of approximately $0.6 million paid by the Company to the buyer, which was recorded as offset to the remaining $1.0 million accrued balance and resulted in an additional gain on the divestiture in 2012, the matter was officially closed. The Company determined that the sale of its EMEA operations did not meet the criteria for presentation as a discontinued operation because EMEA did not meet the definition of a component of an entity and the Company has continued involvement with its EMEA operations.

IP Messaging and US PDSN Assets

In June 2010, the Company completed a sale of its IP Messaging and US PDSN Assets as part of its strategy to focus on core IP-based product offerings. The divested assets were located in North America, Caribbean, and Latin America regions and were part of the Multimedia Communications segment. Consideration for the approximately $1.7 million of net liabilities transferred included approximately $0.4 million cash proceeds plus potential additional contingent consideration of up to $1.6 million based on future cash collection of transferred receivables. A gain of $2.1 million, net of taxes, was recognized in June 2010 as a reduction to operating expenses. In the third and fourth quarter of 2010, the Company received $0.9 million of contingent consideration and recognized an additional gain on the divestiture. In the first and fourth quarters of 2011, the Company received $0.2 million of contingent consideration which it recognized as additional gain on the divestiture, in the second quarter of 2012, the Company received $0.1 million of contingent consideration which it recognized as additional gain on the divestiture. In the first quarter of 2013, the Company received $0.1 million of contingent consideration which was recognized as an additional gain on the divestiture. The Company determined that the sale of these product lines did not meet the criteria for presentation as a discontinued operation as these product lines did not meet the definition of a component of an entity.

Sale of Remote Access Server product line

In January 2010, the Company completed a sale of certain assets and liabilities related to its Remote Access Server, or RAS, product line and received total consideration of approximately $1.5 million. The primary RAS product was the Total Control 1000 Transaction Gateway, which offers the market a proven processing platform for carrier-class transaction network service providers and enterprises for dial-up connectivity. In the first quarter of 2010, the Company transferred net liabilities of approximately $0.3 million in connection with this transaction and recorded a net gain of $1.8 million as a reduction of operating expenses. The Company did not have any activity associated with this divestiture in 2011, 2012 and 2013. The Company determined that the divestiture of the RAS

F-28

Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

NOTE 3—DIVESTITURES (Continued)

product line did not meet the criteria for presentation as a discontinued operation as the RAS product line did not meet the definition of component of an entity.

IPTV operations

On August 31, 2012, the Company completed a sale of its IPTV business to an entity founded by a former employee, who was our former CEO, and paid a total consideration of approximately $30.0 million related to the net liabilities transferred. In connection with the transaction, the Company transferred approximately $41.4 million in current assets, $1.2 million in property, plant and equipment and other long term assets and $74.1 million in liabilities, and as a result, the Company recorded a net loss of $17.5 million during 2012 related to the transaction, which primarily consists of the $1.5 million gain on the net release of liabilities, offset by $13.4 million of severance-related amounts either paid to the buyer or accrued for payments to terminated IPTV employees, write-off of $3.8 million of prepaid VAT no longer recoverable due to the disposition, and $1.7 million of transaction costs. As of December 31, 2012, the remaining unpaid balance related to the divestiture was approximately $0.6 million. In the second quarter of 2013, The Company paid $0.5 million which was recorded as offset to the remaining accrual balance and recognized $0.1 million divestiture gain.

Due to the delay of customer contract assignments, the Company is still the primary obligor for most of the contracts as they were not legally assigned to the buyer. Therefore, the Company was not able to derecognize the related liabilities of those un-assigned contracts. Since all of the economic risks and benefits of the un-assigned contracts had been transferred to the buyer of the IPTV business, the Company recorded a portion of the payment ($22.7 million) made to the buyer at the time of the divestiture as the deferred service cost to offset the remaining liabilities (deferred revenue and customer advances) related to those un-assigned contracts. Although the deferred costs and related deferred revenue and customer advances have not been transferred to the buyer at the time of sale, those costs, and this $22.7 million, was included in the calculation of the loss on divestiture discussed above. As of December 31, 2012, the Company had both liabilities and deferred costs of $47.3 million related to those un-assigned contracts. The Company continues to recognize revenue for those unassigned contracts when they meet the revenue recognition criteria as mentioned above. At the same time, the Company would recognize an equal amount of the deferred costs associated with those contracts. Therefore, there would be no gross margin impact from the future revenue recognition of these unassigned contracts. The Company would continue to derecognize both the liabilities and deferred costs when the related contracts were legally assigned subsequently. During the post divestiture period in 2012, the Company recorded $2.2 million in revenues and related costs in the Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income (Loss) relating to these unassigned contracts. During year 2013, the Company recorded $1.4 million in revenues and related costs in the Consolidated Statements of Operations due to meeting the revenue recognition criteria. As of December 31, 2013, the Company had both liabilities and deferred costs of $29.3 million, respectively, related to those un-assigned contracts.

Moreover, on August 31, 2012, UTStarcom Hong Kong Holdings Ltd., previously a subsidiary prior to its disposal to the buyer as part of the sale of the IPTV business, issued a convertible bond (the "Convertible Bond") to UTStarcom Hong Kong Ltd., a subsidiary of the Company, in the principal amount of $20.0 million, which said principal amount was paid by the Company in cash. According to the terms of the Convertible Bond, the Convertible Bond bears interest at 6.5% per annum and will be mature on August 31, 2017 (the Maturity Date). On or prior to the Maturity Date, upon UTStarcom Hong Kong Holdings Ltd achieving breakeven on its statement of

F-29

Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

NOTE 3—DIVESTITURES (Continued)

operations(the "P&L run-rate breakeven"), $5.0 million of principal of the Convertible Bond will be converted into 8% of the outstanding shares of UTStarcom Hong Kong Holding Ltd. At the Maturity Date, the Company may convert the outstanding principle amount of the Convertible Bond and all accrued and unpaid interest into fully paid and nonassessable ordinary shares of UTStarcom Hong Kong Holding Ltd. equal to 25% (if 8% of shares specified above have been issued) or 33% of the outstanding shares of UTStarcom Hong Kong Holding Ltd or may elect repayment in cash. During the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, the IPTV business accounted for $1.4 million, $29.5 million and $141.4 million, respectively of the Company's revenues. The Company determined that the divestiture of IPTV business did not meet the criteria for presentation as a discontinued operation due to the significant continuing involvement of the Company in the IPTV operations. The Convertible Bond has been classified as available-for-sale securities subject to fair value accounting. See Note 6—Cash, Cash Equivalents and Investments.

NGN operations

On March 22, 2013, the Company entered into an agreement to divest all of our NGN related assets and liabilities to a third party. Pursuant to the agreement, the Company recorded $3.2 million in divestiture losses consisting of $2.7 million as compensation to the buyer for taking over a loss making business and $0.5 million of severance for the transferred employees, signing bonus and retention bonus to incentivize certain key employees to sign employment contracts with the buyer. The remaining accrual balance as of December 31, 2013 was $0.8 million which will be paid upon the completion of all the contracts and when the assets are transferred out. The Company determined that the sale of this product line did not meet the criteria for presentation as a discontinued operation because of the Company's continuing involvement.

Sale of DOCSIS-EOC product line

On March 22, 2013, the Company entered into the agreement to dispose its DOCSIS-EOC product line to a third party with a cash consideration of $1.8 million paid by the buyer. This product was a cable broadband access product adopting or in connection with the C-DOCSIS technology and serving as cable modem termination server. At the date of the transfer, this product was still under the development phase with no customer orders. The Company received the full amount of $1.8 million during the second and third quarters of 2013 and the same amount of divestiture gain was recorded in the same periods. The transaction was completed in the third quarter of 2013. The product line is not a reportable segment under ASC 280, nor an operating segment or reporting unit. As the product line does not have separable cash flow, as it shared services and costs with other product lines in the broadband unit, the Company determined that the sale of this product line did not meet the criteria for presentation as a discontinued operation.

F-30

Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

NOTE 4—COMPREHENSIVE INCOME/LOSS

Total comprehensive income (loss) for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 consisted of the following:

|  | Years ended December 31, |
--- | --- | --- | ---
|  | 2013 |  | 2012 |  | 2011 |
|  | (in thousands) |
Net income (loss) |  | $ | (22,730 | ) | $ | (35,579 | ) | $ | 11,777 |
Other Comprehensive income (loss) |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |
Foreign currency translation |  |  | (13,759 | ) |  | (3,272 | ) |  | 13,470 |
​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​
Total Comprehensive income (loss) |  |  | (36,489 | ) |  | (38,851 | ) |  | 25,247 |
​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​
Comprehensive loss attributable to noncontrolling interests(1) |  |  | 9 |  |  | 1,194 |  |  | 1,610 |
​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​
Comprehensive income (loss) attributable to UTStarcom Holdings Corp |  | $ | (36,480 | ) | $ | (37,657 | ) | $ | 26,857 |
​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​
​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​

(1)
  Comprehensive loss attributable to noncontrolling interests consisted solely of net loss.

The changes in noncontrolling interests during the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 were as follows:

|  | Years ended December 31, |
--- | --- | --- | ---
|  | 2013 |  | 2012 |  | 2011 |
|  | (in thousands) |
Balance at beginning of period |  | $ | 814 |  | $ | 6,401 |  | $ | 8,011 |
Comprehensive loss attributable to noncontrolling interests |  |  | (9 | ) |  | (1,194 | ) |  | (1,610 | )
Noncontrolling interests reducing from deconsolidation |  |  | (805 | ) |  | (4,393 | ) |  | — |
​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​
Balance at end of period |  | $ | — |  | $ | 814 |  | $ | 6,401 |
​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​
​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​

NOTE 5—BALANCE SHEET DETAILS

The following tables provide details of selected balance sheet items:

|  | December 31, 2013 |  | December 31, 2012 |
--- | --- | --- | --- | --- | ---
|  | (in thousands) |
Inventories: |  |  |  |  |  |  |
Raw materials |  | $ | 3,225 |  | $ | 3,833 |
Work in process |  |  | 1,344 |  |  | 2,574 |
Finished goods(1) |  |  | 18,786 |  |  | 19,621 |
​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​
Total Inventory |  | $ | 23,355 |  | $ | 26,028 |
​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​
​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​

(1)
  Includes finished goods at customer sites of approximately $14.7 million and $14.4 million at December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively, for which the customer has taken possession, but based on specific contractual terms, title has not yet passed to the customer.

F-31

Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

NOTE 5—BALANCE SHEET DETAILS (Continued)

|  | December 31, 2013 |  | December 31, 2012 |
--- | --- | --- | --- | --- | ---
|  | (in thousands) |
Prepaids and other current assets |  |  |  |  |  |  |
Prepaid-Tax |  | $ | 4,894 |  | $ | 8,517 |
Advance to Suppliers |  |  | 223 |  |  | 3,064 |
Deferred Taxes—Current |  |  | 3,534 |  |  | 3,493 |
Other Receivable(1) |  |  | 8,579 |  |  | 9,890 |
Prepaid others |  |  | 4,322 |  |  | 2,190 |
​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​
Total Prepaids and other current assets |  | $ | 21,552 |  | $ | 27,154 |
​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​
​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​

(1)
  The other receivable balance includes loans of approximately $5.6 million and $4.0 million as of December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively, made to ESA Cultural Investment (Hong Kong) limited ("borrower" or ESA), a movie investment company with its operations located in Beijing. The Company signed the loan agreement to for a total amount of $5.6 million in the fourth quarter of 2012, and $4 million was drawdown in the fourth quarter of 2012 and the remaining in the first quarter of 2013. The loan bears interest at 20% per annum and matured on December 31, 2013. However, as of December 31, 2013, the Company has not received any repayment. The Company has performed an assessment on the need for a provision and due to communications and negotiations with the borrower has concluded that the loans will be collectible, therefore, the Company agreed to extend the maturity date on50% of the loan, or $2.8 million, to June 30, 2014, with the other half extended to December 31, 2014.

|  | December 31, 2013 |  | December 31, 2012 |
--- | --- | --- | --- | --- | ---
|  | (in thousands) |
Property, plant and equipment, net: |  |  |  |  |  |  |
Leasehold improvements |  | $ | 6,009 |  | $ | 9,992 |
Automobiles |  |  | 2,129 |  |  | 2,055 |
Software |  |  | 7,191 |  |  | 28,542 |
Computer, Equipment and Furniture |  |  | 53,085 |  |  | 69,523 |
Others |  |  | 93 |  |  | 804 |
​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​
Total |  |  | 68,507 |  |  | 110,916 |
​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​
Less: accumulated depreciation |  |  | (63,736 | ) |  | (102,050 | )
​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​
Total Property, plant and equipment, net |  | $ | 4,771 |  | $ | 8,866 |
​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​
​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​

During 2012, in connection with the IPTV divestiture (See Note 3—Divestiture) and the deconsolidation of iTV (See Note 6—Cash, Cash equivalents and Investments), the Company derecognized property, plant and equipment of $9.1 million with accumulated depreciation of $8.2 million and $2.0 million with accumulated depreciation of $0.6 million, respectively. Additionally, the Company wrote off $41.7 million with accumulated depreciation of $41.7 million and $45.3 million with accumulated depreciation of $45.2 million of fully depreciated property, plant and equipment in the years 2013 and 2012, respectively. Further in 2013, there was $1.7 million of accelerated depreciation related to the early termination of a lease on the Hangzhou facility and $0.3 million accelerated depreciation as a result of combining back office functions in Beijing to our facilities in Hangzhou as part of a cost reduction initiative in 2013. Included in the $45.3 million assets written off

F-32

Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

NOTE 5—BALANCE SHEET DETAILS (Continued)

in 2012 was $0.9 million in accelerated amortization of Beijing Office leasehold improvements due to early termination of that lease.

|  | December 31, 2013 |  | December 31, 2012 |
--- | --- | --- | --- | --- | ---
|  | (in thousands) |
Other current liabilities: |  |  |  |  |  |  |
Accrued contract costs |  | $ | 3,175 |  | $ | 4,325 |
Accrued payroll and compensation |  |  | 8,136 |  |  | 7,341 |
Warranty costs |  |  | 617 |  |  | 1,329 |
Accrued professional fees |  |  | 1,946 |  |  | 2,103 |
Accrued other taxes |  |  | 2,722 |  |  | 4,219 |
Other |  |  | 5,834 |  |  | 6,883 |
​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​
Total other current liabilities |  | $ | 22,430 |  | $ | 26,200 |
​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​
​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​

|  | December 31, 2013 |  | December 31, 2012 |
--- | --- | --- | --- | --- | ---
|  | (in thousands) |
Other long-term liabilities |  |  |  |  |  |  |
Non Current Income Tax Payable |  | $ | 13,606 |  | $ | 16,128 |
Non Current Deferred Tax Liability |  |  | 37 |  |  | 133 |
Non Current Deferred Rent |  |  | 475 |  |  | 878 |
Others |  |  | 2,668 |  |  | 3,798 |
​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​
Total other long-term liabilities |  | $ | 16,786 |  | $ | 20,937 |
​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​
​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​

NOTE 6—CASH, CASH EQUIVALENTS AND INVESTMENTS

Cash and cash equivalents, consisting primarily of bank deposits and money market funds, are recorded at cost which approximates fair value because of the short-term nature of these instruments. There was no available-for-sale securities included in cash and cash equivalents at December 31, 2013 or December 31, 2012.

Short-term investments consist of bank notes of Nil and $0.3 million at December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively. The Company accepts bank notes receivable with maturity dates of between three and six months from its customers in China in the normal course of business. The Company may discount these bank notes with banking institutions in China. No bank notes were sold during the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011.

The Company recognizes an impairment charge when a decline in the fair value of its investments below the cost basis is judged to be other-than-temporary. In making this determination, the Company reviews several factors to determine whether the losses are other-than-temporary, including but not limited to: (i) the length of time the investment was in an unrealized loss position, (ii) the extent to which fair value was less than cost, (iii) the financial condition and near term prospects of the issuer, and (iv) the Company's intent and ability to hold the investment for a period of time sufficient to allow for any anticipated recovery in fair value.

As at December 31, 2013 and at December 31, 2012, the Company had investments in convertible bonds and redeemable convertible preferred stock which were classified as available-for-sale securities

F-33

Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

NOTE 6—CASH, CASH EQUIVALENTS AND INVESTMENTS (Continued)

and are subject to fair value accounting. Investments in debt securities classified as available for sale will be measured subsequently at fair value in the statement of financial position. An impairment charge will be recognized by the Company when a decline in the fair value below the cost basis is judged to be other-than-temporary.

The following table shows the break-down of the Company's total long-term investments as of December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012:

|  | Accounting Method |  | December 31, 2013 |  | December 31, 2012 |
--- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | ---
|  |  |  | (in thousands) |
Cortina |  | Cost Method |  | $ | 3,348 |  | $ | 3,348 |
GCT SemiConductor, Inc. |  | Cost Method |  |  | 811 |  |  | 811 |
Xalted Networks |  | Cost Method |  |  | 22 |  |  | 279 |
SBI |  | Cost Method |  |  | 1,900 |  |  | 2,306 |
iTV Media Inc.(1) |  | Cost Method |  |  | — |  |  | 14,894 |
​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​
Investment using Cost Method Total |  |  |  |  | 6,081 |  |  | 21,638 |
​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​
ACELAND |  | Equity Method |  |  | 2,109 |  |  | 2,109 |
Beijing Bodashutong Technology |  | Equity Method |  |  | — |  |  | 577 |
iTV Media Inc.(1) |  | Equity Method |  |  | 5,308 |  |  | — |
Shareholder Loan to ACELAND |  | Equity Method |  |  | 7,119 |  |  | 7,119 |
​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​
Investment using Equity Method Total |  |  |  |  | 14,536 |  |  | 9,805 |
​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​
iTV Media Inc. |  | Available for sale |  |  | 25,971 |  |  | 3,000 |
AioTV |  | Available for sale |  |  | 8,000 |  |  | 8,000 |
UTStarcom Hong Kong Holdings Ltd |  | Available for sale |  |  | 20,000 |  |  | 20,000 |
​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​
Investments Classified as available-for-sale Total |  |  |  |  | 53,971 |  |  | 31,000 |
​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​
Total Investment |  |  |  | $ | 74,588 |  | $ | 62,443 |
​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​
​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​

(1)
  On January 2, 2013, iTV issued another convertible bond to the Company for cash in the principal amount of $5.0 million with a maturity date of December 31, 2013 (extended to December 31, 2015), which triggered a reassessment of the Company's previous cost method accounting for its investment in the preference shares. Due to the additional convertible bond investment, the preference shares of iTV Media owned by the Company now substantively participated in the risks and rewards of iTV Media, irrespective of the liquidation preferences, and were considered as in-substance common stock. Therefore, the Company concluded the equity method criteria had been met and the equity accounting commenced in the first quarter of 2013.

Cortina

In September 2004, the Company invested $2.0 million in Series A preferred stock of ImmenStar, Inc., or ImmenStar. ImmenStar was a development stage company that designed a chip that was used in the Company's product. This investment was accounted for under the cost method. In February 2007, ImmenStar was acquired by Cortina Systems, Inc., or Cortina. In exchange for the

F-34

Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

NOTE 6—CASH, CASH EQUIVALENTS AND INVESTMENTS (Continued)

Company's investment in ImmenStar, the Company received 3.6 million shares of Series D Preferred Convertible Stock of Cortina at $0.837 per share, $1.8 million cash in March 2007 and received an additional 0.4 million shares of Series D Preferred Convertible Stock at $0.837 per share and $0.2 million cash from escrow during 2008. The Company owns an approximately 1% interest of Cortina at both December 31, 2013 and 2012 and accounts for the investment in Cortina using the cost method. During the year of 2013, the Company assessed the fair value of Cortina, and concluded that there was no impairment charge for the Company to record.

GCT Semiconductor

In October 2004, the Company invested $3.0 million in Series D preferred convertible stock of GCT Semiconductor, Inc., or GCT. This investment represents approximately a 2% interest in GCT Semiconductor, Inc., which designs, develops and markets integrated circuit products for the wireless communications industry. This investment is accounted for under the cost method. In the fourth quarter of 2012, the Company reassessed the fair value of its investment in GCT (level 2 within the fair value hierarchy) based on reviewing GCT's operational performance, cash position, financing needs and the stock price of latest private equity financing obtained by GCT, and as a result recorded a $2.2 million impairment charge in impairment of long-lived assets and long term investments, net due to an other-than-temporary decline in the fair value of GCT. During the year of 2013, the Company assessed the fair value of GCT, and concluded that there was no impairment charge for the Company to record.

Xalted Networks, or Xalted

In May 2005 and August 2005, the Company invested $2.0 million and $1.0 million, respectively, in Xalted. In March 2006, the Company invested an additional $0.3 million in Xalted. Xalted is a development stage company providing telecommunication operator customers with a comprehensive set of network systems, software solutions and service offerings. The Company had less than 10% ownership interest at December 31, 2013 and 2012, on a fully diluted basis, in Xalted and accounts for the investment using the cost method. During the third quarter of 2009, management re-evaluated the carrying value of this investment, including reviewing Xalted's cash position, recent financing activities, financing needs, earnings/revenue outlook, operational performance, and competition. Based on this review, the Company determined that the decline in Xalted's fair value was other-than-temporary and recorded a $1.7 million impairment charge in the third quarter of 2009. In the second quarter of 2011, Xalted completed a share exchange agreement with Kranem Corporation, or Kranem, a public company listed in Over the Counter Bulletin Board. This transaction was recorded as a reverse recapitalization. As a result of this transaction, Xalted became a holding company which did not have any operations other than owning 35% of the issued and outstanding shares of Kranem. In the fourth quarter of 2011, the Company reassessed the fair value of its investment in Xalted (level 2 within the fair value hierarchy) based on the share price of Kranem, and as a result recorded a $0.5 million impairment charge in other income (expense), net due to an other-than-temporary decline in the fair value of Xalted. In the third quarter of 2012, the Company reassessed the fair value of its investment in Xalted (level 2 within the fair value hierarchy) based on the share price of Kranem, and as a result recorded a $0.8 million impairment charge in impairment of long-lived assets and long term investments, net due to an other-than-temporary decline in the fair value of Xalted. During 2013, the Company recorded $0.3 million in investment impairment charges based on the fair value assessment for Xalted (level 2 within the fair value hierarchy) based on the share price of Kranem.

F-35

Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

NOTE 6—CASH, CASH EQUIVALENTS AND INVESTMENTS (Continued)

SBI NEO Technology A Investment LPS, or SBI

In 2008, the Company invested $0.5 million into SBI in exchange for approximately 2% of the Partnership interest. The Partnership's investment objective is to invest in unlisted or listed companies in Japan and overseas that are engaged in high growth businesses, including businesses focused on information technology and the environment. In the fourth quarter of 2012, the first quarters of 2011 and 2010, the Company contributed an additional $0.6 million, $0.7 million and $0.7 million into SBI, respectively, and maintained a partnership interest of approximately 2% as of December 31, 2013. The Company has concluded that it does not have a controlling interest in SBI as it does not have the power to direct the activities of SBI that most significantly impact the entity's economic performance nor does it have significant influence over SBI. Affiliates of a related party have a controlling interest in SBI. See "Note 20—Related Party Transactions." The Company accounts for the investment in SBI using the cost method. During the year of 2013, the Company assessed the fair value of SBI, and concluded that there was no impairment charge for the Company to record.

ACELAND Investment Limited

In December 2010, the Company invested $2.1 million into ACELAND. ACELAND is a joint venture entity with ZTE H.K. Limited. The entity's investment objective is to participate in the investment in Wireless City Planning operated by Softbank to develop XGP business. Pursuant to the investment agreement, in the second quarter of 2011, the Company extended a shareholder loan to ACELAND in the amount of $7.1 million which could be used by ACELAND to subscribe for Class B Wireless City Planning shares. The shareholder loan was made by all shareholders of ACELAND in proportion to their equity interests in ACELAND. Based on the terms of the loan which make repayment contingent on certain events, the Company accounted for it as an equity investment.

The Company owned an approximately 35% interest in ACELAND as at December 31, 2013 and continues to account for the investment in ACELAND using equity method. ACELAND is a holding company and its sole investment is the 10.23% interest of Wireless City Planning, which is a company in early stage whose fair value varies immaterially from 2012 to 2013. ACELAND did not incur any significant income or losses in 2013 and 2012.

Beijing Bodashutong Technology Development Co. Ltd.

In December 2011, the Company invested $0.6 million into Beijing Bodashutong Technology Development Co. Ltd, or Bodashutong, through its subsidiaries, Shidazhibo (Beijing) Culture and Media Co. Ltd. and UTStarcom (China) Co., Ltd., with the investment objective of providing broadband solutions and comprehensive telecom technology services for a new affordable housing development in Beijing, China. The Company owned a 30% equity interest of Bodashutong as of December 31, 2012, and accounted for this investment using the equity method.

On September 21, 2012, the Board of Directors of Bodashutong approved a Board Resolution which approved Shidazhibo (Beijing) Culture and Media Co. Ltd to transfer its equity interest in Bodashutong to the other three shareholders of Bodashutong equally at a consideration equal to the initial investment amount of $0.6 million.

The equity transfer was completed in March 2013.The Company received the proceeds of $0.2 million and $0.4 million in the first quarter of 2013 and in the second quarter of 2013, respectively, no gain or loss recognized since the total proceeds of $0.6 million were equal to the initial investment. The Company owns no interest in Bodashutong as of December 31, 2013.

F-36

Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

NOTE 6—CASH, CASH EQUIVALENTS AND INVESTMENTS (Continued)

AioTV Inc.

In November 2012, the Company invested $8 million in Series B Preferred Stocks of AioTV Inc, or AioTV, at $0.320937 per share. AioTV stands for "all-in-one TV" and is an international cloud-based video aggregation and distribution platform. The investment objective is to give the Company access to technology that will support its rollout of subscription-based, value-added media services. The Company owned a 44% equity interest in AioTV as of December 31, 2013. The preferred stock has been classified as available-for-sale securities as they are not considered to be in-substance common stock due to their redemption feature and is thus subject to fair value accounting. AioTV currently cooperates with consumer electronics makers, cable and telecommunications service providers in North America, South America and Europe. During the year of 2013, the Company assessed the fair value of the investment, and concluded that there was no impairment charge for the Company to record.

UTStarcom Hong Kong Holdings Ltd.,

UTStarcom Hong Kong Holdings Ltd., previously a subsidiary prior to its disposal to the buyer as part of the sale of the IPTV business, is an entity owned by the former CEO of the Company, and is not a subsidiary of the Company. On August 31, 2012, the Company completed a sale of its IPTV business to entity founded by a former employee, who was our former CEO, and paid approximately $30.0 million. In connection with this transaction, the Company recorded a net loss of $17.5 million during 2012 as a result of this sale transaction. On the same day, UTStarcom Hong Kong Holdings Ltd., issued a convertible bond (the "Convertible Bond") to UTStarcom Hong Kong Ltd., a subsidiary of the Company, in the principal amount of $20.0 million. According to the terms of the Convertible Bond, the Convertible Bond bears interest at 6.5% per annum and will mature on August 30, 2017 (the Maturity Date). On or prior to the Maturity Date, if UTStarcom Hong Kong Holdings Ltd. achieves operating income break-even, $5.0 million of principal of the Convertible Bond will be converted automatically into 8% of the outstanding shares of UTStarcom Hong Kong Holdings Ltd. At the Maturity Date, the Company may convert the outstanding principal amount of the Convertible Bond and all accrued and unpaid interest into fully paid and nonassessable ordinary shares of UTStarcom Hong Kong Holdings Ltd. equal to 25% (if 8% of shares specified above are issued) or 33% of the outstanding shares of UTStarcom Hong Kong Holdings Ltd. or may elect repayment in cash. The Convertible Bond was classified as available-for-sale securities subject to fair value accounting. As of December 31, 2013, the fair value of the Convertible Bond approximates $20.0 million. To estimate its fair value, the Company used the Cox, Ross and Rubinstein Binomial Model ("Binomial-Model"), which is based on the fair value of invested capital evaluated by an income approach. The significant inputs for the valuation model included the following:

|  | Years Ended December 31 |
--- | --- | --- | ---
Total fair value of Invested capital as at valuation date |  |  | 38,000 |
Risk free rate of interest |  |  | 1.99% |
Dividend Yield |  |  | 3% |
Maturity Date |  |  | 2017/8/30 |
Volatility |  |  | 62% |

The fair value of the invested capital has been determined using income approach including discounted cash flow model and unobservable inputs including assumptions of projected revenue,

F-37

Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

NOTE 6—CASH, CASH EQUIVALENTS AND INVESTMENTS (Continued)

expenses, capital spending, other costs and a discount rate of 37% by using the weighted average cost of capital method.

Risk free rate of interest adopted for the valuation were estimated based on the market yield of China Government international bond with maturity similar to the expected term of the Convertible Bond.

Dividend yield was calculated to be 3% considering a debt to equity ratio of 50:50 throughout the Convertible Bond's holding period per Management's estimation. The coupon rate carried by the debt portion is 6.5% per annum whilst the expected dividend yield for equity portion is assumed to be zero by the Management given the fact that the underlying IPTV business is still in an early stage.

Maturity date is the time to maturity of the Convertible Bond according to the investment agreement.

The expected equity volatility were estimated based on the annualized standard deviation of the daily return embedded in the historical stock price of comparable companies with a time horizon close to the expected term determined based on the maturity date.

iTV Media Inc. or iTV

On October 16, 2010, the Company entered into an Ordinary Shares Purchase Agreement with iTV and Smart Frontier, the sole shareholder of iTV, to enable the Company to launch an Internet TV platform to generate revenue through subscription, advertising and value-added service in the coming years. Pursuant to the Ordinary Shares Purchase Agreement, the Company agreed to purchase from Smart Frontier 5,100,000 ordinary shares of Stage Smart held by Smart Frontier, or the Purchased Shares, for an aggregate purchase price of $10.0 million. The Purchased Shares constituted 51% of the total shares of iTV which were held by Smart Frontier. The purchase price for the Purchased Shares was paid in the form of the number of the Company's ordinary shares calculated by dividing $10.0 million by the average closing price per share of the Company's ordinary shares quoted on the NASDAQ stock market for the thirty day period immediately preceding the date of closing of the transaction which management believes closely approximated the market value on the day of issuance subject to customary closing conditions. Pursuant to the Ordinary Shares Purchase Agreement, the Company has the right to repurchase the Company's shares issued in exchange for iTV's ordinary shares held by the Company if, by the one year anniversary of the closing date, regulatory approvals had not been obtained as outlined in the post-closing covenants. Concurrent with entering into the Ordinary Shares Purchase Agreement, the Company also entered into a Series A Preference Shares Purchase Agreement with iTV and its affiliated entity, its wholly owned subsidiaries, and Smart Frontier. Pursuant to the Series A Preference Shares Purchase Agreement, the Company agreed to purchase from iTV 9,600,000 Series A Preference Shares of iTV at a price of $2.08333 per share, for an aggregate cash consideration of $20.0 million. Under certain conditions, shares of Series A Preference Shares are convertible into ordinary shares on a 1:1 basis. Series A Preference Shares have equal voting rights as ordinary shares. They are entitled to cumulative dividends at a rate of 8% of the original issue price and can also participate in other dividends declared by iTV. The Purchase Shares and the Series A Preference Shares together constitute 75% of the total shares of iTV which gave the Company control over iTV. The Company recorded this transaction as an acquisition of a business.

The transactions closed on November 8, 2010. The Company issued 4,473,272 (or 1,491,091 after reverse share split) ordinary shares to Smart Frontier with a fair value of $ 9.8 million based on the

F-38

Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

NOTE 6—CASH, CASH EQUIVALENTS AND INVESTMENTS (Continued)

market price of the Company's ordinary share as at November 8, 2010 for the purchase price of $10.0 million for the iTV ordinary shares and made cash payments of $20.0 million to iTV for the purchase of Series A Preference Shares. As a result of the acquisition, the Company recorded intangible assets of $5.0 million, and goodwill of $13.8 million which represented the excess of the purchase price over the net tangible and intangible assets acquired. Goodwill mainly consisted of the extensive knowledge and expertise of the management team in the Internet TV industry complemented by the execution ability of the operation team. The amortizable intangible assets acquired consisted of estimated fair values of iTV's technology platform of $4.7 million and non-compete agreements signed with key executives upon closing of the transaction of $0.3 million. The Company amortized these intangible assets on a straight-line basis over an estimated weighted-average life of 4 years.

On October 16, 2011, the Company and the iTV shareholders agreed to extend the date of exercising its repurchase right from the original date of October 16, 2011 to April 16, 2012. On April 15, 2012, the Share Exchange Agreement was entered into by the Company and the iTV shareholders to exercise the repurchase right. The transaction was effective on June 4, 2012 and the transfer was completed on June 21, 2012. Upon the execution of the Share Exchange Agreement, 4,473,272 (or 1,491,091 after reverse share split) UTStarcom ordinary shares previously held by Smart Frontier were transferred back to the Company as treasury shares and the 5,100,000 ordinary shares of Stage Smart Limited previously held by UTStarcom were transferred back to Smart Frontier Holdings Limited. After the repurchase, the Company decreased its ownership in iTV from 75% to approximately 49% and reduced its representation on the iTV board of directors from three to two out of a total of five board seats, which resulted in the Company losing control of iTV and triggered deconsolidation of iTV from its consolidated financial statements starting from June 21, 2012. As a result of the repurchase, the Company measured the fair value of its retained interests in the Series A Preference Shares of iTV at the date of losing control, which amounted to $14.9 million, with total net assets of iTV being approximately $1.8 million and the Company's portion being approximately $0.9 million, the difference between the fair value and the Company's portion of net assets mainly consisted of unrecognized intangible assets and goodwill. Upon the deconsolidation, the Company derecognized the assets (including intangible assets and goodwill) and liabilities of iTV at their carrying amounts on the date control was lost, derecognized the carrying amount of any NCI at the date control was lost (including any components of accumulated other comprehensive income attributable to it), and recognized the fair value of the proceeds from the transaction. There was no material gain or loss resulting from the transaction. Since the remaining Series A Preference Shares of iTV invested by the Company did not qualify as the in-substance common stock at that time due to their substantive liquidation preference, the Company used the cost method to account for the investment the iTV Series A preference shares after the deconsolidation.

On December 3, 2012, iTV issued a convertible bond to the Company for cash in the principal amount of $3.0 million which shall be convertible into the preference shares issued in a qualified financing, as defined in the convertible bond agreement, or additional Series A Preferred Stock, if a qualified financing is completed. The conversion price per share equals to the lesser of 85% of the per share price paid to the other purchaser of preference shares sold in the qualified financing and the price per share of the Series A Preferred Stock paid by the Company. According to the terms of the convertible bond, the convertible bond bears interest at 6.5% per annum and matured on December 31, 2013 and subsequently the maturity date was extended to December 31, 2015. The convertible bond is classified as available-for-sale securities subject to fair value accounting.

F-39

Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

NOTE 6—CASH, CASH EQUIVALENTS AND INVESTMENTS (Continued)

On January 2, 2013, iTV issued another convertible bond to the Company for cash in the principal amount of $5.0 million with a maturity date of December 31, 2013, and also subsequently extended the maturity date to December 31, 2015. The issuance of these additional convertible bonds triggered a reassessment of the Company's accounting for its investment in the preference shares. Due to the additional convertible bond investment and the decreasing fair value of the ordinary shares of iTV in relation to the total fair value of that company, it was determined the preference shares of iTV Media owned by the Company now substantively participated in the risks and rewards of iTV Media, irrespective of the liquidation preferences, and were considered as in-substance common stock. Therefore, the Company concluded the equity method criteria had been met and the equity accounting commenced in the first quarter of 2013. As a result, the Company recorded total $9.6 million losses for this equity investment in 2013 equivalent to 49% of iTVs losses for the year. As of December 31, 2013, the remaining balance in the preferred stock is $5.3M.

In the second quarter of 2013, the Company further invested in an additional $15.0 million convertible bond issued by iTV Media with a maturity date of May 31, 2014. In the fourth quarter of 2013, the Company further invested in an additional $12.1 million convertible bond issued by iTV Media of which $5.0 million was invested through cash with a maturity date of August 31, 2014 and $7.1 million through the conversion of outstanding receivables with a maturity date of December 31, 2015. No significant gain or loss was generated from the conversion of receivables to convertible bonds because it was converted at the book value of the receivables. Through December 31, 2013, the Company has invested $20.0 million preference shares and $35.1 million convertible bonds in iTV Media. If converted, these investments represent approximately 73% of the equity of iTV Media. Nevertheless, the Company does not have control over iTV Media because the founder and CEO of iTV Media retains the right to elect three of the five board members of iTV Media unless the voting interests controlled by him falls below 10% of the total voting interests of iTV Media. As the iTV Media board of directors has the power to elect or dismiss officers, approve the budget, make strategic decisions and evaluate possible merger and acquisition opportunities of that company, the founder and CEO of iTV Media controls that company. iTV Media is considered as a Variable Interest Entity because it is thinly capitalized. Management has concluded the founder and CEO of iTV Media was the primary beneficiary of iTV Media for the year ended December 31, 2013, because he has meets the power criterion and loss/benefits criterion in accordance to ASC 81010-25. For the above reasons, the company did not consolidate iTV Media as for the year ended December 31, 2013. After taking $9.1 million impairment charge in 2013, the convertible bond investments balance at December 31, 2013 was $26.0 million. If iTV Media could not get funding that are more senior than the convertible bonds from other parties, once the preferred shares book value is reduced to zero due to 49% equity loss pick up, the Company will recognize 100% of iTV Media's losses until its convertible bond investment balance has been depleted.

F-40

Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

NOTE 6—CASH, CASH EQUIVALENTS AND INVESTMENTS (Continued)

To estimate the fair value of the convertible bonds as of December 31, 2013, the Company used the Binomial-Model, which is based on the fair value of invested capital evaluated by an income approach. The significant inputs for the valuation model included the following:

|  | Years Ended December 31 |
--- | --- | --- | ---
Total fair value of Invested capital as at valuation date |  |  | $32,000 |
Risk free rate of interest |  |  | 1.0% |
Dividend Yield |  |  | 0% |
Maturity Date |  |  | 2015/12/31 |
Volatility |  |  | 64.3% |

The fair value of the invested capital has been determined using income approach including discounted cash flow model and unobservable inputs including assumptions of projected revenue, expenses, capital spending, other costs and a discount rate of 52% by using the weighted average cost of capital method.

The risk free rate is based on the market yield of Chinese International Government Bonds with maturity close to the maturity period;

Dividend yield was calculated to be 0% considering that iTV plans to retain profit for corporate expansion and hence have no plan to distribute dividends in the near future.

Maturity date is the time to maturity of the Convertible Bond according to the investment agreement, the Company reasonably estimates the bond with mature date within one year will be extended to December 31, 2015.

The expected equity volatility was estimated based on standard deviation of daily stock prices of selected comparable companies.

Based on the above the assessment of the convertible bond, and although the Company believes in the iTV business model, due to the uncertainty that iTV will be able to receive enough financial support to run the business, along with other factors, including but not limited to the factors listed in above table, the Company concluded the fair value is less than the book value of the convertible bonds as of December 31, 2013, which will not recover in foreseeable future, thus, the Company recorded $9.1 million in impairment charges in investment impairments in the year ended December 31, 2013 for the convertible bond.

F-41

Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

NOTE 6—CASH, CASH EQUIVALENTS AND INVESTMENTS (Continued)

We are presenting below summarized condensed financial information of our equity method investees as our investments in those entities have exceeded the 10% thresholds laid out in Regulations SX 4-08(g) and 1-02(w) for the year ended December 31, 2013.

|  | Condensed Year Ended December 31, 2011 |  | Condensed Year Ended December 31, 2012 |  | Condensed Year Ended December 31, 2013 |
--- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | ---
|  | (In thousands) |  | (In thousands) |  | (In thousands) |
Operating data: |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |
Revenue |  | $ | 159 |  | $ | 165 |  | $ | 1,984 |
Gross profit |  | $ | (243 | ) | $ | (1,835 | ) | $ | (3,164 | )
Loss from operations |  | $ | (5,795 | ) | $ | (13,210 | ) | $ | (16,354 | )
Net loss |  | $ | (5,953 | ) | $ | (13,460 | ) | $ | (18,170 | )
Net loss attributable to non-controlling interest |  | $ | (36 | ) | $ | (663 | ) | $ | (2,228 | )

|  | Year Ended December 31, 2011 |  | Year Ended December 31, 2012 |  | Year Ended December 31, 2013 |
--- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | ---
|  | (In thousands) |  | (In thousands) |  | (In thousands) |
Balance sheet data: |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |
Current assets |  | $ | 13,693 |  | $ | 4,849 |  | $ | 8,712 |
Long-term assets |  | $ | 28,133 |  | $ | 30,151 |  | $ | 37,538 |
Current liabilities |  | $ | (1,867 | ) | $ | (5,325 | ) | $ | (1,384 | )
Long-term liabilities |  | $ | (20,341 | ) | $ | (23,371 | ) | $ | (56,047 | )
Non-controlling interests |  | $ | (16 | ) | $ | 584 |  | $ | 2,822 |

Fair Value Measurements

Pursuant to the accounting guidance for fair value measurements and its subsequent updates, fair value is defined as the price that would be received from selling an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. As such, fair value is a market-based measurement that should be determined based on assumptions that market participants would use in pricing an asset or liability. The accounting guidance also establishes a three-tier fair value hierarchy which requires the Company to use observable market data, when available, and to minimize the use of unobservable inputs when determining fair value. The fair value hierarchy prioritizes the inputs into three levels that may be used in measuring fair value as follows:

Level 1—observable inputs such as quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.

Level 2—inputs other than the quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities that are observable either directly or indirectly.

Level 3—unobservable inputs based on the Company's assumptions.

In January 2010, the FASB issued amended standards that require additional fair value disclosures. These disclosure requirements are effective in two phases. In the first quarter of 2010, the Company adopted the requirements for disclosures about inputs and valuation techniques used to measure fair value as well as disclosures about significant transfers between hierarchy levels. Beginning in the first quarter of 2011, these amended standards require presentation of disaggregated activity within the

F-42

Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

NOTE 6—CASH, CASH EQUIVALENTS AND INVESTMENTS (Continued)

reconciliation for fair value measurements using significant unobservable inputs (Level 3). The company has adopted the requirement for the disclosure.

The Company's financial instruments consist principally of cash and cash equivalents, short-term investments, restricted cash, accounts receivable, long-term investments, accounts payable and certain accrued expenses. Short-term investments are limited to bank notes with original maturities longer than three months and less than one year. As of December 31, 2013 and 2012, the respective carrying values of financial instruments except for long-term investments approximated their fair values based on their short-term maturities. As of December 31, 2013, the combined fair value of the entity's long term investments in available-for-sale Level 3 convertible bond and redeemable securities was $54.0 million.

The following is a summary of available-for-sales investments as of December 31, 2013:

|  | Amortized cost |  | Realized Losses for More Than 12 months |  | Estimated fair value |
--- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | ---
|  | (in thousands) |
Convertible bonds of privately-held company |  | $ | 55,113 |  | $ | 9,142 |  | $ | 45,971 |
Preferred convertible shares of privately-held company |  |  | 8,000 |  |  | — |  |  | 8,000 |
​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​
Total available-for-sales Investments |  | $ | 63,113 |  | $ | 9,142 |  | $ | 53,971 |
​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​
​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​

Financial assets measured and recognized at fair value on a recurring basis and classified under the appropriate level of the fair value hierarchy as described above were as follows:

|  | Level 1 |  | Level 2 |  | Level 3 |  | Total |
--- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | ---
|  | (in thousands) |
As of December 31, 2013 |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |
Short-term investment |  | $ | — |  | $ | — |  | $ | — |  | $ | — |
​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​
Long-term investment |  | $ | — |  | $ | — |  | $ | 53,971 |  | $ | 53,971 |
​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​
As of December 31, 2012 |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |
Short-term investment |  | $ | 296 |  | $ | — |  | $ | — |  | $ | 296 |
​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​
Long-term investment |  | $ | — |  | $ | — |  | $ | 31,000 |  | $ | 31,000 |
​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​
​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​

F-43

Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

NOTE 6—CASH, CASH EQUIVALENTS AND INVESTMENTS (Continued)

The following is the roll-forward of financial assets using unobservable inputs (Level 3) for the year ended December 31, 2013 and 2012. There were no financial assets and liabilities classified as Level 3 financial instruments for the year ended December 31, 2011.

|  | Amount In thousands |
--- | --- | --- | ---
As of December 31, 2011 |  | $ | — |
​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​
Invested in Preferred Shares |  |  | 8,000 |
Invested in Convertible bond |  |  | 23,000 |
Less: Impairment Charge |  |  | — |
​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​
As of December 31, 2012 |  |  | 31,000 |
​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​
Invested in Convertible bond |  |  | 32,113 |
Less: Impairment Charge |  |  | (9,142 | )
​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​
As of December 31, 2013 |  | $ | 53,971 |
​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​
​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​

As of December 31, 2013 and 2012, the Company's financial assets measured on a non-recurring basis included $20.6 million and $31.4 million of equity investments in privately-held companies, respectively.

NOTE 7—LONG-LIVED ASSETS

In December 2009, the Company entered into a Sale Leaseback Agreement for the sale of its manufacturing, R&D and administrative office facility in Hangzhou, China, or the Hangzhou facility, to a third party for proceeds of approximately $138.8 million and the leaseback of approximately one-third of the property through 2016. As of May 31, 2010, the Company had received all of the sales proceeds and met all criteria for consummation of sale of the Hangzhou facility. On May 31, 2010, the Company and the buyer agreed that all conditions precedent to the closing had been met and the leaseback commenced on June 1, 2010.

In connection with the Sale Leaseback Agreement, on February 1, 2010, the Company entered into a Lease Contract, or the Leaseback, with respect to the leaseback of a portion of the Hangzhou facility. Under the terms of the Leaseback, the Company would lease back 71,027 square meters of gross floor area, or GFA, aboveground and 12,000 sqm GFA underground of the building for a period of 6 years at a rate of approximately $0.37, $0.44 and $0.47, respectively, per sqm per day for years 1-2, 3-4 and 5-6, respectively, of the lease period for the aboveground space; and approximately $3.66 per sqm per month for the underground space for the full lease period. The Company was also required to pay a security deposit in the amount of approximately $1.8 million and prepay part of the rent and fees for the last six months of the lease term in the amount of approximately $3.4 million upon lease inception on June 1, 2010. The Company could terminate all or part of the Leaseback by giving six months advance notice; however, the Company would be required to pay penalties and additional compensation in the event of early termination. The Company had concluded that the Lease qualified as an operating lease at the inception of the lease.

In December 2010, the Company decided to terminate the lease of the Hangzhou facility in June 2011 and notified the landlord on December 8, 2010, six months in advance, according to the termination clause in the Sale Leaseback Agreement. A termination agreement was signed between the landlord and the Company in June 2011 and both parties agreed to terminate the lease on June 30,

F-44

Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

NOTE 7—LONG-LIVED ASSETS (Continued)

2011. The Company paid early termination penalties of approximately $9.8 million in total to the landlord in 2010 and 2011.

In March 2011, the Company entered into a noncancelable Lease Agreement, or Lease, for its R&D and administrative office in Hangzhou, China. Under the terms of the Lease, the Company would lease 35,425 square meters of gross floor area above ground of the buildings, including common areas, through July 15, 2016. The Company was entitled to a free rental period through July 15, 2011. The annual lease payment is $1.6 million, with an escalation rate of 9% starting from the fourth year of the lease. The Company has priority over third parties if it desires to renew the lease. The Company was also required to pay a security deposit in the amount of approximately $0.5 million. The Company may terminate all or part of the Lease by giving six months advance notice; however, the Company would be required to pay penalties and additional compensation, subject to a maximum of six months of lease payments, in the event of early termination. The Lease commenced on March 7, 2011 and the lease expense is being recognized using the straight-line method. The Company has concluded that the Lease qualifies as an operating lease. In April 2013, the Company has given up a portion of the lease due to its vacancy through the contractual early termination process and $0.1 million was incurred and paid as the penalty. See "Note 12—Commitments and Contingencies" for future minimum lease payments.

NOTE 8—GOODWILL AND PURCHASED INTANGIBLE ASSETS

On October 16, 2010, the Company entered into an Ordinary Shares Purchase Agreement with iTV and Smart Frontier, the sole shareholder of iTV, to enable the Company to launch an Internet TV platform to generate revenue through subscription, advertising and value-added service in the coming years. Pursuant to the Ordinary Shares Purchase Agreement, the Company agreed to purchase from Smart Frontier 5,100,000 ordinary shares of Stage Smart held by Smart Frontier, or the Purchase Shares, for an aggregate purchase price of $10.0 million. The Purchased Shares constituted 51% of the total shares of iTV then held by Smart Frontier. The purchase price for the Purchased Shares was paid in the form of the number of the Company's ordinary shares calculated by dividing $10.0 million by the average closing price per share of the Company's ordinary shares quoted on the NASDAQ stock market for the thirty day period immediately preceding the date of closing of the transaction which management believed closely approximated the market value on the day of issuance subject to customary closing conditions. Pursuant to the Ordinary Shares Purchase Agreement, the Company had the right to repurchase the Company's shares issued in exchange for iTV's ordinary shares held by the Company if, by the one year anniversary of the closing date, regulatory approvals had not been obtained as outlined in the post-closing covenants. Concurrent with entering into the Ordinary Shares Purchase Agreement, the Company also entered into a Series A Preference Shares Purchase Agreement with iTV and its affiliated entity, its wholly owned subsidiaries, and Smart Frontier. Pursuant to the Series A Preference Shares Purchase Agreement, the Company agreed to purchase from iTV 9,600,000 Series A Preference Shares of iTV at a price of $2.08333 per share, for an aggregate cash consideration of $20.0 million. Under certain conditions, shares of Series A Preference Shares are convertible into ordinary shares on a 1:1 basis. Series A Preference Shares have equal voting rights as ordinary shares. They are entitled to cumulative dividends at a rate of 8% of the original issue price and can also participate in other dividends declared by iTV. The Purchase Shares and the Series A Preference Shares together constituted 75% of the total shares of iTV which gives the Company control over iTV. The Company recorded this transaction as an acquisition of a business.

F-45

Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

NOTE 8—GOODWILL AND PURCHASED INTANGIBLE ASSETS (Continued)

The transactions closed on November 8, 2010. The Company issued 4,473,272 (or 1,491,091 after reverse share split) ordinary shares to Smart Frontier with a fair value of $ 9.8 million based on the market price of the Company's ordinary share as at November 8, 2010 for the purchase price of $10.0 million for the iTV ordinary shares and made cash payments of $20.0 million to iTV for the purchase of Series A Preference Shares. As a result of the acquisition, the Company recorded intangible assets of $5.0 million, and goodwill of $13.8 million which represented the excess of the purchase price over the net tangible and intangible assets acquired. Goodwill mainly consisted of the extensive knowledge and expertise of the management team in the Internet TV industry complemented by the execution ability of the operation team. The amortizable intangible assets acquired consisted of estimated fair values of iTV's technology platform of $4.7 million and non-compete agreements signed with key executives upon closing of the transaction of $0.3 million. The Company amortized these intangible assets on a straight-line basis over an estimated weighted—average life of 4 years.

On October 16, 2011, the Company and the iTV shareholders agreed to extend the date of exercising its repurchase right from the original date of October 16, 2011 to April 16, 2012. On April 15, 2012, the Share Exchange Agreement was entered into by the Company and the iTV shareholders to exercise the repurchase right. The transaction was effective on June 4, 2012 and the transfer was completed on June 21, 2012. Upon the execution of the Share Exchange Agreement, 4,473,272 (or 1,491,091 after reverse share split) UTStarcom ordinary shares previously held by Smart Frontier were transferred back to the Company as treasury shares,and the 5,100,000 ordinary shares of Stage Smart Limited previously held by UTStarcom were transferred back to Smart Frontier Holdings Limited. After the repurchase, the Company decreased its ownership in iTV from 75% to approximately 49% and reduced its representation on the iTV board of directors from three to two out of a total of five board seats, which triggered deconsolidation of iTV from its consolidated financial statements starting from June 21, 2012. The Company derecognized the goodwill and intangible assets on June 21, 2012 upon the deconsolidation of iTV. Upon the deconsolidation, the Company derecognized the assets (including an appropriate allocation of goodwill) and liabilities of iTV at their carrying amounts on the date control was lost, derecognized the carrying amount of any NCI at the date control was lost (including any components of accumulated other comprehensive income attributable to it), and recognized the fair value of the proceeds from the transaction. There was no material gain or loss resulting from the transaction. As a result of the repurchase, the Company measured the fair value of its retained interests in the Series A Preference Shares of iTV at the date of losing control, which amounted to $14.9 million. Since the remaining Series A Preference Shares of iTV invested by the Company did not qualify as the in-substance common stock due to their substantive liquidation preference, the Company uses the cost method to account for investment in the iTV Series A preference shares after the deconsolidation.

The Company conducted its annual impairment test as of November 1, 2011. Based on the annual impairment test, the fair value of iTV exceeded its carrying value, and therefore, no impairment provision was considered necessary. There were no triggering events identified from the date of its assessment through December 31, 2011 that would have required an update to its annual impairment test. As of December 31, 2011, goodwill was $13.8 million, the entire amount of which was allocated to the Service segment. The goodwill was derecognized in 2012 as the result of the loss of control over and deconsolidation of iTV (See Note 5).

F-46

Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

NOTE 8—GOODWILL AND PURCHASED INTANGIBLE ASSETS (Continued)

Amortization of intangible assets was Nil, $0.5million and $1.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

|  | Amortizable intangible assets |  | Unamortizable intangible assets |  |  |
--- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | ---
|  | Technology Platform |  | Non-compete Agreements |  |  |
|  | Domain Name |  | Total |
|  | (in thousands) |
December 31, 2011 |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |
Gross |  | $ | 4,708 |  | $ | 247 |  | $ | 115 |  | $ | 5,070 |
Accumulated amortization |  |  | (1,373 | ) |  | (72 | ) |  | — |  |  | (1,445 | )
​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​
Net |  |  | 3,335 |  |  | 175 |  |  | 115 |  |  | 3,625 |
​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​
December 31, 2012 |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |
Gross |  |  | 4,708 |  |  | 247 |  |  | 160 |  |  | 5,115 |
Accumulated amortization |  |  | (1,863 | ) |  | (98 | ) |  | — |  |  | (1,961 | )
Effect of iTV deconsolidation |  |  | (2,845 | ) |  | (149 | ) |  | (160 | ) |  | (3,154 | )
​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​
Net |  |  | — |  |  | — |  |  | — |  |  | — |
​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​
December 31, 2013 |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |
Gross |  |  | — |  |  | — |  |  | — |  |  | — |
Accumulated amortization |  |  | — |  |  | — |  |  | — |  |  | — |
​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​
Net |  | $ | — |  | $ | — |  | $ | — |  | $ | — |
​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​
​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​

NOTE 9—DEBT

At December 31, 2013 and 2012, the Company had no outstanding bank loans and the Company had not guaranteed any debt not included in the consolidated balance sheet.

In August 2011, the Company entered into one accounts-receivable line of $4.6 million which can be used for recourse factoring on an account receivable from one specified customer. The factoring line expired in August 2012, after twelve months from the issuance date. The Company had no factoring line as of December 31, 2013 and 2012.

NOTE 10—WARRANTY OBLIGATIONS AND OTHER GUARANTEES

The Company provides a standard warranty on its equipment and terminal sales for a period generally ranging from one to two years from the time of final acceptance. At times, the Company has entered into arrangements to provide limited warranty services for periods longer than two years. The Company provides for the expected cost of product warranties at the time that revenue is recognized based on an assessment of past warranty experience and when specific circumstances dictate. The Company assesses the adequacy of its recorded warranty liability every quarter and makes adjustments to the liabilities if necessary. Specific warranty accruals are reversed upon the expiration of the warranty period and are recorded as a reduction of cost of net sales. From time to time, the Company may be subject to additional costs related to non-standard warranty claims from its customers. If and when this occurs, the Company estimates additional accruals based on historical experience, communication with its customers and various assumptions that the Company believes to be reasonable

F-47

Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

NOTE 10—WARRANTY OBLIGATIONS AND OTHER GUARANTEES (Continued)

under the circumstances. Such additional warranty accruals are recorded in the period in which the additional costs are identified.

|  | (In thousands) |
--- | --- | --- | ---
Balance at December 31, 2010 |  | $ | 7,734 |
​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​
Accruals for warranties issued during the period (benefit from expirations), net |  |  | (191 | )
Settlements made during the period |  |  | (2,883 | )
​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​
Balance at December 31, 2011 |  |  | 4,660 |
​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​
Accruals for warranties issued during the period (benefit from expirations), net |  |  | 2,039 |
Warranty reserve derecognized upon IPTV divestiture |  |  | (2,507 | )
Settlements made during the period |  |  | (2,863 | )
​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​
Balance at December 31, 2012 |  |  | 1,329 |
​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​
Accruals for warranties issued during the period (benefit from expirations), net |  |  | (473 | )
Settlements made during the period |  |  | (239 | )
​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​
Balance at December 31, 2013 |  | $ | 617 |
​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​
​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​

Certain of the Company's sales contracts include provisions under which customers would be indemnified by the Company in the event of, among other things, a third-party claim against the customer for intellectual property rights infringement related to the Company's products. There are no limitations on the maximum potential future payments under these guarantees. Historically, the Company has not incurred material costs as a result of obligations under these agreements. It is not possible to determine the aggregate maximum potential loss under these indemnification agreements due to the limited history of prior indemnification claims and the unique facts and circumstances involved in each particular agreement.

NOTE 11—RESTRUCTURING

Restructuring Costs

There were no restructuring activities during fiscal 2013. During fiscal 2012, the Company recorded approximately $0.4 million in restructuring charges of which $0.4 million was related to the 2009 Restructuring Plan. During fiscal 2011, the Company recorded approximately $2.4 million in restructuring charges of which $2.4 million was related to the 2009 Restructuring Plan and an immaterial amount was related to the 2008 Restructuring Plan. The following describes the Company's restructuring initiatives.

2009 Restructuring Plan

On June 9, 2009, the Board of Directors of the Company approved the 2009 Restructuring Plan designed to reduce the Company's operating costs. The 2009 Restructuring Plan included a worldwide reduction in force of approximately 50% of the Company's headcount, or approximately 2,300 employees located primarily in China and the United States and, to a lesser degree, other international locations. During the year ended December 31, 2012, the Company recorded restructuring costs of approximately $0.4 million related to the 2009 Restructuring Plan, net of approximately $0.2 million of reversal of charges recorded in prior periods due to changes in estimates. The restructuring costs for the year ended December 31, 2012 consist primarily of $0.1 million for severance

F-48

Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

NOTE 11—RESTRUCTURING (Continued)

and benefits related to few employees included in the 2009 Restructuring Plan, adjusted for changes in estimate in termination date of employees, and approximately $0.3 million of lease exit costs primarily related to a lease expiring in 2013. During the year ended December 31, 2011, the Company recorded restructuring costs of approximately $2.4 million related to the 2009 Restructuring Plan, net of approximately $1.6 million of reversal of charges due to changes in estimates. The restructuring costs for the year ended December 31, 2011 consisted primarily of $2.1 million for severance and benefits related to approximately 50 employees included in the 2009 Restructuring Plan, adjusted for changes in estimate in termination date of employees, and approximately $0.3 million of lease exit costs primarily related to a lease expiring in 2013. Total restructuring costs recorded through December 31, 2012 related to the 2009 Restructuring Plan approximated $58.4 million. As of December 31, 2012, the 2009 Restructuring Plan was completed.

2008 Restructuring Plan

During fiscal 2008, the Company implemented a restructuring plan, or 2008 Restructuring Plan, and recorded $13.1 million in restructuring charges primarily related to a global reduction in force across all functions and employee terminations at certain non-core operations which the Company was in the process of winding down. The total number of employees affected totaled approximately 750, including 350 in China, 200 in Korea and 200 in other locations including the United States. During the year ended December 31, 2011, the Company recorded an immaterial amount of additional restructuring costs related to the 2008 Restructuring Plan, for severance and benefit costs being recognized over the remaining service period for employees included in the 2008 Restructuring Plan. During the year ended December 31, 2010, the Company recorded additional restructuring costs related to the 2008 Restructuring Plan of approximately $0.3 million, for severance and benefit costs being recognized over the remaining service period for employees included in the 2008 Restructuring Plan. Total restructuring costs recorded through December 31, 2011 related to the 2008 Restructuring Plan approximated $19.7 million. At December 31, 2011, the 2008 Restructuring Plan was completed.

The activity in the accrued restructuring balances related to the plans described above was as follows for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2012:

|  | Balance at 31-Dec-10 |  | Restructuring Charges |  | Cash Payments |  | Balance at 31-Dec-11 |  | Restructuring Charges |  | Cash Payments |  | Balance at 31-Dec-12 |
--- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | ---
|  | (in thousands) |
2009 Restructuring Plan |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |
Workforce Reduction |  | $ | 9,425 |  | $ | 2,052 |  |  | (11,246 | ) |  | 231 |  |  | 49 |  |  | (280 | ) | $ | — |
Lease Costs |  |  | 1,971 |  |  | 312 |  |  | (822 | ) |  | 1,461 |  |  | 309 |  |  | (1,770 | ) |  | — |
​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​
Total 2009 Restructuring Plan |  |  | 11,396 |  |  | 2,364 |  |  | (12,068 | ) |  | 1,692 |  |  | 358 |  |  | (2,050 | ) |  | — |
2008 Restructuring Plan |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |
Workforce Reduction |  |  | 21 |  |  | 22 |  |  | (43 | ) |  | — |  |  | — |  |  | — |  |  | — |
​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​
Total 2008 Restructuring Plan |  |  | 21 |  |  | 22 |  |  | (43 | ) |  | — |  |  | — |  |  | — |  |  | — |
​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​
Grant Total |  | $ | 11,417 |  | $ | 2,386 |  | $ | (12,111 | ) | $ | 1,692 |  | $ | 358 |  | $ | (2,050 | ) | $ | — |
​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​
​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​

F-49

Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

NOTE 12—COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

Leases

We have entered into non-cancellable operating, office space, manufacturing facilities leases. Future minimum lease payments under all noncancelable operating leases with an initial term in excess of one year as of December 31, 2013 are as follows:

|  | Amount |
--- | --- | --- | ---
|  | (in thousands) |
2014 |  | $ | 2,503 |
2015 |  |  | 2,516 |
2016 |  |  | 1,154 |
2017 |  |  | — |
2018 |  |  | — |
Thereafter |  |  | — |
​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​
Total |  | $ | 6,173 |
​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​
​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​

Rent expense for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 was $2.4 million, $6.3 million, and $13.8 million, respectively.

Third Party Commissions

The Company records accruals for commissions payable to third parties in the normal course of business. Such commissions are recorded based on the terms of the contracts between the Company and the third parties and paid pursuant to such contracts. Consistent with the Company's accounting policies, these commissions are recorded as cost of net sales in the period in which the liability is incurred. As of December 31, 2013 and 2012, the Company had approximately $0.1 million and $0.1 million of such accrued commissions. Management has performed, and continues to perform, follow-up procedures with respect to these accrued commissions. Upon completion of such follow-up procedures, if the accrued commissions have not been claimed and the statute of limitations, if any, has expired, the Company reverses such accruals. Such reversals are recorded in the Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income (Loss) during the period management determines that such accruals are no longer necessary. During the year ended December 31, 2011, the Company did not release any accruals to cost of net sales as a result of the expiration of status of limitations. During the year ended December 31, 2012, approximately $0.5 million was released to cost of net sales as a result of the expiration of statute of limitations. During the year ended December 31, 2013, the Company did not release any accruals to cost of net sales as a result of the expiration of status of limitations.

India Department of Telecommunication Security and Supply Chain Standards

India's Department of Telecommunications had required equipment manufacturers to satisfy certain security and supply chain standards to the satisfaction of Indian authorities. The Company entered into agreements with several customers in India which establish detailed security and supply chain standards covering products supplied to these telecommunication customers as required by the Indian authorities. These agreements contain significant penalty clauses in the event a security breach is detected related to product supplied by the Company. In May 2011, India's DOT provided a revised template for these agreements, but we have not executed the revised agreement with our customers. Management is unable to estimate the likelihood or the financial impact of any such potential security

F-50

Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

NOTE 12—COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES (Continued)

breach on the Company's financial position, results of operations, or cash flows. As of December 31, 2013, the Company has not been subject to any penalty liability related to these agreements. In 2013, 2012 and 2011, there was no revenue recognized in relation to contracts signed after the effective date of the agreements, and our management currently does not believe it has met the criteria to recognize revenue because the Company has not satisfied the security requirements as designated in the agreements. As of December 31, 2013, deferred revenue and deferred costs related to contracts covered by these security agreements were $10.2 million and $5.3 million, respectively. As of December 31, 2012, deferred revenue and deferred costs related to contracts covered by these security agreements were $9.8 million and $6.1 million, respectively. As of December 31, 2011, deferred revenue and deferred costs related to contracts covered by these security agreements were $5.3 million and $4.1 million, respectively. The Company continues to assess the potential impact these agreements may have on the timing of revenue recognition.

Contractual obligations and commercial commitments

Letters of credit:

The Company issues bid bond, commercial letters of credit or standby letters of credit primarily to support international sales activities outside of China and in support of purchase commitments. When the Company submits a bid for a sale, often the potential customer will require that the Company issue a bid bond or a standby letter of credit to demonstrate its commitment through the bid process. In addition, the Company may be required to issue standby letters of credit as guarantees for advance customer payments upon contract signing or performance guarantees. The standby letters of credit usually expire without being drawn by the beneficiary thereof. Finally, the Company may issue commercial letters of credit in support of purchase commitments. As of December 31, 2013, the Company's outstanding letters of credit approximated $14.7 million. These balances are included in the balance of Short-term and Long-term restricted cash.

Purchase commitments

The Company is obligated to purchase raw materials and work-in-process inventory under various orders from various suppliers, all of which should be fulfilled without adverse consequences material to the Company's operations or financial condition. At December 31, 2013, the Company had outstanding purchase commitments, including agreements that are non-cancelable and cancelable without penalty, approximating $22.7 million.

Intellectual property:

Certain sales contracts include provisions under which customers would be indemnified by the Company in the event of, among other things, a third party claim against the customer for intellectual property rights infringement related to the Company's products. There are no limitations on the maximum potential future payments under these guarantees. The Company has not accrued any amounts in relation to these provisions as no such claims have been made and the Company believes it has valid enforceable rights to the intellectual property embedded in its products.

Uncertain Tax Positions

As of December 31, 2013, the Company had $45.4 million of gross unrecognized tax benefits, of which $10.0 million related to tax benefits that, if recognized, would impact the annual effective tax

F-51

Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

NOTE 12—COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES (Continued)

rate. The remaining $35.4 million gross unrecognized tax benefits, if recognized, would impact certain deferred tax assets.

Litigation

Governmental Investigations

In December 2005, the U.S. Embassy in Mongolia informed the Company that it had forwarded to the DOJ, allegations that an agent of the Company's Mongolia joint venture had offered payments to a Mongolian government official in possible violation of the FCPA. The Company, through its Audit Committee, authorized an independent investigation into possible violations of the FCPA, and it has been in contact with the DOJ and the SEC regarding the investigation. The investigation identified possible FCPA violations in Mongolia, Southeast Asia, India, and China, as well as possible violations of U.S. immigration laws. The DOJ requested that the Company voluntarily produce documents related to the investigation, the SEC subpoenaed the Company for documents, and the Company received a Grand Jury Subpoena requiring the production of documents related to one aspect of the DOJ investigation, that is, travel the Company had sponsored. The Company has resolved the investigations with the DOJ and the SEC. On December 31, 2009, as part of the resolution of these investigations, the Company executed a consent pursuant to which, without admitting or denying the SEC's allegations, it agreed to a judgment in favor of the SEC of $1.5 million, and agreed to certain reporting obligations for up to four years. The SEC approved that resolution. On April 14, 2010, the United States District Court for the Northern District of California entered a judgment incorporating the terms of that consent. On December 31, 2009, the Company entered into a non-prosecution agreement with the DOJ, pursuant to which the Company has paid an additional $1.5 million and agreed to undertake a three-year reporting obligation and to review and, where appropriate, strengthen the Company's compliance, bookkeeping and internal controls standards and procedures. Under the non-prosecution agreement, subject to compliance with its terms, the DOJ has agreed not to criminally prosecute the Company for crimes (other than criminal tax violations) relating to certain travel arrangements it provided to customers in China. We submitted our first reports to the DOJ and SEC on May 1, 2010, our second reports to the DOJ and SEC on April 29, 2011 and our third reports to the DOJ and SEC on April 26, 2012. Our last reports submitted to the DOJ and the SEC were on May 1, 2013 and April 30, 2013, respectively.

Other Litigation

The Company is a party to other litigation matters and claims that are normal in the course of operations, and while the results of such litigation matters and claims cannot be predicted with certainty, management of the Company believes that the final outcome of such matters will not have a material adverse impact on the Company's financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

NOTE 13—COMMON STOCK PURCHASE AND OPTION TO PURCHASE ADDITIONAL SHARES

On August 12, 2011, the Company's Board of Directors approved a repurchase program of up to $20 million of its ordinary shares outstanding over the 12 months through August 15, 2012. In the third quarter of 2012, the Company's Board of Directors had approved the extension of the repurchase program to August 2013. As of December 31, 2012, the Company has repurchased 12,524,614 shares (or 4,174,875 after reverse share split) at the cost of $15.1 million under this program. The Company did terminate this program due to expiration during the year 2013. On April 15, 2012, the Company

F-52

Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

NOTE 13—COMMON STOCK PURCHASE AND OPTION TO PURCHASE ADDITIONAL SHARES (Continued)

and Smart Frontier, a sole shareholder of iTV, exercised the common stock repurchase rights according to the Share Exchange Agreement. The transaction was effective on June 4, 2012 and the transfer was completed on June 21, 2012. Upon the execution of the repurchase rights, 4,473,272 (or 1,491,091 after reverse share split) UTStarcom ordinary shares previously held by Smart Frontier were transferred back to the Company as treasury shares with a carrying value of $5.3 million, for details refer to "Note 8—Goodwill and Purchased Intangible Assets." On November 30, 2012, the Company announced a commencement of a tender offer (the Tender Offer) to purchase up to 25,000,000 (or 8,333,333 after reverse share split) of its ordinary shares at a price of $1.2 (or $3.6 after reverse share split) per share. The Tender Offer expired on January 3, 2013. As of January 10, 2013, the Company has accepted for purchase 25,000,000 (or 8,333,333 after reverse share split) of the Company's ordinary shares at a cost of approximately $30 million under the Tender Offer. All the repurchased shares through the tender offer have been cancelled at the purchasing date of January 10, 2013 and all the repurchased shares under the repurchase program have been classified as treasury shares of the Company.

On January 17, 2014, The Company announced it entered into a Purchase and Sale Agreement (the "Share Purchase Agreement") with Softbank America Inc ("Softbank") and Shah Capital Opportunity Fund LP ("Shah Captial"). The transaction was consummated in the same date. Pursuant to the Share Purchase Agreement, Softbank sold its entire stake in the Company, consisting of 4,883,875 ordinary shares with par value US $0.00375 per share ("Ordinary Shares"). The Company and Shah Capital repurchased 3,883,875 and 1,000,000 ordinary shares, respectively, for a price of $2.54 per Ordinary Share for total consideration by the Company of $9.9 million.

NOTE 14—COMMON STOCK AND STOCK INCENTIVE PLANS

Stock Incentive Plans

On March 21, 2013, shareholders of the Company approved the amendment of authorized share capital of the company by the consolidation of the existing 750,000,000 Ordinary Shares of $0.00125 par value each into 250,000,000 Ordinary Shares of $0.00375 par value each. As a result, the one-for-three reverse split of the Company's ordinary shares became effective from March 21, 2013 with trading commenced on the post-reverse split-adjusted basis on the NASDAQ Global Select Market as of the opening of trading on Friday, March 22, 2013. All shares/per share related data in this note have been adjusted retroactively to reflect the one for three reverse share split.

As of December 31, 2013, the Company has the stock incentive plans described below. Substantially all outstanding awards are subject to potential accelerated vesting in the event of a change in control of the Company. The Company repurchases and cancels its ordinary shares forfeited with respect to the tax liability associated with certain vesting of restricted stock and restricted stock unit grants under these plans.

2006 Equity Incentive Plan:

The 2006 Equity Incentive Plan, or 2006 Plan, was implemented on July 21, 2006 after being adopted by the Board of Directors on June 6, 2006 and approved by the Company's stockholders on July 21, 2006. The 2006 Plan replaces the 1997 Plan, the 2001 Plan, and the 2003 Plan, or collectively, the Prior Plans, and no further awards will be granted pursuant to the Prior Plans. The 2006 Plan provides for the grant of the following types of incentive awards: (i) stock options, (ii) stock appreciation rights, (iii) restricted stock, (iv)restricted stock units, (v) performance shares and

F-53

Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

NOTE 14—COMMON STOCK AND STOCK INCENTIVE PLANS (Continued)

performance units, and (vi) other stock or cash awards ("Award," collectively, "Awards"). Those who are eligible for Awards under the 2006 Plan include employees, directors and consultants who provide services to the Company and its affiliates.

The maximum aggregate number of shares that may be awarded and sold under the 2006 Plan is 1,500,000 shares plus (i) any shares that have been reserved but remain unissued under the Prior Plans as of July 21, 2006, and (ii) any shares subject to stock options or similar awards granted under the Prior Plans that expire or become exercisable without having been exercised in full and shares issued pursuant to awards granted under the Prior Plans that are forfeited to or repurchased by the Company. As of December 31, 2013, the number of shares transferred from the Prior Plans to the 2006 plan totaled 8,470,518. As of December 31, 2013, 1,733,755 options and restricted stock awards and units were outstanding under the 2006 Plan.

The Board of Directors or the Compensation Committee of the Board, or Compensation Committee, or Administrator, administers the 2006 Plan. Subject to the terms of the 2006 Plan, the Administrator has the sole discretion to select the employees, consultants, and directors who will receive Awards, determine the terms and conditions of Awards, and to interpret the provisions of the 2006 Plan and outstanding Awards. Options granted under the 2006 Plan generally vest and become exercisable over four years.

Awards granted under the 2006 Plan are generally not transferable, and all rights with respect to an Award granted to a participant generally may be exercised during a participant's lifetime only by the participant; provided, however, that with the Administrator's approval, a participant may (i) transfer an Award to a participant's spouse or former spouse pursuant to a court-approved domestic relations order which relates to the provision of child support, alimony payments or marital property rights, or (ii) transfer an Award by gift to or for the benefit of the participant's immediate family.

The exercise price of all stock options and stock appreciation rights granted under the 2006 Plan must be at least equal to 100% of the fair market value of the ordinary share on the date of grant (or at least 110% of such fair market value for an incentive stock option, or ISO, granted to a shareholder with greater than 10% voting power of the Company's stock). The maximum term of a stock option granted to any participant must not exceed seven years from the date of grant (or five years for an ISO granted to a shareholder with greater than 10% of the voting power of the ordinary share). The Administrator will determine the terms and conditions of all other Awards granted under the Plan.

Prior Plans—The 1997 Stock Plan, 2001 Director Option Plan, and 2003 Non-Statutory Stock Option Plan:

The 1997 Stock Plan:

Prior to the implementation of the 2006 Plan on July 21, 2006, officers, employees and consultants of the Company and its affiliates were eligible to receive options to purchase ordinary shares and stock purchase rights under the 1997 Stock Plan, or 1997 Plan. The 1997 Plan was terminated in July 2006 effective upon shareholder approval of the 2006 Plan. As of December 31, 2013, there were options to purchase 19,041 ordinary shares outstanding under the 1997 Plan.

Options granted under the 1997 Plan prior to July 21, 2006 were either ISOs intended to qualify for favorable US federal income tax treatment under the provisions of Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or non-qualified stock options, or NSOs, which did not so qualify. The Compensation Committee oversaw the selection of eligible persons for option grants and

F-54

Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

NOTE 14—COMMON STOCK AND STOCK INCENTIVE PLANS (Continued)

determined the grant date, amounts, exercise prices, vesting periods and other relevant terms of the options, including whether the options would be ISOs or NSOs. The exercise price of ISOs granted under the 1997 Plan could not be less than 100% of the fair market value of common stock on the grant date (or at least 110% of such fair market value for an ISO granted to a shareholder with greater than 10% voting power of the Company's stock), while the exercise price of NSOs could be determined by the Compensation Committee in its discretion. Options granted under the 1997 Plan were generally not transferable during the life of the optionee.

Under the 1997 Plan, options vest and become exercisable as determined by the Compensation Committee, generally over four years. Options may generally be exercised at any time after they vest and before their expiration date as determined by the Compensation Committee. However, no option may be exercised more than ten years after the grant date (or five years for ISOs granted to a shareholder with greater than 10% voting power of the Common Stock). Options will generally terminate (i) 12 months after the death or permanent disability of an optionee and (ii) three months after termination of employment for any other reason. The aggregate fair market value of the ordinary shares represented by ISOs that become exercisable in any calendar year by any one option holder may not exceed $100,000. Options in excess of this limit are treated as NSOs.

Prior to the implementation of the 2006 Plan, the Company could also grant stock purchase rights to eligible participants under the 1997 Plan. Under the 1997 Plan, any shares purchased pursuant to stock purchase rights were subject to a restricted stock purchase agreement. Unless the Compensation Committee determined otherwise, this agreement granted the Company a right to repurchase the restricted stock upon the voluntary or involuntary termination of the employee for any reason, including death or disability prior to vesting. The purchase price for repurchased shares was the original price paid and could be paid by cancellation of any indebtedness owed to the Company. The Company's repurchase right lapsed at a rate determined by the Compensation Committee.

2001 Director Option Plan:

Prior to the implementation of the 2006 Plan on July 21, 2006, those directors who were not employees of the Company, or Outside Directors, were eligible to receive options to purchase ordinary shares under the 2001 Director Option Plan, or 2001 Plan. The 2001 Plan was terminated in July 2006 effective upon shareholder approval of the 2006 Plan. As of December 31, 2013, there were no options to purchase ordinary shares outstanding under the 2001 Plan. The Compensation Committee was the administrator of the 2001 Plan.

Under the terms of the 2001 Plan, the exercise price of each option granted equaled the market value of the common stock on the date of grant. Such options have terms of ten years, but terminate earlier if the individual ceases to serve as a director. The First Option grants vest as to 25% of shares subject to the First Option on each of the first four anniversaries of its date of grant, subject to the Outside Director continuing to serve as a director on such dates. The Subsequent Option grants vest as to 100% of the shares subject to the Subsequent Option on the first anniversary of its date of grant.

Stock Award and Stock Option Activity

During fiscal 2013, the Company granted equity awards primarily consisting of restricted stock, restricted stock units and stock options. Such awards generally vest over a period of one to four years from the vesting start date. Restricted stock has the voting rights of ordinary shares and the shares underlying restricted stock are issued and outstanding. As of December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, the

F-55

Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

NOTE 14—COMMON STOCK AND STOCK INCENTIVE PLANS (Continued)

number of ordinary shares available for issuance pursuant to future grants under the 2006 plan, including remaining unissued shares under Prior Plans that have been transferred into the 2006 plan was 1,355,278, 1,706,901 and 3,508,205, respectively. The following summarizes the Company's stock options activity:

|  | Number of shares outstanding |  | Weighted average exercise price |
--- | --- | --- | --- | --- | ---
|  | (in thousands) |  |  |
Options Outstanding, December 31, 2010 |  |  | 1,388 |  | $ | 15.06 |
​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​
Options Granted |  |  | 486 |  |  | 36.78 |
Options Exercised |  |  | (20 | ) |  | 6.27 |
Options Forfeited or Expired |  |  | (728 | ) |  | 16.71 |
​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​
Options Outstanding, December 31, 2011 |  |  | 1,127 |  |  | 23.52 |
​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​
Options Granted |  |  | 246 |  |  | 3.24 |
Options Exercised |  |  | — |  |  | — |
Options Forfeited or Expired |  |  | (443 | ) |  | 19.56 |
​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​
Options Outstanding, December 31, 2012 |  |  | 930 |  |  | 20.04 |
​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​
Options Granted |  |  | — |  |  | — |
Options Exercised |  |  | — |  |  | — |
Options Forfeited or Expired |  |  | (354 | ) |  | 18.05 |
​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​
Options Outstanding, December 31, 2013 |  |  | 576 |  | $ | 21.25 |
​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​
​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​

Under the 2006 and 1997 Plans, the Company granted restricted stock awards. Restricted stock awards are unvested stock awards that may include grants of restricted stock or grants of restricted stock units. Such awards generally vest over a period of one to four years from the date of grant. Restricted stock has the voting rights of ordinary share and the shares underlying restricted stock are considered to be currently issued and outstanding. Restricted stock units do not have the voting rights of ordinary shares, and the shares underlying the restricted stock units are not considered issued and outstanding. The expense for such awards is based on the fair market value of the shares at the date of grant and is recognized on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period. The weighted average fair value of restricted stock awards granted under our equity incentive plans during the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 was $2.76, $3.29 and $5.58, respectively. The grant of restricted stock awards is deducted from the shares available on a one to one basis for grant under the

F-56

Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

NOTE 14—COMMON STOCK AND STOCK INCENTIVE PLANS (Continued)

Company's stock plan. Unvested restricted awards as of December 31, 2013 and changes during the year ended December 31, 2013 are summarized below:

|  | Shares |  | Weighted average grant date fair value |
--- | --- | --- | --- | --- | ---
|  | (in thousands) |  |  |
Restricted stock awards activity |  |  |  |  |  |  |
Total nonvested at January 1, 2011 |  |  | 521 |  | $ | 7.05 |
​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​
Granted |  |  | 767 |  | $ | 5.58 |
Vested |  |  | (333 | ) | $ | 6.87 |
Forfeited |  |  | (53 | ) | $ | 6.99 |
​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​
Total nonvested at December 31, 2011 |  |  | 902 |  | $ | 5.87 |
​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​
Granted |  |  | 1,891 |  | $ | 3.29 |
Vested |  |  | (701 | ) | $ | 5.60 |
Forfeited |  |  | (390 | ) | $ | 4.49 |
​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​
Total nonvested at December 31, 2012 |  |  | 1,702 |  | $ | 3.43 |
​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​
Reverse split adjustment |  |  | 25 |  |  | — |
Granted |  |  | 679 |  | $ | 2.76 |
Vested |  |  | (520 | ) | $ | 3.72 |
Forfeited |  |  | (173 | ) | $ | 3.82 |
​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​
Total nonvested at December 31, 2013 |  |  | 1,713 |  | $ | 3.08 |
​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​
​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​

During the year ended December 31, 2013, 0.5 million shares of restricted stock awards vested. The total fair value of restricted stock awards vested, as measured on the date of vesting, during the year ended December 31, 2012 was $1.9 million. The Company also granted 0.7 million restricted stock awards.

During the year ended December 31, 2012, 0.7 million shares of restricted stock awards vested. The total fair value of restricted stock awards vested, as measured on the date of vesting, during the year ended December 31, 2012 was $3.9 million. The Company also granted 1.9 million restricted stock awards.

During the year ended December 31, 2011, 0.3 million shares of restricted stock awards vested. The total fair value of restricted stock awards vested, as measured on the date of vesting, during the year ended December 31, 2011 was $3.1 million. The Company also granted 0.8 million restricted stock awards.

F-57

Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

NOTE 14—COMMON STOCK AND STOCK INCENTIVE PLANS (Continued)

The following table summarizes significant ranges of outstanding and exercisable stock options as of December 31, 2013 (in thousands, except years and share prices):

Range of Exercise Price |  | Numbers Outstanding as of Dec. 31, 2013 |  | Weighted Average Remaining Contractual Term |  | Weighted Average Exercise Price |  | Numbers Exercisable as of Dec. 31, 2013 |  | Weighted Average Exercise Price |
--- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | ---
$ | 2.97 |  | $ | 2.97 |  |  | 27 |  |  | 5.83 |  | $ | 2.97 |  |  | 7 |  | $ | 2.97 |
$ | 3.21 |  | $ | 3.21 |  |  | 202 |  |  | 5.65 |  | $ | 3.21 |  |  | 57 |  | $ | 3.21 |
$ | 4.14 |  | $ | 4.17 |  |  | 73 |  |  | 4.79 |  | $ | 4.16 |  |  | 44 |  | $ | 4.16 |
$ | 6.51 |  | $ | 8.70 |  |  | 59 |  |  | 2.90 |  | $ | 7.12 |  |  | 53 |  | $ | 7.19 |
$ | 9.72 |  | $ | 9.72 |  |  | 50 |  |  | 1.25 |  | $ | 9.72 |  |  | 50 |  | $ | 9.72 |
$ | 18.75 |  | $ | 18.75 |  |  | 80 |  |  | 2.13 |  | $ | 18.75 |  |  | 80 |  | $ | 18.75 |
$ | 19.83 |  | $ | 63.48 |  |  | 7 |  |  | 1.68 |  | $ | 24.77 |  |  | 7 |  | $ | 24.77 |
$ | 79.02 |  | $ | 79.02 |  |  | 2 |  |  | 0.32 |  | $ | 79.02 |  |  | 2 |  | $ | 79.02 |
$ | 89.70 |  | $ | 89.70 |  |  | 1 |  |  | 0.28 |  | $ | 89.70 |  |  | 1 |  | $ | 89.70 |
$ | 112.38 |  | $ | 112.38 |  |  | 75 |  |  | 0.05 |  | $ | 112.38 |  |  | 75 |  | $ | 112.38 |
| Total |  |  |  |  |  | 576 |  |  | 3.60 |  | $ | 21.26 |  |  | 376 |  | $ | 30.72 |
​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​
​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​

| Options exercisable at December 31, 2013 |  |  | 376 |  |  |  |  | $ | 30.72 |  |  |  |  |  |  |
| Options expected to vest at December 31, 2013 |  |  | 200 |  |  |  |  | $ | 3.46 |  |  |  |  |  |  |

The intrinsic value represents the total pre-tax intrinsic value and is calculated as the difference between the market value as reported by NASDAQ on December 31, 2013 of $2.77 and the exercise price of the in-the-money shares. During the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, the total pre-tax intrinsic value of options exercised was negligible. The weighted average remaining contractual life of options exercisable was 2.61 years, and the weighted average remaining contractual life of options expected to vest was 3.53 years as of December 31, 2013. There were no stock options granted during fiscal 2013. The weighted average fair value of options granted under the stock plans during the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011 was $1.97 and $1.71 per share, respectively.

The Company accounts for equity instruments issued to consultants and vendors in exchange for goods and services in accordance with the provisions of ASC 505-50, Equity-Based Payments to Non-Employees (Formerly FASB Staff Positions Emerging Issues Task Force Issue No. 96-18 and 00-18). The measurement date for the fair value of the equity instruments issued is determined at the earlier of (i) the date at which a commitment for performance by the consultant or vendor is reached or (ii) the date at which the consultant or vendor's performance is complete. In the case of equity instruments issued to consultants, the fair value of the equity instrument is recognized over the term of the consulting agreement.

Stock-Based Compensation

Stock-based compensation expense for stock options is estimated at the grant date based on each option's fair value as calculated by the Black-Scholes model. The Black-Scholes model was developed for use in estimating the fair value of short-lived exchange traded options that have no vesting

F-58

Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

NOTE 14—COMMON STOCK AND STOCK INCENTIVE PLANS (Continued)

restrictions and are fully transferable. In addition, option pricing models require the input of highly subjective assumptions, including the expected stock price volatility over the term of the awards, actual and projected employee stock option exercise behaviors, risk-free interest rate and expected dividends.

The Company uses historical volatility as management believes it is more representative of future stock price trends than implied volatility due to the relatively small number of actively traded options on the Company's ordinary shares available to determine implied volatility. The Company estimates an expected term of options granted based upon the Company's historical exercise and cancellation data for vested options. In addition, separate groups of employees that have similar exercise behavior are considered separately. The expected term of employee stock purchase plan shares is the average of the remaining purchase periods under each offering period. The Company bases the risk free interest rate used in the option valuation model on U.S. Treasury zero-coupon issues with remaining terms similar to the expected term on the options. The Company does not anticipate paying any cash dividends in the foreseeable future and therefore uses an expected dividend yield of zero in the option valuation model. The Company is required to estimate forfeitures at the time of grant and revise those estimates in subsequent periods if actual forfeitures differ from those estimates. The Company uses historical data to estimate pre-vesting option forfeitures and record stock—based compensation expense only for those awards that are expected to vest.

At December 31, 2013, there was approximately $3.9 million of total unrecognized compensation cost, as measured, related to unvested stock options and restricted stock and restricted stock units, which is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 2.61 years.

At December 31, 2012, there was approximately $2.8 million of total unrecognized compensation cost, as measured, related to unvested stock options and restricted stock and restricted stock units, which is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 3.29 years.

At December 31, 2011, there was approximately $3.7 million of total unrecognized compensation cost, as measured, related to unvested stock options and restricted stock and restricted stock units, which is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 2.98 years.

Certain executives of the Company have employment contracts which provide for acceleration of all unvested equity awards in the event that the employee is terminated without cause. During 2013, 2012 and 2011, there was no executive involuntarily terminated as part of the 2008 and 2009 Restructuring Plans.

The following table summarizes the stock-based compensation expense recognized in the Company's Consolidated Statement of Operations:

|  | Years ended December 31, |
--- | --- | --- | ---
|  | 2013 |  | 2012 |  | 2011 |
|  | (in thousands) |
Cost of net sales |  | $ | 7 |  | $ | 107 |  | $ | 99 |
Selling, general and administrative |  |  | 1,597 |  |  | 2,399 |  |  | 2,602 |
Research and development |  |  | 94 |  |  | 476 |  |  | 328 |
​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​
Total |  | $ | 1,698 |  | $ | 2,982 |  | $ | 3,029 |
​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​
​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​

At December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, there was no stock-based compensation capitalized within inventory.

F-59

Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

NOTE 15—INCOME TAXES

Cayman Islands

Under the current tax laws of Cayman Islands, the Company and its subsidiaries are not subject to tax on their income or capital gains. In addition, upon of dividends by the Company to its shareholders, no Cayman Islands withholding tax will be imposed.

United States and foreign income (loss) before income taxes and non-controlling interest were as follows:

|  | Years Ended December 31, |
--- | --- | --- | ---
|  | 2013 |  | 2012 |  | 2011 |
|  | (in thousands) |
United States |  | $ | (156,696 | ) | $ | 11,826 |  | $ | 18,671 |
Foreign |  |  | 136,317 |  |  | (45,013 | ) |  | (3,976 | )
​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​
|  | $ | (20,379 | ) | $ | (33,187 | ) | $ | 14,695 |
​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​
​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​

The components of the provision (benefit) for income taxes are as follows:

|  | Years Ended December 31, |
--- | --- | --- | ---
|  | 2013 |  | 2012 |  | 2011 |
|  | (in thousands) |
Current |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |
Federal |  | $ | 1 |  | $ | — |  | $ | 17 |
State |  |  | — |  |  | (40 | ) |  | 217 |
Foreign |  | $ | 2,730 |  | $ | 4,643 |  |  | 2,339 |
​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​
Total Current |  | $ | 2,731 |  | $ | 4,603 |  | $ | 2,573 |
Deferred |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |
Federal |  |  | — |  |  | — |  |  | — |
State |  |  | — |  |  | — |  |  | — |
Foreign |  |  | (380 | ) |  | (2,211 | ) |  | 345 |
​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​
Total Deferred |  |  | (380 | ) |  | (2,211 | ) |  | 345 |
​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​
Total |  | $ | 2,351 |  | $ | 2,392 |  | $ | 2,918 |
​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​
​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​

As of December 31, 2013, the Company had gross unrecognized tax benefits of approximately $45.4 million and had certain deferred tax assets and the federal tax benefit of state income tax items totaling $35.4 million. Of the total $45.4 million gross unrecognized tax benefits, $10.0 million related to tax benefits that, if recognized, would impact the annual effective tax rate. The Company has reduced its total unrecognized tax benefits by approximately $7.1 million during 2013 due to statute of limitations expirations. The portion of this $7.1 million reduction of gross unrecognized tax benefits that decreased the provision for income taxes and decreased the Company's net loss during 2013 was approximately $0.9 million.

The Company's policy is to recognize interest expense and penalties related to the above unrecognized tax benefits as a component of income tax expense. During 2013, the total amount of interest and penalties recognized in the Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income (Loss) was $0.5 million. The Company had accrued interest and penalties of approximately $3.6 million as of December 31, 2013 and approximately $3.8 million as of December 31, 2012.

F-60

Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

NOTE 15—INCOME TAXES (Continued)

The Company is subject to taxation in the U.S. federal jurisdiction and various U.S. state and foreign jurisdictions. The Company is also under audit by the taxing authorities in China on a recurring basis. The material jurisdictions that the Company is subject to examination are in the United States and China. The Company's tax years for 2003 through 2013 are still open for examination in China. The Company's tax years for 2006 through 2013 are still open for examination in the United States.

FASB ASC 740-10 establishes criteria for recognizing or continuing to recognize only more-likely-than-not tax positions, which may result in income tax expense volatility in future periods. While the Company believes that it has adequately provided for all tax positions, amounts asserted by taxing authorities could be greater than the Company's accrued position. Accordingly, additional provisions on income tax related matters could be recorded in the future as revised estimates are made or the underlying matters are settled or otherwise resolved.

A summary of the Company's unrecognized tax benefits is as follows:

|  | Years Ended December 31, |
--- | --- | --- | ---
|  | 2013 |  | 2012 |  | 2011 |
|  | (in thousands) |
Beginning balance-gross unrecognized tax benefits (UTB's) |  | $ | 54,012 |  | $ | 55,650 |  | $ | 56,513 |
Additions based on tax positions related to the current year |  |  | 151 |  |  | 80 |  |  | 121 |
Reductions based on tax positions related to the current year |  |  | — |  |  | — |  |  | — |
Additions for tax positions related to prior years |  |  | — |  |  | — |  |  | 176 |
Reductions for tax positions related to prior years |  |  | (1,627 | ) |  | (1,288 | ) |  | (1,160 | )
Settlements |  |  | — |  |  | — |  |  | — |
Lapse of statute of limitations |  |  | (7,106 | ) |  | (430 | ) |  | — |
​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​
Ending balance—gross unrecognized tax benefits (UTB's) |  |  | 45,430 |  |  | 54,012 |  |  | 55,650 |
UTB's as a credit in deferred taxes |  |  | (33,187 | ) |  | (39,402 | ) |  | (39,758 | )
Federal benefit of state taxes |  |  | (2,244 | ) |  | (2,312 | ) |  | (2,338 | )
​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​
UTB's that would impact the effective tax rate |  | $ | 10,019 |  | $ | 12,298 |  | $ | 13,554 |
​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​
​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​

In establishing its deferred income tax assets and liabilities, the Company makes judgments and interpretations based on the enacted tax laws and published tax guidance applicable to its operations. The Company records deferred tax assets and liabilities and evaluates the need for valuation allowances to reduce the deferred tax assets to realizable amounts. The likelihood of a material change in the Company's expected realization of these assets is dependent on future taxable income and its ability to use foreign tax credit carryforwards and carrybacks.

F-61

Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

NOTE 15—INCOME TAXES (Continued)

A summary of the components of net deferred tax assets is as follows:

|  | December 31, 2013 |  | December 31, 2012 |
--- | --- | --- | --- | --- | ---
|  | (in thousands) |
Deferred Tax Assets |  |  |  |  |  |  |
Allowances and reserves |  | $ | 11,125 |  | $ | 16,743 |
Deferred revenue and customer advances, net |  |  | — |  |  | 3,349 |
Net operating loss carryforward |  |  | 254,153 |  |  | 218,158 |
Tax credit carryforwards |  |  | 95,692 |  |  | 103,910 |
Capital loss carryforwards |  |  | 18,671 |  |  | 18,785 |
Writedown/amortization of intangible assets and goodwill |  |  | 15,651 |  |  | 19,642 |
Fixed assets |  |  | 7,263 |  |  | 7,500 |
Demo equipment income |  |  | 7,104 |  |  | 7,308 |
Accrued warranties |  |  | — |  |  | 66 |
Other |  |  | 18,459 |  |  | 26,404 |
​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​
Total Deferred Tax Assets |  | $ | 428,118 |  | $ | 421,865 |
Deferred Tax Liabilities |  |  |  |  |  |  |
Prepaid expense |  |  | (472 | ) |  | (155 | )
Deferred revenue and customer advances, net |  |  | (1,183 | ) |  | — |
Accrued warranties |  |  | (165 | ) |  | — |
Other |  |  | — |  |  | — |
​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​
Total Deferred Tax Liabilities |  |  | (1,820 | ) |  | (155 | )
​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​
Total Deferred Tax Assets (Liabilities) |  | $ | 426,298 |  | $ | 421,710 |
​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​
Less: Valuation Allowance |  | $ | (422,789 | ) | $ | (418,285 | )
​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​
Total Deferred Tax Assets (Liabilities) |  | $ | 3,509 |  | $ | 3,425 |
​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​
​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​

The Company provides for deferred income taxes on the unremitted earnings of foreign subsidiaries unless such earnings are deemed to be permanently reinvested outside the United States. In 2013, the Company had no gross U.S. deferred income tax liability on foreign earnings.

As of December 31, 2013, the Company still has undistributed earnings of approximately $124.8 million from investments in foreign subsidiaries that are considered permanently reinvested. The determination of the amount of deferred taxes on these earnings is not practicable since the computation would depend on a number of factors that cannot be known until a decision to repatriate the earnings is made.

As of December 31, 2013, the Company's U.S. federal net operating loss carryforwards were $529.3 million and expire in varying amounts between 2027 and 2033. As of December 31, 2013, state net operating loss carryforwards were $227.8 million and expire in varying amounts between 2014 and 2034. The Company has concluded that these federal and state net operating losses did not meet the more likely than not standard contained in FASB ASC 740-10 and has therefore placed a $196.5 million valuation allowance against the related deferred tax assets. In the event the tax benefits related to the valuation allowance are realized, an immaterial amount would be credited to paid-in capital. As of December 31, 2013, the Company also had net operating loss carryforwards ("NOLs") in China of approximately $293.8 million. The China net operating loss carryforwards will expire in varying amounts

F-62

Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

NOTE 15—INCOME TAXES (Continued)

between 2014 and 2018. The Company has also concluded that these China net operating losses did not meet the more likely than not standard and has therefore placed a $45.1 million valuation allowance against the related deferred tax assets. As of December 31, 2013, the Company had NOLs in countries other than the U.S. and China. These NOLs are approximately $85.1 million. The majority of the NOLs do not expire and can be carried forward indefinitely. However, the Company concluded these losses did not meet the more likely than not standard and has therefore placed a valuation allowance of $12.5 million against the related deferred tax assets.

As of December 31, 2013, the Company has U.S. alternative minimum tax credit carryforwards of $1.0 million which have an indefinite life. The Company also has U.S. research and development credit carryforwards of $12.3 million, $3.8 million of the credits have an indefinite life and $8.5 million of the credits expire in varying amounts between 2014 and 2030. The Company has U.S. foreign tax credits of $82.4 million which expire in varying amounts between 2014 and 2023. The Company has concluded that these U.S. tax credit carryforwards did not meet the more likely than not standard contained in FASB ASC 740-10 and has therefore placed a $95.7 million valuation allowance against the related deferred tax assets.

The difference between the Company's effective income tax rate and the federal statutory rate is reconciled below:

|  | Years Ended December 31, |
--- | --- | --- | ---
|  | 2013 |  | 2012 |  | 2011 |
|  | (in thousands) |
Federal tax (benefit) at statutory rate |  | $ | (7,133 | ) | $ | (11,183 | ) | $ | 5,143 |
State tax (benefit)/expense, net of federal income tax benefit |  |  | (360 | ) |  | 187 |  |  | 645 |
Tax benefit of convertible debentures |  |  | — |  |  | — |  |  | — |
Stock compensation expense |  |  | 574 |  |  | 996 |  |  | 900 |
Effect of differences in foreign tax rates |  |  | (30,994 | ) |  | 422 |  |  | 1,334 |
Tax on unremitted earnings of subsidiaries |  |  | — |  |  | — |  |  | — |
Effect of tax rate changes on deferred taxes |  |  | 2,407 |  |  | 7 |  |  | (275 | )
Change in deferred tax valuation allowance |  |  | 38,234 |  |  | 11,511 |  |  | (3,877 | )
Tax credits |  |  | (552 | ) |  | (358 | ) |  | (430 | )
Other |  |  | 175 |  |  | 810 |  |  | (522 | )
​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​
Total Tax Expense |  | $ | 2,351 |  | $ | 2,392 |  | $ | 2,918 |
​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​
​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​

On June 24, 2011, the Company effected the Merger to reorganize the corporate structure of UTStarcom, Inc., a Delaware corporation incorporated in 1991, and its subsidiaries. The Merger resulted in shares of the common stock of UTStarcom, Inc. being converted into the right to receive an equal number of ordinary shares in our capital, which were issued by us in connection with the Merger. Following the Merger, UTStarcom, Inc. became our wholly-owned subsidiary and the Company became the parent company of UTStarcom, Inc. and its subsidiaries. The Company, together with its subsidiaries, continues to conduct its business in substantially the same manner as was conducted by UTStarcom, Inc. and its subsidiaries. The transaction was accounted for as a legal re-organization of entities under common control. The Company remains subject to U.S. taxes at a statutory rate of 35%.

The China Corporate Income Tax Law ("CIT Law") became effective on January 1, 2008. Under the CIT Law, China's dual tax system for domestic enterprises and foreign investment enterprises

F-63

Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

NOTE 15—INCOME TAXES (Continued)

("FIEs") was effectively replaced by a unified system. The new law establishes a tax rate of 25% for most enterprises and a reduced tax rate of 15% for certain qualified high technology enterprises.

The CIT Law provides the reduced 15% enterprise income tax rate for qualified high and new technology enterprises. One of the Company's China subsidiaries, HUTS, through which the majority of our business in China is conducted obtained the High and New Technology Enterprise Certificate, or High-tech Certificate, from the relevant approval authorities on September 19, 2008, and thereafter were approved to pay CIT at the reduced tax rate of 15%. The approval for the reduced 15% tax rate is valid for three years and applies retroactively from January 1, 2008, subject to possible re-assessment by the approval authorities. During the re-assessment, the tax authority may suspend the implementation of the reduced 15% rate. HUTS's High-tech Certificate renewal was approved on October 14, 2011. HUT's approval extends the reduced 15% tax rate terms for three years. However, since HUTS is currently in significant loss position, the change in tax rate will not have a material adverse impact on the business or liquidity until HUTS begin to generate profit and deplete all the net operating loss carry forwards.

As of September 30, 2005, the Company did not believe it was more likely than not that it would generate a sufficient level and proper mix of taxable income within the appropriate period to utilize all the deferred tax assets in China and the United States. As a result of the review undertaken at September 30, 2005, the Company has concluded that it was appropriate to establish a full valuation allowance for the net deferred tax assets in China and the United States wherein the cumulative losses weigh heavily in the overall assessment. The Company has continued to provide full valuation allowances since 2005 as it did not believe it was more likely than not that it would generate sufficient taxable income within the appropriate period to utilize those deferred tax assets.

In 2013, the change in deferred tax valuation allowance of $38.2 million is primarily attributable to the tax expense related to continuing to provide full valuation allowance on the Company's deferred tax assets at December 31, 2013 in the United States and China. In 2012, the change in deferred tax valuation allowance of $11.5 million is primarily attributable to the tax expense related to continuing to provide full valuation allowance on the Company's deferred tax assets at December 31, 2012 in the United States and China. In 2011, the change in deferred tax valuation allowance of $3.9 million is primarily attributable to the tax expense related to continuing to provide a full valuation allowance on the Company's deferred tax assets at December 31, 2011 in the United States and China.

In 2013, the income tax benefit $0.6 million related to tax credits is primarily attributable to an increase in the amount of foreign tax credits generated in the United States due to foreign taxes paid. In 2012, the income tax benefit $0.4 million related to tax credits is primarily attributable to an increase in the amount of foreign tax credits generated in the United States due to foreign taxes paid. In 2011, the income tax benefit of $0.4 million related to tax credits is primarily attributable to an increase in the amount of foreign tax credits generated in the United States due to foreign taxes paid.

F-64

Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

NOTE 16—OTHER INCOME, NET

Other income, net consists of the following:

|  | Years ended December 31, |
--- | --- | --- | ---
|  | 2013 |  | 2012 |  | 2011 |
|  | (in thousands) |
Foreign exchange (losses) gains |  | $ | 3,856 |  | $ | (4,675 | ) | $ | (8,942 | )
Gain from the currency translation adjustment(1) |  |  | 7,088 |  |  | — |  |  | — |
Tax reversal for expiration of the statute of limitations(2) |  |  | 1,240 |  |  | 1,499 |  |  | — |
Other |  |  | (704 | ) |  | 203 |  |  | 777 |
​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​
Total |  | $ | 11,480 |  | $ | (2,973 | ) | $ | (8,165 | )
​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​
​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​

(1)
  During 2013, the Company recognized $7.1 million gain in the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss from the cumulative translation adjustment previously recorded in accumulated other comprehensive income upon the liquidation of two previously inactive Chinese entities. The prior cumulative translation adjustment primarily resulted from the different between local functional currency and the Company's reporting currency.
(2)
  Previously, when the Company divested its Korean subsidiary, the Company provided a tax reserve as it offered indemnification to the buyer for the uncertain tax position arising in the periods before the divestiture. In April 2012, approximately $1.5 million of such tax reserve was released due to the expiration of the statute of limitations, which is five years after the filing of the tax return. In 2013, approximately $1.2 million of such tax reserve was released due to expiration of statute of limitations.

NOTE 17—NET INCOME PER SHARE

The following table sets forth the computation of basic and diluted net income per share for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011:

|  | Years Ended December 31, |
--- | --- | --- | ---
|  | 2013 |  | 2012 |  | 2011 |
|  | (in thousands) |
Numerator: |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |
Net income (loss) attributable to UTStarcom Holdings Corp. |  | $ | (22,721 | ) | $ | (34,385 | ) | $ | 13,387 |
Denominator: |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |
Weighted average shares outstanding—Basic |  |  | 39,127 |  |  | 48,513 |  |  | 51,491 |
Potentially dilutive common stock equivalents—stock options and restricted stock |  |  | — |  |  | — |  |  | 150 |
​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​
Weighted average shares outstanding—Diluted |  |  | 39,127 |  |  | 48,513 |  |  | 51,641 |
​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​
Net income (loss) per share attributable to UTStarcom Holdings Corp.—Basic(1) |  | $ | (0.58 | ) | $ | (0.71 | ) | $ | 0.26 |
​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​
​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​
Net income (loss) per share attributable to UTStarcom Holdings Corp.—Diluted(1) |  | $ | (0.58 | ) | $ | (0.71 | ) | $ | 0.26 |
​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​
​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​

(1)
  Authorized share capital of the Company was amended by the consolidation of the existing 750,000,000 Ordinary Shares of US$0.00125 par value each into 250,000,000 Ordinary Shares of US$0.00375 par value each effective from March 21, 2013. The Net income (loss) per share attributable to UTStarcom Holding Corp basic and diluted for 2013, 2012 and 2011 have been recomputed to reflect the one for three reverse share split.

F-65

Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

NOTE 17—NET INCOME PER SHARE (Continued)

The dilutive effect of share-based awards is reflected in diluted net income per share by application of the treasury stock method, which includes consideration of unamortized share-based compensation expense and the dilutive effect of in-the-money options and unvested restricted stock units. Under the treasury stock method, the amount the employee must pay for exercising stock options and unamortized share-based compensation expense are assumed proceeds to be used to repurchase hypothetical shares. An increase in the fair market value of the Company's ordinary share can result in a greater dilutive effect from potentially dilutive awards.

For the years ended December 31, 2011, 2012 and 2013, options and restricted stocks to purchase ordinary shares were excluded from the calculation of diluted earnings per share as their effect was anti-dilutive. Please refer to Note 2.

NOTE 18—SEGMENT REPORTING

With the Company's strategic shifts, beginning on January 1, 2011, the Company realigned its reporting segments to better reflect its new operating structure. Effective January 1, 2011, the new reporting segments are as follows:

•
  Equipment—Focusing on the Company's equipment sales including network infrastructure and application products. Network infrastructure products mainly include broadband products. Network application products mainly include Wireless infrastructure technologies.
•
  Services—Providing services and support of the Company's equipment products and also the new operational support segment. The equipment Based Services are services and support the Company provides to customers after their purchases of equipment, and operational Support Services provide new services consisting of integrated multi-screen viewing from a single managed platform, time and location shifting, and reliable HD streaming These revenues will be generated through advertising, subscription and software license fees.

The Company's Chief Operating Decision Makers make financial decisions based on information it receives from its internal management system and currently evaluates the operating performance and allocates resources to the reporting segments based on segment revenue and gross profit. Cost of sales and direct expenses in relation to production are assigned to the reporting segments. The accounting policies used in measuring segment assets and operating performance are the same as those used at the consolidated level.

Summarized below are the Company's segment net sales, gross profit and segment margin for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 based on the current reporting segment structure.

|  | Years ended December 31, |
--- | --- | --- | ---
Net Sales by Segment |  | 2013 |  | % of net sales |  | 2012 |  | % of net sales |  | 2011 |  | % of net sales |
|  | (in thousands, except percentages) |
Equipment |  | $ | 141,138 |  |  | 86 | % | $ | 160,688 |  |  | 86 | % | $ | 285,493 |  |  | 89 | %
Services—Equipment Based Services |  |  | 23,301 |  |  | 14 | % |  | 25,784 |  |  | 14 | % |  | 34,539 |  |  | 11 | %
—Operational Support Services |  |  | — |  |  | 0 | % |  | 256 |  |  | 0 | % |  | 544 |  |  | 0 | %
​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​
Total Sales |  | $ | 164,439 |  |  | 100 | % | $ | 186,728 |  |  | 100 | % | $ | 320,576 |  |  | 100 | %
​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​
​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​

F-66

Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

NOTE 18—SEGMENT REPORTING (Continued)

|  | Years ended December 31, |
--- | --- | --- | ---
Gross profit/(loss) by Segment |  | 2013 |  | Gross profit % |  | 2012 |  | Gross profit % |  | 2011 |  | Gross profit % |
|  | (in thousands, except percentages) |
Equipment |  | $ | 41,250 |  |  | 29 | % | $ | 64,835 |  |  | 40 | % | $ | 107,030 |  |  | 37 | %
Services—Equipment Based Services |  |  | (1,030 | ) |  | -4 | % |  | 3,546 |  |  | 14 | % |  | 9,271 |  |  | 27 | %
—Operational Support Services |  |  | — |  |  | 0 | % |  | (223 | ) |  | -87 | % |  | (1,967 | ) |  | -362 | %
​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​
Total Gross profit |  | $ | 40,220 |  |  | 24 | % | $ | 68,158 |  |  | 37 | % | $ | 114,334 |  |  | 36 | %
​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​
​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​

NOTE 18—SEGMENT REPORTING

|  | Years ended December 31, |
--- | --- | --- | ---
Segment Margin and Operating Loss |  | 2013 |  | 2012 |  | 2011 |
|  | (in thousands) |
Equipment |  | $ | 24,047 |  | $ | 34,661 |  | $ | 72,598 |
Services—Equipment Based Services |  |  | (1,037 | ) |  | 3,524 |  |  | 9,162 |
—Operational Support Services |  |  | (2,112 | ) |  | (7,420 | ) |  | (9,806 | )
​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​
Total segment margin |  |  | 20,898 |  |  | 30,765 |  |  | 71,954 |
​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​
General and Corporate(1) |  |  | (34,131 | ) |  | (60,308 | ) |  | (50,679 | )
​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​
Operating Income (Loss) |  | $ | (13,233 | ) | $ | (29,543 | ) | $ | 21,275 |
​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​
​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​

(1)
  The Company reclassified the investment impairment charged to non-operating conforming to the current way in which management evaluates segment performance, and all the comparable periods re-classified accordingly.

General and corporate expenses include all un-allocated expenses such as sales and marketing, general and administration, common R&D expenses, and restructuring and impairment charges.

Sales are attributed to a geographical area based upon the location of the customer. Sales data by geographical area are as follows:

|  | Years Ended December 31, |
--- | --- | --- | ---
|  | 2013 |  | % of net sales |  | 2012 |  | % of net sales |  | 2011 |  | % of net sales |
|  | (in thousands, except percentages) |
Net Sales by Region |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |
China |  | $ | 6,945 |  |  | 4 | % | $ | 38,544 |  |  | 21 | % | $ | 157,564 |  |  | 49 | %
Japan |  |  | 93,203 |  |  | 57 | % |  | 99,367 |  |  | 53 | % |  | 96,257 |  |  | 30 | %
India |  |  | 26,595 |  |  | 16 | % |  | 23,992 |  |  | 13 | % |  | 30,789 |  |  | 10 | %
Taiwan |  |  | 13,332 |  |  | 8 | % |  | 9,824 |  |  | 5 | % |  | 7,055 |  |  | 2 | %
Other |  |  | 24,364 |  |  | 15 | % |  | 15,001 |  |  | 8 | % |  | 28,911 |  |  | 9 | %
​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​
Total |  | $ | 164,439 |  |  | 100 | % | $ | 186,728 |  |  | 100 | % | $ | 320,576 |  |  | 100 | %
​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​
​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​

F-67

Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

NOTE 18—SEGMENT REPORTING (Continued)

Long-lived assets, consisting of property, plant and equipment, by geographical area are as follows:

|  | December 31, |
--- | --- | --- | ---
|  | 2013 |  | 2012 |
|  | (in thousands) |
China |  | $ | 3,795 |  | $ | 7,729 |
Other |  |  | 976 |  |  | 1,137 |
​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​
Total long-lived assets |  | $ | 4,771 |  | $ | 8,866 |
​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​
​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​

NOTE 19—CREDIT RISK AND CONCENTRATION

Financial Risks:

Financial instruments, which potentially subject the Company to concentrations of credit risk, consist principally of cash, cash equivalents, short-term investments and accounts and notes receivable. The Company places its temporary cash and short-term investments with several financial institutions. Approximately $51.3 million and $94.5 million of the Company's cash and cash equivalents and short-term investments were on deposit in accounts outside the U.S. at December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively, of which approximately $11.5 million and $49.3 million were held by subsidiaries in China. The decrease in cash held outside of the U.S. was primarily a result of operating losses at certain subsidiaries as well as the retrenching of investments from non-US subsidiary Baide Wei Information Technology (Shanghai) Co., Ltd. to the US entity.

The Company's exposure to market risk for changes in interest rates relates primarily to its investment portfolio. The fair value of its investment portfolio would not be significantly affected by either a 10% increase or decrease in interest rates due mainly to the short term nature of most of its investment portfolio with the exception of the available-for-sale securities. The investment classified as available-for-sales securities is reported at fair value. It will be measured subsequently at fair value in the statement of financial position with unrealized gains and losses will be recorded in accumulated other comprehensive income/(loss) in shareholders' equity. Any negative events or deterioration in financial well-being with respect to the counterparties of the long-term investments and the underlying collateral may cause material losses to the Company and have a material effect on the Company's financial condition and results of operations. In addition, the Company's interest income can be sensitive to changes in the general level of U.S. and China interest rates since the majority of its funds are invested in instruments with maturities of less than one year. In a declining interest rate environment, as short term investments mature, reinvestment occurs at less favorable market rates. Given the short term nature of certain investments, declining interest rates will negatively impact the Company's investment income.

The Company maintains an investment portfolio of various holdings, types and maturities. The Company does not use derivative financial instruments. The Company places its cash investments in instruments that meet high credit quality standards, as specified in its investment policy guidelines. The Company's policy is to limit the risk of principal loss and to ensure the safety of invested funds by generally attempting to limit market risk.

The Company's available-for-sale securities are reported at fair value, with unrealized gains and losses recorded in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) in shareholders' equity. Any negative events or deterioration in financial well-being with respect to the counterparties of these

F-68

Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

NOTE 19—CREDIT RISK AND CONCENTRATION (Continued)

investments may cause material losses to the Company and have a material effect on the Company's financial condition and results of operations.

Concentration of Credit Risk and Major Customers:

At December 31, 2013, the Company's accounts receivable balance included amounts due from affiliates of Softbank (a related party—see below) representing approximately 82% of the Company's total accounts receivables, net of allowances for doubtful accounts. At December 31, 2012, the Company's accounts receivable balance included amounts due from affiliates of Softbank representing approximately 80% of the Company's total accounts receivables, net of allowances for doubtful accounts. The following customers accounted for 10% or more of the Company's net revenues:

|  | For the years ended December 31, |
--- | --- | --- | ---
|  | 2013 |  | 2012 |  | 2011 |
Affiliates of Softbank |  |  | 55 | % |  | 49 | % |  | 29 | %

Upon the disposal of IPTV, we anticipate the percentage of revenues to total net revenues related to the Affiliates of Softbank may increase in future periods.

Approximately 1%, 42%, and 45% of the Company's net sales during 2013, 2012, and 2011, respectively, were to entities affiliated with the government of China. Accounts receivable balances from these China government affiliated entities or state owned enterprises were $6.3 million and $6.3 million, respectively, as of December 31, 2013 and 2012. The Company extends credit to its customers in China generally without requiring collateral. In global sales outside of China, the Company may require letters of credit from its customers. The Company monitors its exposure for credit losses and maintains allowances for doubtful accounts.

Country Risks:

Approximately 4%, 21%, and 49% of the Company's sales for the year ended December 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011, respectively, were made in China. Accordingly, the political, economic and legal environment, as well as the general state of China's economy may influence the Company's business, financial condition and results of operations. The Company's operations in China are subject to special considerations and significant risks not typically associated with companies in the United States. These include risks associated with, among others, the political, economic and legal environments and foreign currency exchange. The Company's results may be adversely affected by, among other things, changes in the political, economic and social conditions in China, and by changes in governmental policies with respect to laws and regulations, changes in China's telecommunications industry and regulatory rules and policies, anti-inflationary measures, currency conversion and remittance abroad, and rates and methods of taxation.

In addition, the major customers of the Company are Japan-based customers. Therefore, our results of operations may be adversely affected by the political and business relationship between China and Japan as well as other events affecting Japan in general. From time to time there have been tensions and conflicts between China and Japan. Adverse changes in political and economic policies, geopolitical uncertainties, and international conflicts between China and Japan may lead to reduce in our sales. Any future conflicts between China and Japan may have an adverse impact on the political and business relationship of the two countries. Furthermore, events affecting Japan in general, such as

F-69

Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

NOTE 19—CREDIT RISK AND CONCENTRATION (Continued)

natural disasters, Japanese Yen devaluation may also have a negative impact on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

NOTE 20—RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

Softbank and affiliates

The Company recognizes revenue with respect to sales of telecommunications equipment to affiliates of Softbank, a significant former shareholder of the Company. Softbank offers Broadband-Access service throughout Japan, which is marketed under the name of "YAHOO! BB." The Company supports Softbank's ADSL service through the sales of its MSAN product. The Company also supports the building of Softbank's optical transmission network in Japan through the sales of its PTN product.

During 2013, 2012, and 2011, the Company recognized revenue and cost of net sales for sales of telecommunications equipment and services to affiliates of Softbank as follows:

|  | Years Ended December 31, |
--- | --- | --- | ---
|  | 2013 |  | 2012 |  | 2011 |
|  | (in thousands) |
Net sales |  | $ | 90,302 |  | $ | 92,011 |  | $ | 94,201 |
Cost of net sales |  |  | 59,052 |  |  | 51,448 |  |  | 33,790 |
​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​
Gross profit |  | $ | 31,250 |  | $ | 40,563 |  | $ | 60,411 |
​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​
​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​

Fluctuations in gross profit as a percentage of net sales are expected and generally result from changes in product mix. In the year ended December 31, 2013, the increased sales of valued added resell product with low margin caused to decrease of the g profit. In the year ended December 31, 2012 and 2011, the increased sales of high margin PTN products contributed to the gross profit as a percentage of net sales. Included in accounts receivable at December 31, 2013 and 2012 were $19.0 million and $12.1 million, respectively, related to these transactions. Amounts due to Softbank included in accounts payable was Nil at December 31, 2013 and 2012.

Sales to Softbank include a three-year service period and a penalty clause if product failure rates exceed a certain level over a seven year period. As of December 31, 2013 and 2012, the Company's customer advance balance related to Softbank agreements was $3.1 million and $4.7 million, respectively. The current deferred revenue balance related to Softbank was $2.0 million and $6.5 million as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively. The Company's noncurrent deferred revenue balance related to Softbank was $3.8 million as of December 31, 2013 compared to $4.6 million as of December 31, 2012.

As discussed in Note 6, the Company has a $1.9 million investment in SBI and affiliates of Softbank have a controlling interest in SBI.

As of December 31, 2013 and 2012, Softbank beneficially owned approximately 12.3% and 10.2%, respectively, of the Company's outstanding shares.

Yellowstone

Subsequent to the completion of BEIID investment on September 7, 2010, one of the Company's new directors also served as a director for Yellowstone Investment Advisory Ltd, or Yellowstone. During 2013 and 2012, the Company paid approximately Nil and $1.8 million, respectively, for

F-70

Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

NOTE 20—RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS (Continued)

consulting services provided by Yellowstone. During 2011, the Company also paid a success fee of 0.9 million for acquisition support service provided by Yellowstone, the expense of which was recorded in 2010.

NOTE 21—401(K) PLAN

On January 1, 2000, the Company adopted the UTStarcom, Inc. 401(k) Savings Plan, or 401(k) Plan, a cash-or-deferred arrangement, which covers the Company's eligible employees who have attained the age of 21. The Company's matching contributions under the 401(k) Plan were suspended, effective March 1, 2009. The plan was reinstituted in 2010 and the Company contributed to a maximum of $3,252 per employee for the 2010 plan year. The Company's matching contributions were subject to a five-year vesting schedule based upon longevity of employee service with the Company. Due to the transfer of the Company's U.S. based corporate operations to China, the 401(K) Plan was terminated as of October 1, 2010. No additional plan was adopted in 2012 and 2013.

NOTE 22—SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

$10M Share repurchased from Softbank

On January 17, 2014, The Company announced it entered into a Purchase and Sale Agreement (the "Share Purchase Agreement") with Softbank America Inc. ("Softbank") and Shah Capital Opportunity Fund LP ("Shah Captial"). The transaction was consummated on the same date.

Pursuant to the Share Purchase Agreement, Softbank sold its entire stake in the Company, consisting of 4,883,875 ordinary shares with par value US $0.00375 per share ("Ordinary Shares"). The Company and Shah Capital repurchased 3,883,875 and 1,000,000 ordinary shares, respectively, for a price of $2.54 per Ordinary Share.

Following the consummation of the transaction, Shah Capital's beneficial ownership in the Company increased from 17.2% to 21.9%.

Additional Shares purchased by Shah Capital

On March 11, 2014, the Company entered into a Subscription Agreement with Shah Capital. Pursuant to the Subscription Agreement, Shah Capital subscribed for and purchased 2,000,000 shares of common stock, with par value US$0.00375 per share, from the Company for a price of $2.67 per share. This price represents 1.3% premium to the 30-day weighted average of the Company's common stock price as of March 10, 2014. The transaction was consummated on the same date.

Following the close of the transaction, Shah Capital's beneficial ownership in the Company increased from 21.9% to 26.0%.

F-71

Table of Contents

SCHEDULE I

UTSTARCOM HOLDINGS CORP. (UNCONSOLIDATED—PARENT COMPANY BASIS)
REGISTRANT BALANCE SHEETS
(in thousands, except par value)

|  | December 31, |
--- | --- | --- | ---
|  | 2013 |  | 2012 |
|  | (in thousands) |
ASSETS |  |  |  |  |  |  |
Investment in affiliated companies |  | $ | 177,710 |  | $ | 243,426 |
​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​
Total assets |  |  | 177,710 |  |  | 243,426 |
​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​
​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY |  |  |  |  |  |  |
Current liabilities: |  |  |  |  |  |  |
Accounts payable—intercompany |  |  | 27,330 |  |  | 27,584 |
​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​
Total current liabilities |  |  | 27,330 |  |  | 27,584 |
​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​
Total liabilities |  |  | 27,330 |  |  | 27,584 |
​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​
Stockholders' equity: |  |  |  |  |  |  |
Ordinary share: $0.00375 par value; 250,000 authorized shares; 45,444 and 53,322 shares issued at December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively; 39,778 and 47,656 shares outstanding at December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively (Note 1)(1) |  |  | 151 |  |  | 182 |
Additional paid-in capital |  |  | 1,280,810 |  |  | 1,309,761 |
Treasury stock, at cost: 5,666 and 5,666 shares at December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively (Note 2) |  |  | (20,421 | ) |  | (20,421 | )
Accumulated deficit |  |  | (1,176,022 | ) |  | (1,153,301 | )
Accumulated other comprehensive income |  |  | 65,862 |  |  | 79,621 |
​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​
Total stockholders' equity |  |  | 150,380 |  |  | 215,842 |
​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​
Total liabilities and stockholders' equity |  | $ | 177,710 |  | $ | 243,426 |
​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​
​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​

(1)
  Authorized share capital of the company was amended by the consolidation of the existing 750,000,000 Ordinary Shares of US$0.00125 par value each into 250,000,000 Ordinary Shares of US$0.00375 par value each, and became effective on March 21, 2013. The authorized shares, issued shares, outstanding shares, and treasury stock shares for 2012 have been adjusted retroactively to reflect the one for three reverse share split.

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

F-72

Table of Contents

UTSTARCOM HOLDINGS CORP. (UNCONSOLIDATED—PARENT COMPANY BASIS)
CONDENSED INFORMATION AS TO THE RESULTS OF OPERATIONS OF THE REGISTRANT
(in thousands)

|  | Years ended December 31, |
--- | --- | --- | ---
|  | 2013 |  | 2012 |  | 2011 |
|  | (in thousands) |
Net sales |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |
Unrelated parties |  | $ | — |  | $ | — |  | $ | — |
Related parties |  |  | — |  |  | — |  |  | — |
Intercompany |  |  | — |  |  | — |  |  | — |
Cost of sales |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |
Unrelated parties |  |  | — |  |  | — |  |  | — |
Related parties |  |  | — |  |  | — |  |  | — |
Intercompany |  |  | — |  |  | — |  |  | — |
​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​
Gross profit |  |  | — |  |  | — |  |  | — |
​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​
Operating expenses: |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |
Selling, general and administrative |  |  | 2,377 |  |  | 2,315 |  |  | 2,217 |
Research and development |  |  | — |  |  | — |  |  | — |
Amortization of intangible assets |  |  | — |  |  | — |  |  | — |
Restructuring charges |  |  | — |  |  | — |  |  | — |
Impairment of long-lived assets |  |  | — |  |  | — |  |  | — |
​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​
Total operating expenses |  |  | 2,377 |  |  | 2,315 |  |  | 2,217 |
​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​
Operating loss |  |  | (2,377 | ) |  | (2,315 | ) |  | (2,217 | )
Interest income |  |  | — |  |  | — |  |  | — |
Interest expense |  |  | — |  |  | — |  |  | — |
Other income, net |  |  | — |  |  | — |  |  | — |
Loss before income taxes and equity in loss of affiliated companies |  |  | (2,377 | ) |  | (2,315 | ) |  | (2,217 | )
Equity in net income (loss) of affiliated companies |  |  | (20,344 | ) |  | (32,070 | ) |  | 15,604 |
Income tax benefit (expense) |  |  | — |  |  | — |  |  | — |
​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​
Net income (loss) |  | $ | (22,721 | ) | $ | (34,385 | ) | $ | 13,387 |
​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​
​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​ | ​

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

F-73

Table of Contents

UTSTARCOM HOLDINGS CORP.
NOTES TO CONDENSED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 1—BASIS OF PRESENTATION

UTStarcom Holdings Corp., or the Company, a Cayman Island corporation, is the parent company of all UTStarcom Holdings Corp. subsidiaries. The condensed financial statements of the Company have been prepared pursuant to the rules and regulations of the SEC and in conformity with U.S. GAAP.

On June 24, 2011, the Company effected a merger, or the Merger, to reorganize the corporate structure of UTStarcom, Inc., a Delaware corporation incorporated in 1991, and its subsidiaries. As a result of the reorganization, UTStarcom Holdings Corp. became the parent company of UTStarcom, Inc. and its subsidiaries. Pursuant to the Merger, the Company issued an equal number of ordinary shares in exchange for the common stock of UTStarcom, Inc. Given the reorganization of the corporate structure on June 24, 2011, the prior period numbers have been adjusted as if the new corporate structure had been in place since the beginning of the earliest period presented in the above condensed financial statements.

The Company is generally a holding company of certain subsidiaries, or collectively subsidiaries. The condensed financial statements of the Company have been prepared with the assumption that the current corporate structure has been in existence throughout all relevant periods.

The Company records its investment in subsidiaries under the equity method of accounting as prescribed in ASC 323-10, "The Equity Method of Accounting for Investments in Common Stock." Such investment is presented on the balance sheet as "Investment in affiliated companies" and the subsidiaries' profit or loss are recognized based on the effective shareholding percentage as "Equity in net income (loss) of affiliated companies" on the results of operations.

Certain information and footnote disclosures normally included in financial statements prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP have been condensed or omitted. The footnote disclosures contain supplemental information relating to the operations of the Company and, as such, these statements should be read in conjunction with the notes to the consolidated financial statements of the Company.

The Company is a shell company and does not have any activities. Operating expenses for the Company for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 consisted mainly of the retaining fee for the Board of Directors, its director and officer insurance expenses, and the expenses associated with investor relations. As the Company does not have any cash activity, the recorded expenses were paid on behalf of the Company by UTStarcom, Inc., its subsidiary, and statements of cash flows have been omitted.

NOTE 2—REPURCHASE OF ORDINARY SHARES

On August 12, 2011, the Company's Board of Directors approved a repurchase program of up to $20 million of its ordinary shares outstanding over the 12 months through August 15, 2012. In August 2012, the Company's Board of Directors approved to extend the repurchase program to August 2013. As of December 31, 2012, the Company has repurchased 12,524,614 shares (or 4,174,871 shares after reverse share split) at a cost of $15.1 million under this program. The Company did not terminate this program prior to its expiration during the year 2013. On November 30, 2012, The Company announced a commencement of a tender offer (the Tender Offer) to purchase up to 25,000,000 (or 8,333,333 after reverse share split) of its ordinary shares at a price of $1.20 (or $3.60 after reverse share split) per share. The Tender Offer expired on January 3, 2013. As of January 10, 2013, the Company had accepted for purchase 25,000,000 (or 8,333,333 after reverse share split) of the Company's ordinary shares at approximately $30.0 million under the Tender Offer. All the repurchased

F-74

Table of Contents

UTSTARCOM HOLDINGS CORP.

NOTES TO CONDENSED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

NOTE 2—REPURCHASE OF ORDINARY SHARES (Continued)

shares through the tender offer have been cancelled at the purchasing date of January 10, 2013 and all the repurchased shares under the repurchase program have been classified as treasury shares of the Company. On January 17, 2014, The Company announced it entered into a Purchase and Sale Agreement (the "Share Purchase Agreement") with Softbank America Inc. ("Softbank") and Shah Capital Opportunity Fund LP ("Shah Captial"). Pursuant to the Share Purchase Agreement, Softbank sold its entire stake in the Company, consisting of 4,883,875 ordinary shares with par value US$0.00375 per share ("Ordinary Shares"). The Company and Shah Capital repurchased 3,883,875 and 1,000,000 ordinary shares, respectively, for a price of $2.54 per Ordinary Share for total consideration by the Company of $9.9 million.. The transaction was consummated on the same date.

F-75

Table of Contents

SCHEDULE II

UTSTARCOM HOLDINGS CORP.
VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS AND RESERVES
For the Years Ended December 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011

Description |  | Balance at beginning of the period |  | Charged (credited) to costs and expenses |  | Charged (credited) to other accounts |  | (Deductions) Adjustments IPTV divestiture |  | (Deductions) Adjustments |  | Balance at end of the period |
--- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | ---
|  | (in thousands) |
Year ended December 31, 2013 |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |
Allowance for doubtful accounts |  | $ | 10,796 |  | $ | (75 | ) | $ | — |  | $ | — |  | $ | 342 |  | $ | 11,063 |
Tax valuation allowance |  | $ | 418,285 |  | $ | 36,324 |  | $ | (31,820 | ) | $ | — |  | $ | — |  | $ | 422,789 |
Year ended December 31, 2012 |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |
Allowance for doubtful accounts |  | $ | 30,145 |  | $ | (1,148 | ) | $ | — |  | $ | (17,625 | ) | $ | (576 | ) | $ | 10,796 |
Tax valuation allowance |  | $ | 469,224 |  | $ | (30,745 | ) | $ | (20,194 | ) | $ | — |  | $ | — |  | $ | 418,285 |
Year ended December 31, 2011 |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |
Allowance for doubtful accounts |  | $ | 32,176 |  | $ | 2,161 |  | $ | — |  | $ | — |  | $ | (4,192 | ) | $ | 30,145 |
Tax valuation allowance |  | $ | 473,914 |  | $ | (3,877 | ) | $ | (813 | ) | $ | — |  | $ | — |  | $ | 469,224 |

(1)
  Charged (credited) against other comprehensive income.
(2)
  Represents write-offs of allowance for doubtful accounts and foreign exchange differences.

F-76